FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT &...

FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

For

PROPOSED EXPANSION OF PAPER PRODUCTION WITH CAPACITY FROM 300 TPD TO 600 TPD ALONG WITH CPP OF

14.00 MW

At

Muktsar – Malout Road, P.O.: Village Rupana, Dist.: Sri Muktsar Sahib, Punjab – 152032.

Land/Plot Area: 18.43 Ha. (1,84,341 m2) Production Capacity: 300 TPD to 600 TPD

[ToR Letter No: IA-J-11011/196/2014-IA.II(I) dated 16/04/2019]

[Study Period: 1st December 2018 to 28th February 2019]

[Schedule 5 (i) Category “A” as per EIA Notification 2006 and its amendment thereof]

Applicant Consultant

SATIA INDUSTRIES LTD. ECO CHEM SALES & SERVICES

Muktsar – Malout Road, P.O.: Village Rupana, Dist.: Sri Muktsar Sahib, Punjab – 152032.

E-mail: [email protected]

Tel No: +01633 – 262001, 262215 263585.

Office Floor, Ashoka Pavilion “A”, New Civil Road, Surat, Gujarat – 395001. (QCI/NABET ACCREDITED NO.

NABET/EIA/1720/ SA 085) E-mail: [email protected]

Tel No: +912612231630

July – 2019

Doc. No.: 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

mailto:[email protected]

SATIA INDUSTRIES LIMITED EIA/EMP Report for Proposed Expansion of paper production with capacity from 300 TPD to 600 TPD along with CPP of 14.00 MW

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat i 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

UNDERTAKING BY PROJECT PROPONENT


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat ii 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

UNDERTAKING BY CONSULTANT


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat iii 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1. Project Name and Location (Village, Dist, State, Industrial Estate (if applicable))

Name: M/s. Satia Industries Limited, Village-Rupana

Dist - Sri Muktsar Sahib – 152026, Punjab.

Location: Survey No.: (New) R43//18,19/1,21,22,23.R61//26/1/1,1/1.R79//5/1,5/2,6,7.R78//1,2.

(Old) 26/1/1, 26/2/2, 13, 61/18, 23, 22, 19/1, 20, 21, 11/1, 10, 1, 5/1, 5/2, 6/1, 6/2, 15, 16, 25,

24, 17, 14, 7/1, 7/2, 4, 60/3, 8/1, 8/2, 60/13, 18, 19, 20, 16, 25/2, 2/2, 1, 2, 3, 10, 79/9, 8, 13/1,

13/2,

2. Products & Capacities. If expansion proposal, then existing products with capacities and reference to early EC.

Existing capacity 300 TPD and 30 MW CPP, Proposed additional Capacity 300 TPD and 14 MW CPP, Total production capacity will be 600 TPD and 44 MW CPP.

The existing unit of Satia Industries Limited has been obtained Environment Clearance wide No.F.No.J-11011/196/2014-IA-II(I) dated: 29th May,2018.

The company has been obtained Consent to Establish and Operate from State Pollution Control Board, Punjab. Satia has obtained Consent to Operate vide no. TOA/Fresh/MKS/2018/7687794 Date of issue: 09/07/2018 & Date of expiry: 31/03/2023 & CTOW/Fresh/MKS/2018/7687650 Date of issue: 09/07/2018 & Date of expiry: 31/03/2023.

3. Requirement of Land, Raw Material, Water, Power, Fuel with Source of supply (Quantitative)

Land Requirement: Total land area acquired for the proposed expansion project is 9.53 Acres (38568 m2) with 36.02 acres (145773 m2) land of existing plant (300TPD). Total area after expansion (600TPD) will be 45.55 Acres, (184341m2) which is already in possession of SIL.

Raw material:

Requirements of Raw Materials

S.No Name of Raw Materials Existing

(TPD) Proposed

(TPD) Total (TPD)

1. Imp. Waste Paper 0.000 35.300 35.300

2 Imp. Wood Pulp 0.000 32.600 32.600

3 Paper Additives 7.579 4.421 12.000

4 Soap Stone 65.650 52.350 118.000

5 Wheat Straw, Sarkanda, Bagasse

533.000 105.000 638.000

6 Wood Chips 150.000 205.600 355.600

7 Caustic 130.450 52.350 182.800

8 Liquid Oxygen 6.120 000 6.120

9 Chlorine Dioxide 3.400 4.600 8.000

10 Oxy Bleach Booster 000 4.400 4.40

11 Lime 95.200 32.200 127.400


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat iv 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028


(TPD) Proposed

(TPD) Total (TPD)

Total 991.4 528.8 1520.3

Water: The total water requirement after expansion will increase from 16,500 to 24,000 KLD and it will be met from Arniwala Canal available near the site.

Power: Total Power Requirement after proposed expansion will be 44 MW is being/will be sourced from in house CPP.

Fuel:

S.

No. Fuel

Quantity, TPD Source

Existing Proposed Total

1. Rice Husk 500 400 900 Local Suppliers

2. Black Liquor 400 300 700 In-House

4. Process Description in brief, specifically indicating the gaseous emission, liquid effluent and solid/hazardous wastes. Materials balance shall be presented. Process description is given in Chapter 2 as Section No. 2.6. Gaseous Emission Satia Industries Limited has 01 boiler of 50 TPH capacity and 02 boilers of 75 TPH capacity each. Moreover, SIL has two Recovery boilers of 25 and 50 TPH capacity. Whereas the Chemical recovery Boiler is run through the Black Liquor, the other boilers run on rice husk as well as biogas generated from UASB digester. The steam requirement for the proposed expansion plant shall be met from the proposed 75 TPH boiler, which will run on rice husk and biogas generated from UASB digester. The other 50 TPH recovery boiler will be kept as standby. The significant pollutants identified due to flue gas emissions are/will be PM, NOx and SO2. There is/will be No Process Gas Emission.

Liquid Effluent

After expansion Total industrial Waste water generation will be 21,412 KLD (Existing- 14,575 KLD, Proposed- 6,837 KLD)

Domestic waste water will be 87 KLD (Existing- 60 KLD, Proposed - 27 KLD). Solid and Hazardous Waste After proposed expansion

ETP Sludge from ETP -17.00 TPD

Lime Sludge from Causticizing - 227.30 TPD

Fly Ash from Boiler House-115.00 TPD 5. Measures for mitigating the impact on the environment and mode of discharge or disposal.

Satia Industries Limited Adequately designed sewerage treatment plant for domestic effluent. Total industrial effluent will be treated in modified ETP. Water consumed in CPP will be optimized to maximum possible COCs to reduce overall water consumption. Evaporation losses from the CPP will be minimized by energy efficient coolers/condensers and evaporators. Sewage will not be allowed to release in the river/canal water. Domestic sewage is/will be treated in the septic tank/soak pit.

Hazardous is/will be disposed as per hazardous waste rules 2016 and fly ash is/will be disposed for brick manufacturing and land filling in an eco-friendly manner.


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat v 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

Flue Gas: Satia Industries Limited is being /will be provided the Electro Static Precipitator (ESP) and adequate stack height for controlling Flue gas Emission from the Source of Air pollution.

6. Capital Cost of the Project, Estimated time of completion.

The total project cost after expansion is Rs 500 Crores.

The project will take approximately 18 months after all the statutory clearances from SPCB for site clearance and power plant clearance are received.

7. Site selected for the project- Natural of land – Agricultural (Single/double crop), barren, Govt/Private land, status of is acquisition, nearby (in 2-3 km) water body, population, with in 10 km other industries, forest, Eco-sensitive zones, accessibility.(Note –in case of industrial estate this information may not be necessary)

The land for the expansion is already in the possession of project proponent as expansion to be executed in the existing premises.

The existing project site is well connected by road to State Highway No. 41 & 16 (4.55 km & 0.27 km).

Majority of the raw materials are available from the nearby areas.

Easy availability of manpower for the expansion project. In addition to the above, the following factors within the study area (10 km) have also been considered:

There is no National Park or Wild Life Sanctuary.

There are no metropolitan cities.

There are no ecologically sensitive areas. 8. Baseline environmental data – Air quality, Surface and Ground water quality, Soil characteristic, Flora and Fauna, Socio-Economic condition of the nearby population.

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Sr. No.

Criteria Pollutants

Unit Maximum Value

Minimum Value

98th Percentile

Value

Prescribed Standard

1. PM10 µg/m3 88.6 62.5 88.4 100

2. PM2.5 µg/m3 48.3 32.8 48.0 60

3. SO2 µg/m3 16.7 9.6 16.6 80

4. NOX µg/m3 21.5 14.2 21.5 80

All the results of ambient air quality parameters have been found well within the limit as per NAAQS. Based on comparison study of results for tested parameters with NAAQS, it is interpreted that ambient air quality of studied locations is good. This interpretation relates to the sampling carried out and results found for particular locations and study period.

Noise Monitoring

Sr. No.

Parameter Unit Maximum Value Minimum Value Prescribed Standard

1. Leq (Day) dB(A) 77.4 49.8 -

2. Leq(Night) dB(A) 72.1 42.8 -

Based on noise level data obtained during the survey for residential area and industrial area, it is interpreted that noise levels are within the standard norms prescribed by MoEF & CC. Looking towards the increase in noise generating sources it is suggested that there is need to apply noise reducing devices at noise generating sources and generate public awareness.


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat vi 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

Soil Quality and Characteristics

Sr. No.

Parameter Unit Maximum Value Minimum Value

1. pH - 7.44 7.12

2. Electrical Conductivity dS/m 0.48 0.35

3. Sodium meq/100gm 1.2 0.8

4. Potassium meq/100gm 0.5 0.3

5. Phosphorous mg/100gm 16.3 13.6

6. Total Nitrogen % 0.074 0.052

Based on soil analysis data it is concluded that soils are normal from salinity point of view as SAR is <2.0 and ESP is < 15%. The soils are having medium in nitrogen, low in phosphorus and potassium. The levels of total Fe, Cu, Cr, B and Zn are within the safe limits. However, for successful greenbelt development liberal quantity of organic manure is recommended. Soils of studied locations are suitable for plantation as well as for agricultural purpose.

Ground Water

Sr. No.

Parameter Unit Maximum Value

Minimum Value

Desirable Limit

Permissible Limit

1. pH - 7.94 7.04 6.5-8.5 No

Relaxation

2. TDS mg/L 2254 218 500 2000

3. TSS mg/L < 2 < 2 - -

4. Total Hardness mg/L 1200 112 200 600

5. Chloride mg/L 875 40 250 1000

6. Total Alkalinity mg/L 580 122 200 600

7. Fluoride mg/L 0.7 0.11 1.0 1.5

8. Iron mg/L 0.42 < 0.10 0.3 No

Relaxation

Based on comparison study of test results with drinking water norms, it is interpreted that water qualities of most of the studied locations meet with the drinking water standards as per IS 10500: 2012 except Goniana village. Ground water sample collected from project site, Rupana, Sotha, chak Gilijiwala,Barkandi,Muktsar and Bhangchiri can be used in drinking as well as in other domestic and irrigation purpose. Ground water sample collected from Goniana village should not be used in drinking as it contains TDS, Total Hardness, Chloride and Iron more than prescribed limit but it can be used in other domestic purpose as well as in irrigation also. These interpretations are based on comparison study with standard for tested parameters only as per IS 10500: 2012.


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat vii 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

Surface Water

Sr. No.


Minimum Value

Desirable Limit

Permissible Limit

1. pH - 7.75 7.23 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation

2. TDS mg/L 214 168 500 2000

3. DO mg/L 5.1 4.9 - -

4. COD mg/L 16 10 - -

5. BOD mg/L 6 < 4.0 - -

River water qualities for the samples collected from different surface water bodies are contaminated with organic matter and microbes. Total coliforms have been reported in all sample, it indicated towards the faecal pollution in surface water bodies. Results of other tested parameters meet with the drinking water norms. Based on comparison study with drinking water norms it is concluded that these water sources can be used for irrigation purpose and it can also be used in drinking after conventional treatment followed by disinfection.

Ecology and Biodiversity

Dominant trees observed in the study region were Amaltas, Gulmohar, Shisham and kali shirish. There was no reserved forest recorded during the survey in the study region. Area is devoid of dense forest as a result no schedule -1 wild life was observed during the survey. Common mammal of the study region was Blue bull, Squirrel, Common mongoose and rabbit were seen. Although the soil of study region is clay loam, which favors the plant growth but looking to the density of plant it may also be suggested to improve the quality of environment as well as ecology and bio diversity by planting more trees. Due to lack of natural habitat, less numbers of wild mammals were observed. Number of species and density of wild mammals can be increased by promoting/ facilitating the growth of bushes. There was no endangered species observed during primary survey.

Socio Economic

During the primary survey it was observed that almost pakka road facility is available in all villages within 10 km radius. Literacy rate of the study region is from 48.44 to 67.33%. When compared to other places, these villages exhibit lower rate of literacy thus there is need to promote education among more and more people. Almost all the villages have more than 50% people as non-workers. It indicates that the problem of unemployment can be solved by providing proper training and education. There is also need to establish more industries so that maximum number of employment can be generated. Basic amenities like Education facilities Health care facilities, water supply, electric power supply, mode of transportation etc. are available in all villages.

9. Identification of hazardous in handling, processing and storage of hazardous material and safety system provided to mitigate the risk. After identifying hazards in handling processing and storage of hazardous material both Qualitative

and Quantitative risk has been analyzed. Mitigation measures like periodical training on fire drill and

using SCBA, conducting emergency response drill on yearly basis, training drivers for transportation

of hazardous goods, providing fire extinguishers etc is given in Chapter no: 7


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat viii 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

10. Likely impact of the project on Air, Water, Land, Flora-fauna nearby population. Impacts on Air:

Impacts: During Transportation, Storage and Handling, and During Plant Operation Phase PM, SO2 and NOx will be generated.

Mitigation measures: we are/will be using PUC Certified vehicle and fully covered by the tarpaulin for controlling Dusting, Regular water sprinkling will be done on roads to avoid dust generation from handling. Highly efficient four fields ESP is being/will be provided to reduce the particulate matter emissions from the boiler. Adequate stack height is being/will be provided for adequate dispersal of pollutants. Ash is being/will be transported by closed bulkers/full body trucks duly covered after loading to potential users. Moreover, from air modeling study, it has been proved that the air emission from the proposed project will not increase in significant manner. Additional greenbelt will be developed in and around the project premises area, around the storage yards and along the roads to minimize the fugitive dust generation.

Impacts on Water:

Impacts: Water is being/will be obtained from Arniwala Canal; hence no impact on ground water is envisaged. After proposed expansion Total 21412 KLD industrial effluent and 87 KLD Domestic effluents will be generated.

Mitigation measures: Total industrial waste water is/will be treated in ETP and partly treated water will be reused in manufacturing process. The final effluent is discharged into the plantation area where eucalyptus plantation is developed to consume the total quantity of effluent into the plantation area and domestic waste water is/will be treated in septic tank/soak pit.

Impacts on Land: The proposed expansion will be carried out in already acquired is 9.53 Acres (38568 m2) adjoining land. Impacts on Flora-fauna:

Impacts: Fugitive emission from vehicle movement will form a layer in leaves thus reducing the gaseous exchange process. This ultimately affects the growth of plants. Also, common animals found in the study region may get affected by the dust and gaseous emission from transportation activity.

Mitigation measures: Vehicles with valid PUC Certificate will only be allowed within the premises. Vehicles are being/will be strictly instructed to follow traffic rules and speed limits. Traffic violators will be penalized. Green belt will be encouraged to mitigate the emission level. Plantation will be carried out on approach roads and nearby vicinity. Budget of Rs. 20-30 Lakhs is allotted for green belt development and maintenance.

There are the some likely impacts on Air, Water, Land and Flora-fauna and we have provided mitigation measures for the same. Hence, No major impacts will be occurred in nearby population.

11. Emergency preparedness plan in case of natural or in plant emergencies. On- Site and Off- Site emergency plan has been prepared for existing unit and same shall be modified

for proposed expansion.


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat ix 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

Details regarding safety committee along with their roles and responsibilities, mutual aids

arrangements, roles and responsibilities of stake holders including stake holders, etc are given in

Chapter: 7.

12. Issues raised during public hearing (if applicable) and response given. Issues are raised in Public hearing and its response is incorporated in EIA/EMP Report after conducting Public hearing.

13. CSR/CER Plan with proposed expenditure.

The company has proposed a detailed CER Plan. Under this plan, the proponent has allocated a budget of Rs. 3.75 Crores i.e. 0.75 % of the total cost of Rs. 500 Crores to be spent within a period of 5 years.

14. Occupational Health Measures

Personnel protective equipment such as safety shoes, safety goggles, hand gloves, gum boots, safety helmet, and breathing apparatus set kit will be given to all workers and staff. Additional PPEs will be readily available at the workplace.

Medical surveillance for the workers working in risk zone is/will be carried out regularly.

Safety awareness programs will be conducted. 15. Post Project Monitoring Plan

Post project environmental monitoring is/will be done as per MoEFCC/CPCB/PPCB guidelines by following recommended/standard method approved by MoEFCC/CPCB. Budget of Rs. 15.00 lakh/annum has been allocated for monitoring of Air, Surface Water, Ground water & Soil environment.


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat x 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

TOR COMPLIANCE

A. Additional TOR Reply Citation

1. A Note on pulp washing system capable of handling wood pulp shall be included.

Details are incorporated in EIA/EMP report. Section 2.6 Chapter 2 Page No.21

2.

Manufacturing process details for the existing and proposed plant shall be included. Chapter on pulping & Bleaching shall include: no black liquor spillage in the area of pulp mill; no use of elemental chlorine for bleaching mill; installation of hypo preparation plant; no use of potcher washing and use of counter current or horizontal belt washers. Chapter on chemical recovery shall include: no spillage of foam in chemical recovery plant, no discharge of foul condensate generated from MEE directly to ETP; control of suspended particulate matter emissions from the stack of fluidized bed recovery boiler and ESP in lime kiln.

Details of Manufacturing Process and Chemical recovery plant are incorporated in EIA/EMP report.

Section 2.6 Chapter 2 Page No.21 Section 10.2.3 Chapter 10 Page No.192

3.

Studies shall be conducted and a chapter shall be included to show that soda pulping process can be employed for Eucalyptus/Casuarina to produce low kappa (bleachable) grade of pulp.


4.

Commitment that only elemental chlorine-free technology will be used for the manufacture of paper and existing plant without chemical recovery plant will be closed within 2 years of issue of environment clearance.

Company is already having elemental Chlorine-free technology for bleaching of pulp and Chemical recovery plant is already existing

Section 2.6 Chapter 2. Page No.21

5.

A Commitment that no extra chlorine base bleaching chemicals (more than being used now) will be employed and AOx will remain within limits as per CREP for used based mills. Plan for reduction of water consumption.

Agreed & Complied Plan for reduction of water consumption has been given in EIA/EMP Report

Section 10.2.3 Chapter 10 Page No.192

B. Generic TOR in respect of Industry Sector

1. Executive Summary Complied

Page No.iii

2. Introduction

i. Details of the EIA consultant including NABET accreditation

Complied Annexure XIV Page No.232


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xi 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

ii. Information about the project proponent

Satia Industries Limited (SIL) has been

promoted by Dr. Ajay Satia in the year

1984, who toiled hard during initial period

of militancy in Punjab and made this

Project viable and model unit with his hard

work, sincerity and excellent team building

spirit now having three paper machines at

Muktsar – Malout Road, PO : Village

Rupana, Dist: Sri Muktsar Sahib, Punjab –

152032, which is manufacturing 300 TPD

of eco-friendly paper using agricultural

residues (Wheat Straw, Sarkanda,

Baggasse, Cotton Sticks), Wood Base

(Wood, Veneer & Bamboo Chips) as raw

material.

With the entry of second generation of the

family Shree Chirag Satia, Executive

Director entering the family business, SIL

intends to increase its present production

capacity from 300 TPD to 600 TPD by

expanding its project and 14.0 MW CPP.

---

iii. Importance and Benefits of the project

Details are incorporated In EIA/EMP Report.

Section 2.2 Chapter 2 Page No.10

3. Project description

i. Cost of project and time of completion

The total investment of Rs.500.00 Crores is proposed for the expansion of the project. Time Completion Schedule is incorporated in EIA/EMP report.


ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project

Details of products with capacities are incorporated In EIA/EMP Report.


iii.

If expansion project, details of the existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

Land document is attached in EIA/EMP report.

Annexure: IV Page No.222

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

Details or required raw materials are incorporated In EIA/EMP Report.


v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

Chemicals and materials required with quantities are incorporated In EIA/EMP Report.



Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xii 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

vi. Details of emissions, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management


Vii.

Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract).

Total Water Requirement After Proposed Expansion will 24,000 KLD its source from Arniwala Canal available near the site.

Total power requirement After proposed expansion will be 44 MW (Existing 30MW and Proposed 14 MW) and its source is being/will be obtained from In-house CPP.

Water balance diagram are incorporated in EIA/EMP report.

Presently there are 1100 numbers of employees. There will be additional 500 numbers of employees, thus total 1600 numbers of employees after proposed expansion.

Annexure V Page No.223 Section 2.4.3 Chapter 2 Page No.18 Section 2.8.2 Chapter 2 Page No.31 Section 2.4.2 Chapter 2 Page No.18

Viii

The project proponent shall furnish the requisite documents from the competent authority in support of drawl of ground water and surface water and supply of electricity.

Source of surface water from Arniwala Canal available near the site.

No ground water used.

Source of electricity is being/will be obtained from In-house CPP.

Annexure: V Page No.223

ix.

Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantative) from raw material to products to be provided



x. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems



xi. Expansion/modernization proposals:

a.

Copy of all Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MoEF&CC/SEIAA shall be attached as annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30t May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to

The existing unit of Satia Industries Limited

has been obtained Environment Clearance

wide No.F.No.J-11011/196/2014-IA-II(I)

dated: 29th May,2018.

Compliance to EC conditions have been attached. Monitoring Report of Regional office attached as Compliance of Consent to operate for ongoing/existing operation of the project from PPCB has been attached with the EIA-EMP report.

Annexure: II Page No.220 Annexure: III Page No.221


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xiii 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

operate for ongoing/existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

b.

In case the existing project has not obtained the environmental clearance, reason for not taking EC under the provisions for EIA Notifications 1994 and/or EIA Notifications 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notifications 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

Not Applicable ---

4. Site Details:

i.

Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

M/s SATIA INDUSTRIES LIMITED is located at Muktsar –Malout Road, PO : Village Rupana, Dist: Sri Muktsar Sahib, Punjab – 152032

---

ii.

A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

Study Area Map of radius of 10 km is incorporated EIA/EMP report.

Chapter 3 Page No.37

iii. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site..

Corner Latitude Longitude

A 30°25'11.10"N 74°31'19.16"E

B 30°25'24.87"N 74°31'18.11"E

C 30°25'16.49"N 74°30'54.78"E

D 30°25'06.74"N 74°31'0.93"E

---

iv. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

Google map-Earth images are incorporated in EIA/EMP reports.

Section 2.3.2 Fig.2.2 Chapter 2 Page No.13

v.

Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an industrial area/estate/complex, layout of industrial area and location of unit within the industrial area/estate.

Layout is attached in EIA/EMP report. Section 2.4 Fig 2.4 Chapter 2 Page No.17

vi.

Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

Complied Chapter 2 Fig 2.1 Section 2.3 Page No.12


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xiv 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

vii.

Land use break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area)



1viii.

A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10 km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area.


Figure 3.1 Chapter 3 Page No.37

ix. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the Study area are incorporated in EIA/EMP Report.

Section 3.7-3.8 Chapter 3 Page No.59

x.

Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects)

Drainage map is attached in EIA/EMP report.


xi.

Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

Land already Acquired ---

xii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.

Not Applicable ---

5. Forest and Wildlife related issues

Not Applicable

---

i.

Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

ii.

Land use map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha).

iii.

Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.

iv. The projects to be located within 10


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xv 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-a-vis the project location and there commendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.

v.

Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.

vi.

Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.

6. Environmental Status

i.

Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site specific micrometeorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

Month

Temperature (oC)

Relative Humidity

(%)

Wind Speed (km/hr)

Min.

Max.

Min.

Max.

Min.

Max.

Dec'18

3.4 26.2

23.0

97.0 0.1

12.3

Jan'19

4.1 22.1

21.0

96.0 0.1

19.0

Feb'19

5.8 23.1

33.0

98.0 0.1

21.0

Table 3.3 Section 3.3 Chapter 3 Page No.42

ii.

AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

We have selected 8 locations for AAQ data. Details are incorporated in EIA/EMP report.

Table 3.4 Section 3.4.1 Page No.48

iii.

Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with – min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.

Details of Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations are given in EIA/EMP report.

Table 3.6-3.8 Section 3.4 Chapter 3 Page No.50

iv. Surface water quality of nearby Details of surface water locations are Table 3.19


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xvi 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

River (60m upstream and downstream) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEFCC guidelines.

incorporated in EIA/EMP report. Section 3.11.7 Chapter 3 Page No.72

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC.

No ----

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

Details of Ground water locations are incorporated in EIA/EMP report.

Table 3.17 Section 3.11.4 Chapter 3 Page No.69

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

Details of Noise level Monitoring locations are incorporated in EIA/EMP report.

Table 3.9 Section 3.5.1 Chapter 3 Page No.53

viii.

Soil characteristics as per CPCB guidelines.

Result of Soil Analysis are incorporated in EIA/EMP report.

Table 3.16 Section 3.10 Chapter 3 Page No.65

ix.

Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

Details of Traffic Study Of the area are incorporated in EIA/EMP report.


x.

Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished.

Details of EB Studies are incorporated in EIA/EMP report.


xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.

During the primary survey it was observed that almost pakka road facility is available in all villages within 10 km radius. Literacy rate of the study region is from 48.44 to 67.33%. When compared to other places, these villages exhibit lower rate of literacy thus there is need to promote education among more and more people. Almost all the villages have more than 50% people as non-workers. It indicates that the problem of unemployment can be solved by providing proper training and education. There is also need to establish more industries so that maximum number of employment can be generated. Basic amenities like Education facilities Health care facilities, water supply,



Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xvii 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

electric power supply, mode of transportation etc. are available in all villages.

7. Impact Assessment and Environment Management Plan

i.

Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be well assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation near, sensitive receptors, if any.

Details of Air Modelling are incorporated in EIA/EMP report.


ii.

Water Quality modeling-in case, if the effluent is proposed to be discharged in to the local drain, then Water Quality Modeling study should be conducted for the drain water taking into consideration the upstream and downstream quality of water of the drain.

Not Applicable -

iii.

Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

Total 151 trucks/day will be required for transportation of raw material and finished products. Impacts on transportation has been described in EIA/EMP report.

Chapter 4 Section 4.2.2 Page No.108

iv.

A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules.

Details of Effluent treatment plant and characteristic of treated effluent is incorporated in EIA/EMP report.


v. Details of stack emission and Details of stack emission are incorporated Section 2.8.1


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xviii 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

in EIA/EMP report. Chapter 2 Page No.30

vi. Measure for fugitive emission control

Mitigation measures for fugitive emission control are incorporated in EIA/EMP report.


vii.

Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and disposal. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resources conservation.

Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and disposal are incorporated in EIA/EMP report. Details of

Section 2.8.3 Table 2.11 Chapter 2 Page No.34

viii.

Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.

fly ash is/will be disposed for brick manufacturing and land filling in an eco-friendly manner.

Annexure VI Page No.224

ix.

Action plan for the green belt development plan is 33% area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

Action plan for greenbelt development is incorporated in EIA/EMP report.


x.

Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh and reduce the water requirement from other sources.

Details are incorporated in EIA/EMP report. Section 10.5.1 Chapter 10 Page No.207

xi.

Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included.

Details Of EMS are incorporated in EIA/EMP report.


xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

Details of post Project Monitoring are incorporated in EIA/EMP report.


xiii.

Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and man-made) Preparedness and Emergency management Plan including Risk Assessment and

Onsite and offsite Emergency plans are incorporated in EIA/EMP report.

Section 7.7 & 7.8 Chapter 7 Page No.169


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xix 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

damage control. Disaster Management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

8. Occupational health

i.

Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of above mentioned hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure Level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved.

Management plan for occupational health & safety are incorporated in EIA/EMP report.


ii.

Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the worker‟s health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x-rays, Audiometry, Spirometery, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, color vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre- placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of abovementioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and departmental wise.

Details of periodical medical examination are incorporated in EIA/EMP report.


iii. Annual report of health status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

Annexure IX Page No.227

iv. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers.

Rs 3.00 lakhs has been Allotted for Occupation health and Safety.

--

9. Corporate Environment Policy

i.

Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

The company has a well-developed Environment Policy.

Annexure XII Page No.230

ii.

Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process/procedures to bring into focus any infringement/deviation/violation of the environmental or forest norms/conditions? If so, it may be detailed in EIA.

iii.

What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environment clearance conditions?

The company has developed a Hierarchal system for dealing withthe environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions. Details are incorporated in EIA/EMP report.

Section 10.7 Figure 10.8 Chapter 10 Page No.210


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xx 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

Details of this system may be given.

iv.

Does the company have system of reporting of non-compliances/violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report.

The company has developed a Hierarchal system for reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the higher management. Details are incorporated in EIA/EMP report.

Figure 10.8 Section 10.7 Chapter 10 Page No.210

10.

Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.

The necessary infrastructure facilities like drinking water and sanitation has been already provided to the construction workers and truck drivers within the project site.

-

11.

Corporate Environment Policy(CER)

i.

To address the public hearing issues,an amount as specified under ministry‟s Office Memorandum vide F.No.22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1st may 2018 amounting of RS………crores,shall be earnmarked by the project proponent,towards Corporate Environment Responsibility(CER).Distinct CER projects shall be carved out based on PWD schedule of rates for each distinct Item and schedule for time bound action plan shall be prepared.These CER projects as indicated by the project proponent shall be implemented long with main project.Implementation of such program shall be ensured by constituting a Committee comprising of the project proponent,representatives of village Panchyat & District Administration.Action taken report in this regard shall be submitted to the Ministry' Regional office.No free distribution/donations and or free campus shall be included in the above CER budget.

The company also proposes to carry out social welfare activities for the welfare of local community. The company has proposed a detailed CER Plan. Under this plan, the proponent has allocated a budget of Rs. 3.75 Crores i.e. 0.75 % of the total cost of Rs. 500 Crores to be spent within a period of 5 years. Details of CER are incorporated in EIA/EMP report.

Table 10.9 Section 10.8 Page No.210

12.

Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under

Not Applicable -


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xxi 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

13.

A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TORs.

Complied Page No.X

14.

The TORs prescribed shall be valid for a period of three years for submission of the EIA-EMP reports along with Public Hearing Proceedings (wherever stipulated).

Noted --

The following general points shall be noted:

i. All documents shall be properly indexed, page numbered.

Agreed & Complied --

ii. Period/date of data collection shall be clearly indicated.


iii. Authenticated English translation of all material in Regional languages shall be provided.


iv.

The letter/application for environmental clearance shall quote the MOEF file No. and also attach a copy of the letter.

Agreed --

v.

The copy of the letter received from the Ministry shall be also attached as an annexure to the final EIA-EMP Report.


vi.

The index of the final EIA-EMP report must indicate the specific chapter and page no. the EIA-EMP Report.

Complied --

vii.

While preparing the EIA Report, the instructions for the proponents and instructions for the consultants issued by MoEF vide O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA.II (I) dated 4th August, 2009, which are available on the website of this Ministry shall also be followed.

Complied

--

viii.

The consultants involved in the preparation of EIA-EMP report after accreditation with Quality Council of India (QCI)/National Accreditation Board of Education and Training (NABET) would need to include a certificate in this regard in the EIA- EMP reports prepared by them and data provided by other organization/Laboratories including their status of approvals etc. Name of Consultant and the Accreditation

Complied

Annexure.XIV Page No.232


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xxii 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

details shall be posted on the EIA-EMP Reports as well as on the cover of the Hard Copy of the Presentation material for EC presentation.

ix.

TOR‟s prescribed by the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry) shall be considered for the preparation of EIA-EMP report for the project in addition to all the relevant information as per the „Generic Structure of EIA‟ given in Appendix III and IIIA in the EIA Notification, 2006. Where the documents provided are in a language other than English, an English translation shall be provided.The draft EIA-EMP Report shall be submitted to the State Pollution Control Board of the concerned State for conduct of Public Hearing. The SPCB shall conduct the Public Hearing/Public consultation, district-wise, as per the provisions of EIA Notifications, 2006. The Public Hearing shall be chaired by an Officer not below the rank of Additional District Magistrate. The issues raised in the Public Hearing and during the consultation process and the commitments made by the project proponent on the same shall be included separately in EIA-EMP Report in a separate chapter and summarized in a tabular chart with financial budget (capital and revenue) along with time-schedule of implementation for complying with the commitments made. The final EIA Report shall be submitted to the Ministry for obtaining Environment clearance.

Complied Public hearing held on 04/07/2019. Issues raised and addressed during public hearing/consultation are incorporated in EIA report.

Section 7.1 Table 7.1 Page No.143


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xxiii 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

CONTENTS

LIST OF TABLES .................................................................................................................... xxxiii

LIST OF FIGURES ................................................................................................................ xxxviii

CHAPTER 1...................................................................................................................................... 1

INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................. 1

1.0 PRELUDE .............................................................................................................................................. 1

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT ................................................................................................................. 1

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT ..................................................... 2

1.2.1 Identification of the project ................................................................................................................... 2

1.2.2 Identification of the Project Proponent ................................................................................................. 2

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT .................................................................................................... 2

1.3.1 Nature, Size and Location of the Project ................................................................................................ 2

1.3.2 Importance to the Country and Region .................................................................................................. 4

1.4 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK AND ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE ......................................... 6

1.5 SCOPE AND OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY ....................................................................................... 7

1.6 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT .............................................................................................................. 7

1.7 SUMMARY .................................................................................................................................................. 9

CHAPTER 2.................................................................................................................................... 10

PROJECT DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................... 10

2.0 GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................. 10

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT ................................................................................................................................ 10

2.2 NEED OF THE PROJECT ...................................................................................................................... 10

2.3 PROJECT LOCATION ............................................................................................................................ 11

2.3.1 Project Site Location ............................................................................................................................. 11

2.3.2 Site Selection Criteria ........................................................................................................................... 13

2.3.3 Salient Features Study Area ................................................................................................................. 14

2.3.4 Climatic Conditions ............................................................................................................................... 15


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xxiv 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

2.4 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT ............................................................................................................... 16

2.4.1 Land Requirement ................................................................................................................................ 16

2.4.2 Man Power ........................................................................................................................................... 18

2.4.3 Energy requirement .............................................................................................................................. 18

2.4.4 Water Requirement .............................................................................................................................. 18

2.4.5 Capital Requirement ............................................................................................................................. 19

2.5 RAW MATERIALS AND PRODUCT ..................................................................................................... 19

2.5.1 Raw Material Requirement .................................................................................................................. 19

2.5.2 Product Details ..................................................................................................................................... 20

2.6 MANUFACTURING PROCESS ............................................................................................................. 21

2.6.1 Pulping Process ..................................................................................................................................... 21

2.6.2 Stock Preparation ................................................................................................................................. 23

2.6.3Paper Making ......................................................................................................................................... 23

2.6.4Converting & Finishing .......................................................................................................................... 23

2.6.5Description of Soda Recovery Plant ...................................................................................................... 25

2.6.6 Description of Captive Power Plant ...................................................................................................... 25

2.6.7 Material Balance for Proposed 600 TPD .............................................................................................. 27

2.7 AUXILIARY SYSTEM .............................................................................................................................. 27

2.7.1 Rice Husk Handling System ................................................................................................................... 27

2.7.2 Fly Ash Handling System ....................................................................................................................... 29

2.8 POLLUTION POTENTIAL& ITS CONTROL MEASURES ................................................................ 30

2.8.1 Air Environment .................................................................................................................................... 30

2.8.2 Water Environment .............................................................................................................................. 31

2.8.3 Solid/Hazardous Waste ........................................................................................................................ 33

2.8.4 Noise Environment ............................................................................................................................... 34

2.9 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY .......................................................................................... 34

2.10 ASPECT - IMPACT ANALYSIS ........................................................................................................... 35


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xxv 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

2.11 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE .................................................................................... 35

2.12SUMMARY ............................................................................................................................................... 36

CHAPTER-3 ................................................................................................................................... 37

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................ 37

3.0 INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................................................... 37

3.1 BASELINE STUDY AREA AND PERIOD ............................................................................................ 37

3.2 METHODOLOGY ..................................................................................................................................... 38

3.2.1 Frequency of Sampling ......................................................................................................................... 38

3.2.2 Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis ............................................................................... 39

3.3 MICROMETEOROLOGY ........................................................................................................................ 42

3.3.1 Temperature ......................................................................................................................................... 43

3.3.2 Humidity ............................................................................................................................................... 43

3.3.3 Wind Speed and Wind Direction .......................................................................................................... 45

3.3.4 Wind Rose ............................................................................................................................................. 45

3.3.5 Wind & Cyclone Vulnerability ............................................................................................................... 47

3.3.6 Interpretation of Micrometeorological Data ........................................................................................ 47

3.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................................................... 47

3.4.1 Selection of Sampling Locations ........................................................................................................... 48

3.4.2 Frequency and Parameters for Sampling ............................................................................................. 50

3.4.3 Methodology for Sampling and Analysis .............................................................................................. 50

3.4.4 Quality of Ambient Air .......................................................................................................................... 50

3.4.5 Summary of Ambient Air Quality.......................................................................................................... 52

3.4.6 Interpretation of Ambient Air Quality Data ......................................................................................... 52

3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ......................................................................................................................... 52

3.5.1 Sources of Noise Pollution .................................................................................................................... 52

3.5.2 Noise Level in the Study Area ............................................................................................................... 52

3.5.3 Summary of Noise Data ........................................................................................................................ 55


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xxvi 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

3.5.4 Interpretation of Noise Data ................................................................................................................ 55

3.6 LAND ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................................................... 55

3.6.1 Land Use Pattern of the Study area ...................................................................................................... 55

3.6.2 Drainage Map ....................................................................................................................................... 58

3.7 GEOLOGY ................................................................................................................................................ 59

3.7.1 Earthquake Vulnerability ...................................................................................................................... 60

3.8 HYDROGEOLOGY .................................................................................................................................. 60

3.9 TRAFFIC STUDY ..................................................................................................................................... 63

3.9.1 Interpretation of Traffic Study .............................................................................................................. 64

3.10 SOIL QUALITY ....................................................................................................................................... 64

3.10.1 Summary of Soil Data ......................................................................................................................... 66

3.10.2 Interpretation of Soil Data .................................................................................................................. 67

3.11 WATER ENVIRONMENT ..................................................................................................................... 67

3.11.1 Reconnaissance .................................................................................................................................. 67

3.11.2 Water Quality ..................................................................................................................................... 67

3.11.3 Sampling and Analysis ........................................................................................................................ 67

3.11.4 Ground Water ..................................................................................................................................... 67

3.11.5 Summary of Ground Water Quality .................................................................................................... 72

3.11.6 Interpretation of Ground Water Quality Data ................................................................................... 72

3.11.7Surface Water ...................................................................................................................................... 72

3.11.8 Summary of Surface Water Quality .................................................................................................... 77

3.11.9 Interpretation of Surface Water Quality Data .................................................................................... 78

3.12 ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY ........................................................................................................ 78

3.12.1 Methodology Adopted for the Study of Flora and Fauna .................................................................. 78

3.12.2 Floral Diversity of the Study Area ....................................................................................................... 78

3.12.3 Interpretation of Ecology and Biodiversity ......................................................................................... 83

3.13 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................... 83


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xxvii 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

3.13.1 Socio-Economic Survey Methodology ................................................................................................ 83

3.13.2 Demography ....................................................................................................................................... 84

3.13.3 Population Density ............................................................................................................................. 84

3.13.4 Sex Ratio ............................................................................................................................................. 85

3.13.5 Literacy Rate ....................................................................................................................................... 86

3.13.6 Economic Aspects ............................................................................................................................... 88

3.13.7 Amenities ............................................................................................................................................ 91

3.13.8 Interpretation of Socio Economic Data .............................................................................................. 93

3.14 SUMMARY .............................................................................................................................................. 93

CHAPTER – 4 ................................................................................................................................ 96

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENT IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES ...................... 96

4.0 GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................. 96

4.1 IMPACTS IDENTIFICATION DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE ................................................. 96

4.1.1 Matrix Representation.......................................................................................................................... 97

4.1.2 Air Environment .................................................................................................................................... 99

4.1.3 Water Environment ............................................................................................................................ 100

4.1.4 Soil Environment ................................................................................................................................ 100

4.1.5 Noise Environment ............................................................................................................................. 101

4.1.6 Land Use/ Land Cover ......................................................................................................................... 102

4.1.7 Hydrogeology ..................................................................................................................................... 102

4.1.8 Geology ............................................................................................................................................... 103

4.1.9 Solid/Hazardous Waste ...................................................................................................................... 103

4.1.10 Risks and Hazards ............................................................................................................................. 103

4.1.11 Ecology and Biodiversity ................................................................................................................... 104

4.1.12 Socio-Economy ................................................................................................................................. 104

4.2 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DURING OPERATION PHASE .......................... 105

4.2.1 Matrix Representation........................................................................................................................ 105


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xxviii 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

4.2.2 Air Environment .................................................................................................................................. 108

4.2.3 Water Environment ............................................................................................................................ 119

4.2.4 Soil Environment ................................................................................................................................ 120

4.2.5 Noise Environment ............................................................................................................................. 122

4.2.6 Land Use/Land Cover .......................................................................................................................... 122

4.2.7 Hydrogeology ..................................................................................................................................... 122

4.2.8 Geology ............................................................................................................................................... 123

4.2.9 Solid/Hazardous Wastes ..................................................................................................................... 123

4.2.10 Risk & Hazards .................................................................................................................................. 124

4.2.11 Ecology and Biodiversity ................................................................................................................... 125

4.2.12 Socio-Economic ................................................................................................................................ 127

4.3 SUMMARY .............................................................................................................................................. 129

CHAPTER – 5 .............................................................................................................................. 130

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE) ............................................... 130

5.0 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................... 130

5.1 Alternative for Sites & other Aspects................................................................................................... 130

5.2 SUMMARY .............................................................................................................................................. 132

CHAPTER – 6 .............................................................................................................................. 133

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM .................................................................... 133

6.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................... 133

6.2 NEED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ............................................................................... 133

6.3 MONITORING PLAN & PROGRAM ................................................................................................... 133

6.4 INFRASTRUCTURAL REQUIREMENT ............................................................................................. 136

6.5 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL ............................................................................................ 136

6.6 CURRENT & PROPOSED PRACTICES FOR ENV. PROTECTION ............................................ 137

6.6.1 Handling of Raw Materials and Mitigation Measures ........................................................................ 137

6.6.2 Risk Assessment and Damage control ................................................................................................ 137


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xxix 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

6.6.3Compliance to the recommendations of CREP guidelines .................................................................. 137

6.7CONCLUDING REMARKS .................................................................................................................... 138

6.8 SUMMARY .............................................................................................................................................. 140

CHAPTER – 7 .............................................................................................................................. 141

ADDITIONAL STUDIES ............................................................................................................. 141

7.0 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................... 141

7.1 PUBLIC HEARING ................................................................................................................................. 141

7.1.1 Advertisement and Photographs........................................................................................................ 142

7.2 EIC STUDY ............................................................................................................................................. 146

7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT ..................................................................... 146

7.3.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................................ 146

7.3.2 Objective, Philosophy and Methodology of Risk Assessment ............................................................ 146

7.3.3 Hazardous Material, Process & Safety ............................................................................................... 147

7.4 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH PROGRAM ........................................................................ 149

7.4.1 Construction and Erection .................................................................................................................. 150

7.4.2 Operation and Maintenance .............................................................................................................. 150

7.4.3 Hospital facilities ................................................................................................................................ 150

7.4.4 Factory medical officer ....................................................................................................................... 151

7.4.5 Ambulance van ................................................................................................................................... 151

7.4.6 First aid box ........................................................................................................................................ 151

7.4.7 Periodic medical examination ............................................................................................................ 151

7.4.8 Management plan for occupational health & safety ......................................................................... 151

7.5 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM AND EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT .................................................. 153

7.5.1 Firefighting system ............................................................................................................................. 153

7.5.2 Emergency Management ................................................................................................................... 154

7.6 RISK ASSESSMENT STUDY .............................................................................................................. 155

7.6.1 Hazard Identification .......................................................................................................................... 156


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xxx 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

7.6.2 Hazard Assessment and Evaluation .................................................................................................... 157

7.6.3 MCA Scenarios and Consequences Analysis ....................................................................................... 159

7.6.4 Definitions & Explanation of Terms Used ........................................................................................... 160

7.6.5 Possible Accident Scenario ................................................................................................................. 161

7.6.6 SAFETY HAZARD .................................................................................................................................. 164

7.6.7 Safety organization ............................................................................................................................. 167

7.6.8 Observations & Recommendations .................................................................................................... 168

7.7 ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN ..................................... 169

7.8 OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLANS ........................................................................................................ 177

7.9 SUMMARY .............................................................................................................................................. 180

CHAPTER – 8 .............................................................................................................................. 182

PROJECT BENEFITS ................................................................................................................ 182

8.0 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................... 182

8.1 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL ............................................................................................................... 182

8.2EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL ................................................................................................................ 183

8.3DIRECT REVENUE EARNING TO THE NATIONAL & STATE EXCHEQUER ............................ 184

8.4INFRASTRUCTURAL BENEFITS ........................................................................................................ 184

8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS ........................................................................................................... 184

8.6 SUMMARY .............................................................................................................................................. 184

CHAPTER – 9 .............................................................................................................................. 186

COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ..................................................................................................... 186

9.0 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................... 186

9.1 APPLICABILITY OF CBA AND SUMMARY ...................................................................................... 186

CHAPTER – 10 ............................................................................................................................ 187

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ........................................................................... 187

10.0 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................. 187

10.1 OBJECTIVES OF EMP ....................................................................................................................... 187


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xxxi 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

10.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ..................................................................................... 187

10.2.1 Land Environment & Solid/Hazardous Waste Management ........................................................... 187

10.2.2 Air Environment Management ......................................................................................................... 189

10.2.3 Water Environment .......................................................................................................................... 192

10.2.5 Noise Environment ........................................................................................................................... 202

10.2.6 Occupational Health & Safety .......................................................................................................... 203

10.3 TRANSPORATION/TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR VEHICLES .................................... 205

10.4 CLEANER PRODUCTION PRACTICES ......................................................................................... 206

10.4.1 Conservation of Water ..................................................................................................................... 206

10.4.2 Conservation of Raw Materials& Fuel .............................................................................................. 207

10.4.3 Conservation of Energy .................................................................................................................... 207

10.5 DRAINAGE & RAINWATER HARVESTING PLAN ........................................................................ 207

10.5.1 Rainwater Harvesting (Recharging) System ..................................................................................... 207

10.6 BUDGETARY PROVISIONS FOR EMS .......................................................................................... 209

10.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL (EMC) ........................................................................ 209

10.8 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY ................................................................. 210

10.9 SUMMARY ............................................................................................................................................ 211

CHAPTER-11 ............................................................................................................................... 212

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION ................................................................................................... 212

11.1 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................................................. 212

11.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................. 212

11.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ....................................................................................... 212

11.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES ............................ 214

11.5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ....................................................................................................... 215

11.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ............................................................................. 215

11.7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ...................................................................................................................... 215

11.8 PROJECT BENEFIT ............................................................................................................................ 215


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xxxii 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

11.9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ........................................................................... 215

11.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN .................................................................................. 216

11.11 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION .................................................................................. 216

CHAPTER – 12 ............................................................................................................................ 217

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED ..................................................................... 217

12.0 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................. 217

12.1 BRIEF RESUME AND NATURE OF CONSULTANCY ................................................................. 217

12.2 NAME OF EIA TEAM MEMBERS/ FUNCTIONAL AREA ASSOCIATES ................................... 217

12.3 LABORATORY INVOLVED FOR BASELINE MONITORING AND OTHER ANALYSIS ......... 218


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xxxiii 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1.1 Project Co-ordinate ............................................................................................................................. 2

Table 1.2 Regulatory Framework ....................................................................................................................... 6

Table 1.3 Structure of EIA report ........................................................................................................................ 7

Table 2.1 - Salient Features of the Project Site ............................................................................................. 14

Table 2.2 - Climate Type and Details .............................................................................................................. 15

Table 2.3-Water Consumption Details ............................................................................................................ 18

Table 2.4 Cost Break Up ................................................................................................................................... 19

Table 2.5-Requirements of Raw Materials ..................................................................................................... 19

Table 2.6- Product Details ................................................................................................................................. 20

Table 2.7- Transportation of Product ............................................................................................................... 20

Table 2.8: Details of Cooling Tower ................................................................................................................. 27

Table:2.9- Air Pollution Control Details ........................................................................................................... 30

Table 2.10 - Wastewater Generation Details ................................................................................................. 31

Table 2.11–Solid and Hazardous Waste Details ........................................................................................... 34

Table 2.12 - Aspect Impact Analysis ............................................................................................................... 35

Table 2.13 - Project Implementation Schedule .............................................................................................. 36

Table 3.1 Frequency of Environmental Monitoring ........................................................................................ 38

Table 3.2 Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis........................................................................ 39

Table 3.3 Meteorological Condition of Study Area ........................................................................................ 42

Table 3.4 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations in the Study Region ................................................. 49

Table 3.5 Details of Analysis Method .............................................................................................................. 50

Table 3.6 Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of PM10 and PM2.5 ......................................... 50

Table 3.7 Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of SO2 and NOx ............................................... 51

Table 3.8 Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of CO .................................................................. 51

Table 3.9 Noise Monitoring Locations in the Study Region ......................................................................... 53


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xxxiv 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

Table 3.10 Noise Monitoring report during day time ..................................................................................... 54

Table 3.11 Noise Monitoring report during night time ................................................................................... 54

Table 3.12 Land use Pattern of Study Area ................................................................................................... 57

Table 3.13 Traffic Study Report ........................................................................................................................ 63

Table 3.14 Existing Traffic Scenario with respect to LOS ............................................................................ 63

Table 3.15 Details of Soil sampling location ................................................................................................... 65

Table 3.16 Soil Sample Analysis Result ......................................................................................................... 65

Table 3.17 Details of Ground Water sampling locations .............................................................................. 69

Table 3.18 Ground water Analysis Results..................................................................................................... 70

Table 3.19 Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations ............................................................................ 73

Table 3.20 Surface water Analysis Results .................................................................................................... 74

Table 3.21 Bacteriological Analysis of surface Water ................................................................................... 75

Table 3.22 Standard limit as per IS 10500:2012 for Microbiological parameters ..................................... 75

Table 3.23 Trees in the Study area .................................................................................................................. 78

Table 3.24 List of Shrubs in the study area .................................................................................................... 80

Table 3.25 List of Herbs in the study area ...................................................................................................... 81

Table 3.26 List of Climbers in the study area ................................................................................................. 81

Table 3.27 List of Grass in the study area ...................................................................................................... 81

Table 3.28 List of Mammals in the Study area ............................................................................................... 81

Table 3.29 List of Birds in the Study area ....................................................................................................... 82

Table 3.30 List of Reptiles in the Study area .................................................................................................. 82

Table 3.31 Details of Population in Study Area ............................................................................................. 84

Table 3.32 Details of Sex Ratio in Study Area ............................................................................................... 85

Table 3.33 Details of Literacy Rate in Study Area ......................................................................................... 86

Table 3.34 Details of Occupational Structure ................................................................................................. 88

Table 4.1: Impact Matrix with Mitigation Measures (Construction Phase) ................................................. 97

Table 4.2: Severity Criteria for Magnitude of Impacts ................................................................................... 97


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xxxv 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

Table 4.3: Score range for beneficial and adverse impacts ......................................................................... 97

Table 4.4: Environmental Impact Matrix without Mitigation (Construction Phase) ................................... 98

Table 4.5: Impact on Air Environment and Mitigation Measures ................................................................. 99

Table 4.6: Impact on Water Environment and Mitigation Measures ......................................................... 100

Table 4.7: Impact on Soil Environment and Mitigation Measures ............................................................. 100

Table 4.8: Impact on Noise Environment and Mitigation Measures ......................................................... 101

Table 4.9: Impact on Land Cover/ Land Use and Mitigation Measures ................................................... 102

Table 4.10: Impact on Hydrogeology and Mitigation Measures ................................................................ 102

Table 4.11: Impact on Geology and Mitigation Measures .......................................................................... 103

Table 4.12: Impact due to Solid/ Hazardous waste and Mitigation Measures ........................................ 103

Table 4.13: Impact of Risk and Hazards and Mitigation Measures .......................................................... 103

Table 4.14: Impact on Ecology and Biodiversity and Mitigation Measures ............................................. 104

Table 4.15: Impact on Socio Economic and Mitigation Measures ............................................................ 104

Table 4.16: Environmental Impact Matrix with Mitigation (Construction Phase)..................................... 105

Table 4.17 - Impact Matrix with Mitigation Measures (Operation Phase) ................................................ 106

Table 4.18 - Environmental Impact Matrix without Mitigation (Operation Phase) .................................. 107

Table 4.19– Vehicles required daily ............................................................................................................... 108

Table 4.20 - Recommendations on Traffic Capacity as per IRC 2010 ..................................................... 108

Table 4.21 - Modified Traffic Scenario and LOS .......................................................................................... 109

Table 4.22 - AQI Index ..................................................................................................................................... 110

Table 4.23 - AQI Values for Different Parameters ....................................................................................... 111

Table 4.24 - Stack Data for Air Modeling ...................................................................................................... 113

Table 4.25 - Resultant Concentration Value ................................................................................................ 116

Table 4.26 - Impact and Mitigation Measures on Air Environment ........................................................... 117

Table 4.27 - Impact and Mitigation Measures on Water Environment ..................................................... 119

Table 4.28 - Impact and Mitigation Measures on Soil Environment ......................................................... 120

Table 4.29 - Impact and Mitigation Measures on Noise Environment ...................................................... 122


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xxxvi 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

Table 4.30 - Impact and Mitigation Measures on Land Cover/ Land Use ................................................ 122

Table 4.31 - Impact and Mitigation Measures on Hydrogeology ............................................................... 122

Table 4.32 - Impact and Mitigation Measures on Geology ......................................................................... 123

Table 4.33 - Impact and Mitigation Measures due to Solid/Hazardous Wastes ..................................... 123

Table 4.34 - Impact and Mitigation Measures due to Risk & Hazards ..................................................... 124

Table 4.35 - Impact and Mitigation Measures due to Ecology and Biodiversity ..................................... 125

Table 4.36 - Impact on Socio Economic and Mitigation Measures ........................................................... 127

Table 4.37 - Environmental Impact Matrix with Mitigation (Operation Phase) ........................................ 128

Table 5.1 - Alternative for other Parameters ................................................................................................ 130

Table 6.1: Monitored Stack Emission Characteristics ................................................................................. 134

Table 6.2: Effluent Characteristics ................................................................................................................. 135

Table 6.3: Compliance to the Charter on CREP for large Pulp and Paper industry .............................. 137

Table 7.1 – Time bound action plan of the issues raised during public hearing ..................................... 143

Table 7.2 - Properties of storage chemicals used at the mill ..................................................................... 148

Table 7.3 - Properties of Hazardous Chemical ............................................................................................ 148

Table 7.4 - Properties of Hazardous Chemical ............................................................................................ 149

Table 7.5 - Work Place Monitoring in the Industrial Premises ................................................................... 152

Table 7.6 - Health Evaluation of Workers ..................................................................................................... 153

Table 7.7- Preliminary hazard analysis for process and storage areas ................................................... 158

Table 7.8 - Preliminary hazard analysis for the whole plant in general .................................................... 158

Table 7.9: Threshold values of the Hazardous Chemicals ....................................................................... 161

Table 7.10: Atmospheric Condition Assumed .............................................................................................. 162

Table 7.11: Source Strength considered ..................................................................................................... 162

Table 7.12: Threat zone of toxic gas concentration (AEGL Value).......................................................... 163

Table 7.13: Hazards and its control measures for Chlorine Dioxide ........................................................ 164

Table 7.14: Important Telephone No. ............................................................................................................ 180

Table 7.15: List of vehicles .............................................................................................................................. 180


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xxxvii 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

Table 8.1 - CER Expenditure .......................................................................................................................... 183

Table 10.1 - Waste Disposal Details .............................................................................................................. 188

Table 10.2 - Technical Specification of ESP ................................................................................................ 191

Table 10.3: Existing equipment‟s with dimensions, volume and retention time ...................................... 194

Table 10.4: Characteristics of Raw Effluent at the Inlet and Effluent after Treatment after Expansion

............................................................................................................................................................................. 195

Table 10.5 - Species Selection for Pollution Control ................................................................................... 199

Table 10.6 - Traffic Management Plan .......................................................................................................... 205

Table 10.7: Rainwater Harvesting Calculation ............................................................................................. 208

Table 10.8 - Cost Break-Up for Environment Management System (EMS) ............................................ 209

Table 10.9 -CER Plan with 5 Years Break-UP ............................................................................................. 210

Table12.1 -EIA Team Member ....................................................................................................................... 217


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xxxviii 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1.1 - Location Map of Proposed Area 3

Figure 2.1- Photographs of Site (Clockwise) 12

Figure 2.2 - Google Earth Image (Short View) 13

Figure 2.3 - Google Earth Image (Long View) 14

Figure 2.4- Plant Layout 17

Figure 2.5 – Process flow diagram of CPP 26

Figure 2.6: Rice Husk handling system 28

Figure 2.7 – Rice Husk Handling System 29

Figure 2.8 - APC for Boiler Flue gases and scheme of Ash Handling 30

Figure 2.9 - Water Balance Diagram for Existing Paper Manufacturing Process 32

Figure 2.10 - Water Balance Diagram for proposed Paper Manufacturing Process 33

Figure 3.1 Study Area Map 37

Figure 3.2 Photograph showing the sampling activity 42

Figure 3.3 Graphical Presentation for the month wise Temperature Variation 43

Figure 3.4 Graphical Presentation for the month wise Humidity Variation 44

Figure 3.5 Wind Rose Diagram 46

Figure 3.5(A) Wind & Cyclone Vulnerability Map 47

Figure 3.6 Map showing the Study Region location of Ambient Air 49

Figure 3.7 Map showing the study region location of Noise 53

Figure 3.8 Methodology Used for Land use Classification 56

Figure 3.9 Land Use 57

Figure 3.10 Land Use Statistics 58

Figure 3.11 Drainage Map 59

Figure 3.12 Earthquake Vulnerability Map 60

Figure 3.13 Map showing the study region location of Soil 65


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xxxix 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

Figure 3.14 Map showing the study region with locations for Ground Water 68

Figure 3.15 Map showing the locations for Surface water 73

Figure 3.16: Graph of Literacy Rate 88

Figure 3.17 Occupational Structure of Study Area 90

Figure 4.1: Impact Quantification Matrix 98

Figure 4.2 - Isopleths for Concentration of PM 114

Figure 4.3 -Isopleths for Concentration of SO2 115

Figure 4.4 - Isopleths for Concentration of NOx 116

Figure-7.1: Source Strength in case of Chlorine Dioxide gas escape 163

Figure-7.2: Isopleths result of Toxic threat zone 163

Figure 10.1– Schematic Flow Diagram of ESP 192

Figure 10.2–Existing ETP schematic Flow Diagram 195

Figure 10.3 –Proposed ETP schematic Flow Diagram 196

Figure 10.4 - Flow Diagram of Chemical Recovery Plant 197

Figure 10.5 - Greenbelt Development Layout 199

Figure 10.6 Photographs of Existing Green Belt 202

Figure 10.7 – Existing Rainwater Harvesting System 208

Figure 10.8 -Organogram of Environmental Management Cell 210


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xl 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure-I: ToR Letter .................................................................................................................................. 219

Annexure-II: Existing EC & its Compliance ............................................................................................. 220

Annexure-III: Existing Consents & its compliance ................................................................................ 221

Annexure-IV: Land Details ........................................................................................................................... 222

Annexure-V: Water Permission in English & Punjabi language ........................................................ 223

Annexure-VI: MoU of Fly Ash ...................................................................................................................... 224

Annexure-VII: Undertaking for Fly Ash ..................................................................................................... 225

Annexure-VIII: Agreement of Lime Sludge .............................................................................................. 226

Annexure-IX: Health Records ...................................................................................................................... 227

Annexure-X: Details of Fire Equipments & Hydrants ........................................................................... 228

Annexure-XI: MSDS........................................................................................................................................ 229

Annexure-XII: EHS Policy ............................................................................................................................. 230

Annexure-XIII: CREP Compliance Report ................................................................................................ 231

Annexure-XIV: NABET Certificate .............................................................................................................. 232

Annexure-XV: Hydro Geological Study .................................................................................................... 233

Annexure-XVI: MoU With FMO/Hospitals ................................................................................................. 234

Annexure-XVII: Public hearing Proceedings ........................................................................................... 235


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat xli 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

ABBREVIATIONS

1. APC-Air Pollution Control Device

2. APHA – American Public Health Association

3. CPCB-Central Pollution Control Board

4. MoEF-Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change

5. BOD – Biological Oxygen Demand

6. CER-Corporate Environment Responsibility

7. COD – Chemical Oxygen Demand

8. CPP-Captive Power Plant

9. DMP-Disaster Management Plan

10. EC – Environmental Clearance

11. ECC – Emergency Control Center

12. EIA – Environmental Impact Assessment

13. EMC – Environmental Management Cell

14. EMP – Environmental Management Plan

15. EQS- Environmental quality Score

16. ESP – Electrostatic Precipitator

17. ETP-Effluent Treatment Plant

18. GLC- Ground Level Concentration

19. GoI - Government Of India

20. PPCB – Punjab Pollution Control Board

21. HSD – High Speed Diesel

22. IMD –Indian Meteorological Department

23. KLD-Kilo liter per day

24. LU-Land Use

25. MPN – Most Probable Number

26. NOx – Oxides of Nitrogen

27. PPE- Personnel Protective Equipments

28. PRDS-Pressure Reducing and Desuperheating System

29. QA – Quality Assurance

30. QC- Quality Control

31. RA-Risk Assessment

32. RSPM – Resiparable Suspended Particulate Matter

33. RWH-Rain Water Harvesting

34. SO2 – Sulphur Dioxide

35. SPM – Suspended Particulate Matter

36. TPA - Metric Tonne Per Annum

37. WBD - Water balance Diagram


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat 1 2018_ECSS_EIAI1_1800028

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

1.0 PRELUDE

The worldwide Paper industry is experiencing steady growth, supported primarily by the constantly

rising demand for paper for both writing/printing and packaging applications. The paper can be

obtained primarily as a forest product modified further in a paper mill. Forests are the source of

sustainability and survival for a large populace as well as the most precious renewable resources

contributing towards the economic development. The increased demand for forest products, fast

population growth, urbanization, a higher rate of economic growth and trade liberalization are exerting

greater pressure on these resources. Hence, a reliable and environmentally viable alternative for this

is the waste paper/ agro residue based paper production. India is self-sufficient in terms of raw

materials, technology and strong scientific background as well as the long proven expertise in

producing quality paper products from these raw materials.

The Government of India, as per its policy has given emphasis on Sustainable Development as a part

of any developmental activity. Along with industrial growth, environmental protection is an integrated

criterion for this concept. In line with this policy, Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change

(MoEF&CC) New Delhi has defined „Environmental Clearance‟ (EC) framework under the

Environmental Protection Act, 1986. As per the EIA Notification - 2006, prior EC is required for

establishing/expanding the industry/development projects.

M/s Satia Industries Limited is located atMuktsar – Malout Road, PO : Village Rupana, Dist: Sri

Muktsar Sahib, Punjab – 152032, falling under Large Scale Category manufacturing of Writing &

Printing Paper along with CPP for which the company had obtained Consent To Establish and

Operate from Punjab Pollution Control Board. The company proposes to enhance the capacity of

existing products under the category “Pulp and Paper Industries”.

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

The purpose of this EIA/EMP report is to identify, predict and evaluate the environmental impacts of

the proposed actions and mitigating the biophysical, social, and other relevant effects of development

proposals prior to major decisions being taken and commitments made. Thus, EIA studies integrate

the environmental concerns of developmental activities into the process of decision-making. The

project will be developed using the state of art technology, adopting modernized machineries and

equipment, with waste minimization techniques.

The purpose of this report is to identify, predict and evaluate the environmental impacts for proposed

expansion of Paper Industry located at Muktsar – Malout Road, PO : Village Rupana, Dist: Sri

Muktsar Sahib, Punjab – 152032.



1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT

1.2.1 Identification of the project

Satia Industries Limited proposes to enhance the production capacity of Writing & Printing Paper

from 300 TPD to 600 TPD and proposes to install 14 MW Captive Power Plant along with existing 30

MW CPP. The proposed expansion will be carried out using the state of art technology, adopting

modernized machineries and equipment and novel process technologies, with waste minimization

techniques.

1.2.2 Identification of the Project Proponent

Satia Industries Limited (SIL) has been promoted by Dr. Ajay Satia in the year 1984, who toiled hard

during initial period of militancy in Punjab and made this Project viable and model unit with his hard

work, sincerity and excellent team building spirit now having three paper machines at Muktsar –

Malout Road, PO : Village Rupana, Dist: Sri Muktsar Sahib, Punjab – 152032, which is

manufacturing 300 TPD of eco-friendly paper using agricultural residues (Wheat Straw, Sarkanda,

Baggasse, Cotton Sticks), Wood Base (Wood, Veneer & Bamboo Chips) as raw material.

With the entry of second generation of the family Shree Chirag Satia, Executive Director entering the

family business, SIL intends to increase its present production capacity from 300 TPD to 600 TPD

by expanding its project and adding a 14.0 MW CPP.

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

1.3.1 Nature, Size and Location of the Project

M/s Satia Industries Limited is a Large Scale unit located atMuktsar – Malout Road, PO : Village

Rupana, Dist: Sri Muktsar Sahib, Punjab – 152032 having total plot area of 45.55 Acres (Existing

36.02 acres and new land of 9.53 acres) & total investment after proposed expansion will be Rs. 500

Crores. The proponent wishes to enhance the Production capacity of Existing Products from 300 TPD

to 600 TPD as well introduce higher capacity of turbine (CPP) i.e. existing 30 MW +additional 14 MW.

The center co ordinates is 30025‟15.86” N Latitude & 72031‟12.71” E Longitude. The project site is

well connected by rail and road. Nearest railway station from project site is Sri Muktsar Sahib. The

location map of the proposed project is shown as Figure No: 1.1.

Approx. four corners Latitudes and Longitudes of the proposed project are as under:

Table 1.1 Project Co-ordinate


A 30°25'11.10"N 74°31'19.16"E

B 30°25'24.87"N 74°31'18.11"E

C 30°25'16.49"N 74°30'54.78"E

D 30°25'06.74"N 74°31'0.93"E

Sri Muktsar Sahib is the biggest railway station in the study area. Beside the rail connectivity, the site is

also well connected by road network. There is a good network of roads in the area which contributes to

the development and economic growth of the area. TheState highway No.41 has given a further boost

to the economic growth of this area. The other major road is State Highway No. 41 (Bhatinda –



Bhisiana – Sri Muktsar Sahib). Almost every village in the district is now well connected to each other

by a Pucca road. This will help the local people to commute easily as well as allow the transport of Raw

materials & finished Products.

Figure 1.1 - Location Map of Proposed Area



1.3.2 Importance to the Country and Region

Demand –Supply Gap

The Writing Printing Paper is used for text books, stationary,note books of all sizes,MF Board paper.

Since our products are approved by quality conscious users which are multinational companies;we

intend to cater the ever increasing demand in India as well as in the Export Market. After globalization

of Indian market, demand for paper is increasing but quality paper manufacturing is not growing at the

same pace. Hence, the company shall fill up this gap by proposing expansion in quality paper making

in an environment friendly manner. The annual global paper and paperboard production was

approximately 382.0 million tonnes in 2006. It increased to 402.0 million tonnes in 2010 and is

expected to increase to 490.0 million tonnes by 2020. The global pulp and paper industry consists of

about 5000 industrial pulp and paper mills, and an equal number of very small companies.

Paper and Paperboard Production – Global Market, 2002-20 (In million tonnes)

INDIAN PAPER INDUSTRY SCENARIO

India is the 15th largest paper producer in the world. It provides employment to nearly 1.5 million

people and contributes Rs. 25.0 billion to the government's exchequer. In the last 55 years, the

number of paper mills has increased from just 17 mills in 1951 to more than 666 units engaged in the

manufacture of paper and paperboard.

Due to the increasing regulation and raw material prices, companies are increasingly using more non-

wood based raw materials over the years. In 2006, around 70 % of the total production was based on

non-wood raw materials/waste paper.

321.4 328.1 360.0 366.0 382.0 402.0

490.0

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2010 2020



According to Indian Paper Manufacturers Association (IPMA), consumption of paper in India is set to

double from the current 7.0 million tonnes per annum by 2015 (v) Market Scenario (domestic market,

Export Possibility ).

Breakdown of Different Paper Consumption and Production Details

S. No. Type of Paper Consumption (MMTPA) Production (MMTPA)

1. News print 22.60 11.10

2. Writing Printing 40.11 38.45

3. Paper Board 52.65 50.50

Projected Production & Consumption (2024-2025)

S. No.

Type of Paper Consumption (MMTPA) Production (MMTPA)

1. Production of Paper, Paper

Board, News print

23.5 Million Tonnes (Baseline scenario)

36.9 million Tonnes (Optimistic Scenario)

22.0 Million Tonnes (Baseline scenario)

33.4 million Tonnes (Optimistic Scenario)

Existing products manufactured in the country will be very much economical as compared to

Imports of the same.Moreover the export of the same will earn extra revenue generation for our

country.

4.9

6.7

9.1

12.2

4.5

6.1

8.2

9.5

2005 2010 2015 2020



Export Possibility

Existing products have high export potential. Also these products have very good potential in

the local market.

Additional capacities of product range required over & above the unit‟s existing capacities, as

the company expects strong growth of exports to the extent of 40-50%. Local market also

shows strong growth potential.

Domestic / export Markets

The Writing Printing Paper is used for stationary purpose, printing note books of all sizes and similar

other applications. These are having very good demand in domestic as well as international markets.

1.4 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK AND ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE

The applicability of the SO 1533 for the proposed project was explored by considering different

possibilities and provisions made in the said EIA notification, SO 1533 amended on 14th September

2006. Agro residue based paper manufacturing plant falls under the category no. 5(i), Category “A” i.e.

pulp and paper manufacturing as per the provision of the S.O. 1533, EIA notification-2006. Also

installation of 14.0 MW Captive Power Plant (CPP) based on rice husk and biogas as fuel shall be done

within existing plant premises. General condition (“Power plants up to 15MW, based on biomass and

using auxiliary fuel such as coal / lignite /petroleum products up to 15% are exempt”) applies to

proposed CPP project, thus EC will not be applicable under the category no. 1(d).

Table 1.2 Regulatory Framework

S. No. Activity Aspect Legal Regulation

1. Paper

Manufacturing

Process

Air o Factory License

o The Factories Act, 1948

o The Custom Act, 1962

o Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act,

Rules and Amendments, 1974, 1977, 1978, 1988

o Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

o Environment (Protection) Rules, 1991

o Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, Rules

and Amendments, 1981,1982, 1983, 1987

o Indian boiler act amendment 2015

o National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2009

o Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules and

Amendments, 2000, 2006, 2010

o Solid/Hazardous Waste (Management and

Handling) Rules, 2000, 2016

o Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

o Environment (Protection) Rules, 1991

o Environment Impact Assessment Notification and

Noise

Water

SE

2. Storage,

transportation and

handling of materials

& Fuel

Air

Noise

Soil

SHW

SE

Risk &

Occupational

Hazards

3. Operation of CPP Air

Water

Noise

SHW

SE



Risk &

Hazards

Amendments, 2006, 2015

o Environmental Standards Notification and

Amendments, 1993

o The Public Liability Insurance Act, Rules and

Amendments, 1991, 1992, 1993

o The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 and The Central

Motor Vehicle rules, 1989

o E-Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2011

as amended to date.

1.5 SCOPE AND OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY

Detailed EIA/EMP report has been prepared in line with approved ToR issued by MoEFCC, New

Delhi, vide letter no.IA/PB/IND/89926/2018. MoEF&CC File No. J-11011/196/2014-IA II (I)] dated 16

April, 2019 and a copy of the same is attached as Annexure I and as per generic structure as per the

guideline provided by EAC. The EIA Study for the proposed project is limited to the project site and

study area of 10 km surrounding the project site. As per the guideline of Ministry of Environment

Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC) the scope of study includes detailed characteristics of

environmental components viz. Air, Noise, Water, Land, Biological and Socio-economic for one

season. For the purpose of environmental assessment, the villages in the surrounding areas have

been surveyed and relevant data has been collected.

1.6 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT

The generic structure of the EIA report as per the guideline provided by MoEF&CC is illustrated in the

following tabulated format.

Table 1.3 Structure of EIA report

S.

No. EIA Structure Contents

1. Introduction Purpose of the Report

Identification of project and project proponent

Brief description of nature, size, location of the project and its

importance to the country, region.

Scope of the study – details of regulatory scoping carried out (As per

terms of reference).

Site Selection Criteria

2. Project Description Type of project

Need for the project

Location details showing general location, specific location, project

boundary and project site layout.

Size or magnitude of operation

Project description including drawings showing project layout,

components of project etc.

Proposed schedule for implementation,



S.


Technology and process description,

Schematic representations of the feasibility drawings which give

information important for EIA purpose.

Description of mitigation measures incorporated into the project to

meet environmental standards, environmental operating conditions, or

other EIA requirements

3. Description of the

Environment

Study area, period, components and methodology.

Establishment of baseline for valued environmental components, as

identified in the scope.

Study Period: 1stDecember 2018 to 28thFebruary 2019

Base maps of all environmental components.

4. Anticipated

Environmental

Impacts and

Mitigation Measures

Details of Investigated Environmental impacts due to project location,

possible accidents, project design, project construction, regular

operations.

Measures for minimizing and / or offsetting adverse impacts identified.

Assessment of significance of impacts (Criteria for determining

significance, Assigning significance),

Impact scores and Mitigation measures

Air quality modeling

Air Quality Index

5. Analysis of

Alternatives

(Technology and

Site)

In case, the scoping exercise results in need for alternatives:

Analysis of Alternatives and Other Technology

Selection of alternative

6. Environmental

Monitoring Program

Technical aspects of environmental monitoring for the effectiveness of

mitigation measures (including measurement methodologies,

frequency, location, data analysis, reporting schedules, emergency

procedures, detailed budget and procurement schedules)

7. Additional Studies Risk Assessment

Disaster Management Plan

8. Project Benefits Physical Benefits

Ecological Benefits

Social Benefits

Other tangible Benefits

9. Environmental Cost

Benefit Analysis

Not applicable as it is not recommended on scoping stage and project

is located in notified industrial area.

10. Environment

Management Plan

Description of the administrative aspects of ensuring that mitigation

measures are implemented and their effectiveness monitored, after

approval of the Clearance. The Chapter consists of:

- Mitigation Measures for Impacts

- Pollution Prevention Plan

- Greenbelt Development Plan

- Waste Management Plan

- Environment Management Cell



S.


- Budgetary Provisions for EMS

11. Summary and

Conclusion

Overall project brief and justification for implementation of the project,

12. Disclosure of

Consultant Engaged

The names and details of the Consultants engaged in Preparing the

EIA Report.

1.7 SUMMARY

Satia Industries Limited is a pioneer in development, manufacturer of quality paper products and

marketing in domestic and international markets. Now Satia Industries Limited proposes to enhance

the capacity of existing products from 300 TPD to 600 TPD and proposes CPP of 14 MW along with

existing 30 MW at Muktsar – Malout Road, PO : Village Rupana, Dist: Sri Muktsar Sahib, Punjab –

152032.

The project falls under 5(i) of Schedule of list of industries of EIA Notification 2006.The Draft EIA

report has been prepared for submission to Punjab SPB. The Draft EIA report has been prepared for

Conducting the Public Hearing. A final EIA thereafter will be prepared incorporating the details of PH &

finally submitted to MoEF&CC for Appraisal & Obtaining EC.

-------------------------



CHAPTER 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.0 GENERAL

This chapter describes the type, need, location, size or magnitude of the project, operational

activities, technology to be used and other related activities. It also provides a condensed description

of the aspects which are likely to cause environmental effects to the surrounding environment and

mitigation measures provided to meet environmental standards. Capital investment provided for

environmental management plan to achieve the statutory norms.

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT

M/s SATIA INDUSTRIES LIMITED is located at Muktsar –Malout Road, PO : Village Rupana, Dist:

Sri Muktsar Sahib, Punjab – 152032, falling under Large Scale Category manufacturing products as

mentioned under for which the company had obtained Environment Clearance vide no. F. No. J-

11011/196/2014/IA-II (I dated 29-05-2018) attached as Annexure-II and Satia has obtained Consent

To Operate from Punjab Pollution Control Board vide No. CTOA/Fresh/MKS/2018/7687794 Dated:

09/07/2018 and CTOW/Fresh/MKS/2018/7687650 Dated: 09/07/2018 attached as Annexure-III. The

company proposes to enhance the capacity of existing products under the category “Pulp and Paper

Industries”. The total investment of Rs.500.0 Crores is proposed for the expansion of the project.

2.2 NEED OF THE PROJECT

For developing countries like India, forests are sustenance and survival for a large populace. The

increased demand for forest products, fast population growth, urbanization, higher rate of economic

growth and trade liberalization are putting pressure on the forest resources. The demand for food to

feed increasing population causing extension in agriculture and shifting cultivation resulted into

decline in area under forests. During the last two decades, India witnessed annual depletion of forest

cover at the rate of 253 square kilometers. As a result, the need for developing alternatives for forest-

based products has arisen lately.

Paper manufacturing is a highly capital, energy & water intensive industry and is also considered as

one of the high pollution potential industry within the Indian economy. Paper industry is mainly

classified as - wood-based, agro-based and recycled based paper. The Indian paper industry is a

large consumer of forest-based raw material i.e. wood. Large numbers of trees are annually cut off for

the papermaking industry. Modernization in production techniques, equipments& technology along

with a sustainable outlook is a need of the present times. Adoption of more efficient and cleaner

technologies in the manufacturing the products are most effective in increasing the productivity and

also integrate economic, environmental, and social development objectives. In India, high availability

of agro waste could be a feasible solution for paper manufacturing mills with minimal impacts on the

forest &environment. In addition, use of agro residues as raw material would also resolve the pressing

issue of stubble burning by the farmers in the region.

Consumption of Writing paper is increasing day by day and the demand forecast for the current

financial year is 1.135 million tons and is expected to grow @ 6% during the next 3-4 years.



According to estimates, large mills account for around 52% of paper production. According to Indian

Paper Manufacturers Association (IPMA), consumption of paper in India is set to double from the

current 7.0 million tonnes per annum by 2015. The annual global paper and paperboard production

was approximately 382.0 million tonnes in 2006. It increased to 402.0 million tonnes in 2010 and is

expected to increase to 490.0 million tonnes by 2020.Additional employment will be generated due

to modernization of the plant.

2.3 PROJECT LOCATION

2.3.1 Project Site Location

The proposed project shall be located at Muktsar –Malout Road, PO: Village Rupana, Dist: Sri

Muktsar Sahib, Punjab – 152032. The company had obtained Consent to Establish and Operate from

Punjab Pollution Control Board for existing unit. The industry shall apply for all the relevant

clearances before starting the expansion project. The total investment of Rs. 500.0 Crores is

proposed for the up expansion of the existing plant. Total land area acquired for the proposed

expansion project is 9.53 Acres with 36.02 acres land of existing plant (300TPD). Total area after

expansion (600TPD) will be 45.55 Acres. Land Documents are attached as Annexure IV.

The proposed expansion project site lies on 30025‟15.86” N Latitude & 74031‟12.71” E Longitude. M/s

Satia Industries Limited located at Muktsar – Malout Road, PO: Village Rupana, Dist: Sri Muktsar

Sahib, Punjab – 152032 is centrally located on Muktsar –Malout Road connecting Sri Muktsar Sahib

and Malout. Short view and Long view of Google Earth is depicted as Figure 2.2 and 2.3 respectively.



Figure 2.1- Photographs of Site (Clockwise)

1. Side View 2. Raw material handling 3. Cooling tower 4. Power house 5. View of ETP 6. Godown



2.3.2 Site Selection Criteria

Site selection was guided by many factors like availability of infrastructures, land, water sources, fuel,

transportation, power etc.

Specific site selection criteria was considered the project as under.

The land for the expansion is already in the possession of project proponent as expansion to be

executed in the existing premises.

The existing project site is well connected by road to State Highway No. 41 (Beside the Road ).

Majority of the raw materials are available from the nearby areas.

Easy availability of manpower for the expansion project.

In addition to the above, the following factors within the study area (10 km) have also been

considered:

There is no National Park or Wild Life Sanctuary.

There are no metropolitan cities.

There are no ecologically sensitive areas.

Figure 2.2 - Google Earth Image (Short View)



At Present, the proposed expansion is being planned & hence it is very easy to do the expansion in

the existing industrial premises as the existing unit has a well developed infrastructure, available

resources local man power availability and set working systems.

Figure 2.3 - Google Earth Image (Long View)

2.3.3 Salient Features Study Area

The salient features of the project site are mentioned in below table:

Table 2.1 - Salient Features of the Project Site

S. No.

Particulars Details

1. Approx. Geographical Co-ordinates of the project site


A 30°25'11.10"N 74°31'19.16"E

B 30°25'24.87"N 74°31'18.11"E

C 30°25'24.74"N 74°31'15.27"E

D 30°25'22.86"N 74°31'15.13"E

E 30°25'22.77"N 74°31'10.96"E

F 30°25'20.93"N 74°31'10.90"E

G 30°25'20.77"N 74°31'02.53"E



H 30°25'18.92"N 74°31'02.29"E

I 30°25'18.87"N 74°31'03.04"E

J 30°25'16.47"N 74°31'02.77"E

K 30°25'16.49"N 74°30'54.78"E

L 30°25'11.17"N 74°30'57.81"E

M 30°25'10.63"N 74°31'00.77"E

N 30°25'06.74"N 74°31'00.93"E

O 30°25'05.45"N 74°31'06.18"E

P 30°25'08.26"N 74°31'06.45"E

Q 30°25'08.37"N 74°31'10.98"E

R 30°25'09.26"N 74°31'11.00"E

S 30°25'09.20"N 74°31'12.71"E

T 30°25'08.26"N 74°31'12.58"E

U 30°25'08.06"N 74°31'16.91"E

V 30°25'07.10"N 74°31'16.94"E

W 30°25'07.20"N 74°31'19.67"E

X 30°25'09.58"N 74°31'19.47"E

Y 30°25'09.54"N 74°31'17.65"E

Z 30°25'10.88"N 74°31'17.82"E

2. Elevation above mean sea level 197 m

3. Topography of the Plant Site Flat Terrain

4. Nearest Village Rupana – 1.20 km. (S)

5. Nearest City Sri Muktsar Sahib – 7.00 km. (N)

6. Nearest Town Sri Muktsar Sahib – 7.00 km. (N)

7. Nearest Highway State Highway NH 16 – at 0.00 km. (E)

8. Nearest Railway station Sri Muktsar Sahib Railway Station – 8 km. (N)

9. Nearest River Arniwala Canal – 2.5 km. (S)

10. Union Territory Chandigarh – 265 km. (NEE)

11. Ecologically sensitive areas included within 10 km radius from project site

No ecologically sensitive area such as National Park, Wild life sanctuary, reserved forest etc. present within 10 km radius

12. Sites of Historical/ Archaeological Importance

None within 10 km radial periphery

Note: All the above-mentioned distances are the aerial distances from the project site.

2.3.4 Climatic Conditions

Since Sri Muktsar Sahib District is located in North India of Punjab state, the climate of Sri Muktsar

Sahib District is characterized as a temperate climate.

Table 2.2 - Climate Type and Details

Climate Type Details

Climate Semi-Arid

Seismic Zone III (Moderate)

Maximum Temperature 47OC

Minimum Temperature 3OC

Average annual Temperature 37.4OC



Average annual Rainfall 425 mm

Wind Speed 3 – 14 km/h

Annual average Relative Humidity 57.0 %

Max Rain Period July to September

2.4 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT

2.4.1 Land Requirement

The SIL has an administration building, laboratory, Effluent treatment plant, dosing storage tanks and

sludge storage facility etc. The existing facilities will be used for proposed expansion. Total land area

acquired for the proposed expansion project is 9.53 Acres with 36.02 acres land of existing plant

(300TPD). Total area after expansion (600TPD) will be 45.55 Acres, (184341m2) which is already in

possession of SIL.

Land breakup:

LAND DETAILS SHEET FOR 600 TPD PAPER PRODUCTION

Particulars Existing 300

TPD Proposed 300

TPD Total 600 TPD

Survey Numbers Unit

26/1/1, 26/2/2, 13, 61/18, 23, 22, 19/1, 20, 21, 11/1, 10, 1, 5/1, 5/2, 6/1, 6/2, 15, 16, 25, 24, 17, 14, 7/1, 7/2, 4, 60/3, 8/1, 8/2, 60/13, 18, 19, 20, 16, 25/2, 2/2, 1, 2, 3, 10, 79/9, 8, 13/1, 13/2

R43//18,19/1,21,22,23. R61//26/1/1,1/1. R79//5/1,5/2,6,7. R78//1,2.

(Old) - 26/1/1, 26/2/2, 13, 61/18, 23, 22, 19/1, 20, 21, 11/1, 10, 1, 5/1, 5/2, 6/1, 6/2, 15, 16, 25, 24, 17, 14, 7/1, 7/2, 4, 60/3, 8/1, 8/2, 60/13, 18, 19, 20, 16, 25/2, 2/2, 1, 2, 3, 10, 79/9, 8, 13/1, 13/2

(New) R43//18,19/1,21,22,23. R61//26/1/1,1/1. R79//5/1,5/2,6,7. R78//1,2.

Land in Acres Acres 36.02 9.53 45.55

Land Square meter m2 145813 38527 184341

Green Belt proposed area m2 36453 24379 60832

Percentage of green belt % 25.0 63.3 33.0

Paper Machine & Converting proposed area

m2 5818 5680 11498

Pulp Mill m2 1250 812.5 2062.5

Stock Preparation m2 1800 1425 3225

Utility m2 2525 1522 4047

Layout Plan showing location of Manufacturing Unit, Storage Area, Wastewater Treatment Plant,

Water Storage Area, Emergency Vehicle Location, Assembly Point, Greenbelt Area, Internal Road,

Entry and Exit Gate, Parking etc. is depicted as Figure 2.4.



Figure 2.4- Plant Layout



2.4.2 Man Power

There will be very good opportunity of employment generation directly and indirectly due to proposed

expansion project. Presently there are 1100 numbers of employees. There will be additional 500

numbers of employees, thus total 1600 numbers of employees after proposed expansion.

2.4.3 Energy requirement

a) Power

S. No.

Particulars Quantity, MW Source


1. Power – Electricity 30 14 44 Is being/will be obtained from In-

house CPP.

b) Fuel

S.

No. Fuel

Quantity, TPD Source


1. Rice Husk 500 400 900 Local Suppliers

2. Black Liquor 400 300 700 In-House

c) Steam Requirement

S. No.

Particulars Quantity, TPD Source


1. Steam

Requirement 3000 2880 5880

Will be obtained by existing as well as proposed Boiler.

2.4.4 Water Requirement

The total water requirement after expansion will increase from 16,500 to 24,000 KLD and it will be met

from Arniwala Canal available near the site. No ground water shall be drawn for the expansion; hence,

no NOC/permission from CGWA is required. Water supply permission for additional water from

Concerned Department is attached as Annexure V- A & B (Punjabi –A & English-B)

Table 2.3-Water Consumption Details

Particulars Existing

(KLD) Proposed

(KLD) Total (KLD)

Domestic 60 27 87

Gardening 70 32 102

Industrial

Pulp Mill 8,167 3,708 11,875

Paper Machine 5,400 2,452 7,852

DM Plant & Boiler 1,423 655 2078

Cooling (Make up Water) 1,380 626 2,006

Total Industrial 16,370 7,441 23,811

Grand Total(A+B+C) 16,500 7,500 24000



2.4.5 Capital Requirement

After expansion, total cost for the proposed manufacturing plant will be Rs. 500.0 Crores, which

include cost of land, building and civil work, plant and machinery purchase, utility/plant machineries,

environment management system and others. Capital cost, cost towards environmental

management plan etc. are mentioned in Table 2.4.

Table 2.4 Cost Break Up

Sr.

No. Description

Cost

(Rs. in Lacs)

1. Land for Plant & Machinery 626.95

2 Building 5175.05

3 Plant & Machinery 30875.00

4 Pre-operative Cost 1323.00

5. Erection Cost 1000.00

6. Up-gradation of Chemical Recovery Boiler 3000.00

7. Evaporator in Chemical Recovery Section 1500.00

8. Caustic-zing in Chemical Recovery Section 500.00

9. Power Boiler 75 TPH with ESP 2500.00

10. Up-gradation of Un-bleach and Bleach in Agro Pulp Street 500.00

11. Up-gradation of Un-bleach and Bleach in Wood Pulp Street 1500.00

12. Backwater Treatment (Micro Drum Filters & Disc Filters) 400.00

13. Up-gradation of ESP of Recovery Boiler 500.00

14. HRSCC, Aeration and MBBR System 500.00

15. Jet Aeration System 100.00

Total Cost 50000.00

2.5 RAW MATERIALS AND PRODUCT

2.5.1 Raw Material Requirement

Table 2.5-Requirements of Raw Materials


(TPD) Proposed

(TPD) Total (TPD)

1. Imp. Waste Paper 0.000 35.300 35.300

2 Imp. Wood Pulp 0.000 32.600 32.600

3 Paper Additives 7.579 4.421 12.000

4 Soap Stone 65.650 52.350 118.000

5 Wheat Straw, Sarkanda, Bagasse

533.000 105.000 638.000

6 Wood Chips 150.000 205.600 355.600

7 Caustic 130.450 52.350 182.800




(TPD) Proposed

(TPD) Total (TPD)

8 Liquid Oxygen 6.120 000 6.120

9 Chlorine Dioxide 3.400 4.600 8.000

10 Oxy Bleach Booster 000 4.400 4.40

11 Lime 95.200 32.200 127.400

Total 991.4 528.8 1520.3

The unit is situated at Village Rupana (Muktsar) and there is no problem in transportation of finished

goods and raw materials. Major raw materials i.e. wheat straw and sarkanda is available in the

region. Ludhiana is situated at only 150 km away from the site and all the urgent requirement of

stores, spares, consumables and chemicals are met out within 3-4 hours.

Transportation of raw material and finished products is a major activity of the mill. All raw materials

and finished products are transported by road. SIL has sufficient area and adopted adequate

measures to mitigate transportation of existing mills activities as well as for proposed project. The

mill has already provided separate areas for loading & unloading of raw materials. Proper parking

areas are also in place for all vehicles i.e. trucks etc. wherever required

2.5.2 Product Details

Satia Industries Ltd. is engaged in the production of Writing and Printing Paper mainly from virgin

pulp and after proposed expansion, the major raw materials shall be agricultural residues such as

wheat straw, Sarkanda, Wood/Veneer Chips, Imported Wood pulp and Waste Paper.

Product profile is given in Table below.

Table 2.6- Product Details

S. No

Product Capacity Remarks

Unit Existing Proposed Total

1. Writing and Printing Paper TPD 300

300

600

Expansion

2. Co-generation Captive

Power Plant MW 30

14

44

Table 2.7- Transportation of Product

S. No.

Product Physical

State Dispatch

Packing & Means of transportation

1. Writing & Printing Paper Paper Domestic &

Export Market

Roll &sheet form through

trucks/containers

Transportation of Raw Material

S.No. Raw Material Source Distance in km Mode of

Transport

1. Wheat Straw & Sarkanda, Cotton sticks

Nearby Areas 100 km radius Road

2. Rice husk Nearby Areas 100 km radius Road



3. Wood and Veneer chips Nearby Areas 100 km radius Road

4. Bamboo Nearby Areas 100 km radius Road

5. Imported waste paper & pulp

Through dealer Overseas Sea route/road

2.6 MANUFACTURING PROCESS

Paper Manufacturing Process

The paper manufacturing process is divided in the following stages:

1. Pulping Process

2. Stock Preparation

3. Paper Making

4. Converting & Finishing

The description of the process is given below.

2.6.1 Pulping Process

Raw Material Furnish: The raw material for agro pulping is wheat straw, Sarkanda and Bagasse for

Wood based pulp it is wood & veneer chips; Indian and imported waste paper and imported pulp.

Agro residues are processed through wet washing system which includes De-duster, turbo paddler

and aqua separator for the removal of non-cellulosic material like dirt/mud/sand and chlorides and is

squeezed by aqua separator followed by screw press for de-watering of the raw material. The

wastewater is sent to clarifier. About 75% of clarified effluent is re-circulated and other part is sent to

biogas plant.

Continuous Cooking: Cooking of raw material is carried out in continuous digester to get soft and

uniform pulp resulting in drastic reduction of bleaching chemicals and gain in pulp strength and

brightness. The purpose of the cooking is to chemically dissolve the lignin from raw material in order

to obtain bleachable grade pulp.

The main components of digester are–

Metering Screw

Pin Feeder

Equalizing Screw

Screw Feeder

Cold Blow Discharge

The squeezed raw material is fed to digester along with steam and caustic lye solution for cooking

under desired conditions with variable speed screw which slowly conveys the material to be cooked in

homogenized compact condition for uniform cooking.

After cooking, the pulp is cooled down by injecting cold black liquor into cold blow discharge. The

pulp is blown out from the cold blow discharge into the top dome of the blow tank, from there the pulp

drops into the blow tank by itself and is diluted to pump able consistency with black liquor.



The fresh water/ machine back water is heated up to 65 – 70ºC with blow tank flash steam. This hot

water is used in wet washing plant and pulp washing.

Un-bleach Pulp Washing, Refining, Screening and Cleaning: The Pulp from blow tank is

processed through vibrating screen and then 3 stage counter–current washing followed by Twin-Roll

Presses (TRP) .TRP output consistency around 30.0 % It helps to reduce the black liquor carryover

from unbleached wash plant to bleach plant. This minimizes the bleaching chemical consumption and

helps to minimize the pollution load.

ECF Bleaching Process: SIL has already employed Oxygen delignification and Chlorine dioxide

bleaching to eliminate elemental chlorine bleaching to reduce pollution load as well as AOX level.

Current bleaching Sequence is ODL D0 (EOP) D1 to make brown pulp into white up to desired level

of brightness.

ODL – Oxygen Delignification

D0 – Chlorine Dioxide First Stage.

EOP – Alkali Extraction with Oxygen & Hydrogen Peroxide or by using Oxy Bleach Booster

ODL Oxygen Delignification: The unbleached pulp mixed with oxygen is sent to oxygen reactor.

The waste water of filtrate can be used in the brown stock washers for counter current washing, TDS

of ODL back water contains pollution load of organic lignin and coloring materials which will be utilized

by burning it in recovery boiler to produce steam and power. ODL stage also helps to reduce pollution

load in bleach effluent.

D1- Chlorine Dioxide Second Stage

After commissioning of Twin Roll Press unbleached pulp consistency has increased from 12% to 30%

and back water so generated from chlorine dioxide stage is taken in system for dilution. This reduces

the water consumption as well as bleaching chemicals. The ODL D0 EOP D1 System is considered

as environment friendly process as less organic waste will be discharged in the waste water from the

bleach plant.

To reduce water consumption & effluent generation, following steps have already been taken:-

Installed 2 no. of disc filters the output of these units will give 3 type of water i.e., cloudy, clarity

& super clarity

Cloudy backwater will be used for pulp dilution

Clarity backwater will be used for pulp washing as well as washing of washer mesh

Super clarity backwaterafter treatment in micro drum filters(2 no.) will be used to replace the

fresh water consumption at low pressure showers for wire, felt and rolls cleaning as well as

chemical preparation in stock preparation.

Wood Pulping: Wood chips are fed to the digester for cooking in the presence of Sodium Hydroxide

at required temperature to retain cellulosic content and separate lignin which gets dissolved in black

liquor. When cooking is complete; the contents of the digester are transferred to blow tank. The entire

contents of the blow tank are sent to pulp washers where the black liquor is separated from the pulp

.The pulp then proceeds through various stages of washing and bleaching as in agro pulp bleaching

process.



Imported Wood Pulp Processing: Wood Pulp received in bales/reels is loaded in hydra pulper for

disintegration, from where it is taken to a separate chest after refining to get desired freeness. Refined

pulp is stored in a chest from where it is sent to stock preparation section.

Waste paper imported and from local market is taken in high consistency pulper for separation of ink

particles from the pulp and then passed through two stage deinking cells for removal of ink and

dispersed for reducing the size of any ink particle left in the system to a level where these are invisible

to the naked eyes. This pulp is too stored in the tower or the chests.

2.6.2 Stock Preparation

Different type of pulps are mixed in stock preparation in different proportion as per the quality of

paper required along with other additives like AKD, PAC, whitening agent, wet end additives and

fillers etc. From mixing chest, pulp is sent to machine chest for papermaking to the head box after

cleaning in centri-cleaners and pressure screen.

2.6.3Paper Making

This process involves sheet formation and dewatering the pulp of less than 1% consistency in

different stages starting at Wire part using gravitational force and vacuum to take out water from the

pulp and the drained water is used for pulp stock dilution. Excess backwater is taken to Saveall for

clarification and the clarified water is also used in the process and the pulp mill.

In Press part, water is removed further by passing the web between two rotating rolls along with press

felt. Here, when the web is pressed between rolls, the water squeezes out and felt absorbs it. This

process of pressing is done in three stages. The water absorbed by the felt is sucked through

vacuum.

There after the water removal is done by evaporation by passing paper web over steam heated dryers

in drying section. The temperature of dryers is maintained and monitored continuously for gradual

drying to final dryness and passed through Calendar rolls for achieving smoothness and then reeled

on jumbo rolls.

2.6.4Converting & Finishing

The converting process of paper comprises in two operations:

Sheeting

Rewinding

The paper rolls are cut into sheets at duplex/synchro cutter or into reels at Rewinder as per the order

and size given by the customer and then packed into bundles of 50-60 kg each and reels too are so

packed to avoid least transit damage.

The flow diagram of the Manufacturing Process is given below.



AGRO & WOOD BASED RAW MATERIALS PROCESS

Raw Material dedusting & Washing

Cooking

Washing

Screening + Cleaning

Bleaching

STOCK PREPARATION

(Bleached Agro Pulp + Wood Pulp + Chemical Additives)

Paper Making

Converting Section (Roll & Sheet Form )

Finishing Section

Finished Go-down

Dispatch



2.6.5Description of Soda Recovery Plant

The company has already two chemical recovery boilers of 50TPH and 25 TPH (stand by) capacities

to treat black liquor generated during wheat straw pulping and wood chips pulping. In this expansion,

Company proposes to upgrade existing 25 TPH stand by boiler to 75 TPH and 50 TPH old recovery

boilers will remain as stand by after proposed expansion.

The brief description of existing CRP is given below. The plant is divided into three sections:

Multiple Effect Evaporator (To concentrate weak black liquor to Strong Black Liquor )

Chemical Recovery Boiler

Causticizing Plant.

i). Multiple Effect Evaporators (MEE): MEE is capable to convert weak black liquor of 10-12%

consistency to over 60-65% consistency in falling film multiple effect evaporators at a low pressure of

3-3.5 kg/cm2. Vapour generated in the process are condensed and used in pulp mill for pulp washing.

ii). Recovery Boiler: Concentrated black liquor is fired in boiler where the Organic component acts

as fuel and the inorganic part settles at the bottom of the boiler as smelt. The smelt is dissolved in

weak white liquor called green liquor. The high pressure steam so generated will be used to generate

power.

iii). Causticizing Plant: The Green liquor (Approx. 23-25 % as Sodium carbonate) generated from

Chemical recovery boiler will contain mostly Sodium Carbonate; is treated with Calcium Hydroxide

solution to produce Sodium Hydroxide and Calcium Carbonate. The Calcium Carbonate comes as

waste that will be used for land filling and is also given to cement plants.

2.6.6 Description of Captive Power Plant

Paper manufacturing is a continuous process, requiring electrical power and steam as two major

inputs. Hence, a Cogeneration Power Plant/Captive Power Plant (CPP) is being/will be installed to

achieve both these inputs simultaneously. A CPP shall also be beneficial for uninterrupted power

supply, which shall also help in minimization of production loss and power transmission losses from

the grid.

The proposed captive Co-generation power plant will consist of two Nos. 75 TPH high pressure

Boiler, Turbo-Generator sets (Turbine Generator with auxiliary rotating equipment‟s), Pressure

reducing and de-superheating station, Rice Husk and Black Liquor handling and supply system,

Condenser along with condensate extraction pumps, piping & valves, Compressed Air system for

instrumentation and utilities, Ash handling system, pollution control equipment, chimney, Electrical

distribution system, Instrumentation and control system for Boiler and Turbine, Cooling Tower and

Cooling Tower pumps for lube oil cooler and other Auxiliaries and DM plant for boiler feed water.

The raw material for boiler shall be water, Rice Husk and Black Liquor. The boiler feed water shall be

of specified quality which is a treated raw water. The fuel shall be fired in presence of combustion air

in the boiler, where hot flue gases are evolved and the liberated heat associated with the flue gases

shall be removed continuously. The steam shall be generated continuously due to feed water. Steam

from power boiler shall be fed to a single extraction cum condensing turbine. shall be used for various

operations of the plant such as De-inking of re-cycling papers, Paper machine for drying of paper,

Boiler & Turbine accessories like De-aerator, Ejectors, Turbine sealing glands etc. The balance steam

shall be condensed and the condensate shall be recycled to boiler feed tank. The Electrical

distribution system shall include H.T. & L.T. distribution panels, motors, starters, circuit breakers,



switch gears, plant protection devices like lightening arrestors, earthing and cables etc. During power

generation, the energy transformation in the entire cycle shall be from thermal energy to mechanical

energy and then to electrical energy. The flue gases from the economizer shall be taken to

electrostatic precipitator (ESP), thereby discharging the clean flue gases in to open atmosphere

through a Chimney. Ash collected from Boiler and bottom silo shall be subjected to conditioning,

which is proposed to be used in filling of the low lying areas, forestry plantation, for brick

manufacturing & give to Cement Plants.

The steam will be supplied to the steam turbine where the pressure energy will be converted to

mechanical energy developing shaft work. The steam turbine drives the Generator, where the Electric

power is generated at rated parameters/quality and it will be supplied through the electrical network to

the consuming units/grid. Existing available grid power will be used as a backup for power plant.

Figure 2.5 – Process flow diagram of CPP

Proposed Captive Power Co-generation Plant will consist of the following plant/equipment:

High pressure Boiler (75 TPH each) of latest technology.

Turbo – Generator (TG) Sets: Turbine Generator with auxiliaries.

Rice Husk and Black Liquor handling and supply system.

Condenser along with condensate extraction pumps, piping & valves.

Compressed Air System for instrumentation and utilities.

Ash handling system.

Pollution control equipment and Chimney.

Electrical and Electrical Distribution System.

Instrumentation and control system (DCS) for Boilers and Turbine.

Cooling tower and cooling water pumps for lube oil cooler and other Auxiliaries.

D.M. plant for boiler feed water.



Table 2.8: Details of Cooling Tower

S.

No. Description 15 MW

1. Type- water cool Induced draft counter flow

2. Recirculation flow, m3/hr 4200

3. No of Cells 03

4. COC – Cycles of concentration 05

2.6.7 Material Balance for Proposed 600 TPD

2.7 AUXILIARY SYSTEM

2.7.1 Rice Husk Handling System

A standard Rice Husk handling system (Fig. 2.7) with screening and conveying system is already

installed for the existing CPP and same shall be implemented even after the proposed expansion.

There is a screen, conveyor & elevator.



Figure 2.6: Rice Husk handling system

Following measures is already taken during rice husk transportation, handling and storage and shall

be continued after the proposed expansion.

Additional Greenbelt shall be provided in and around the premises area, around the rice husk

stack yard and along the roads to minimize the generation of fugitive dust.

For transportation, loading & unloading of goods, closed conveyor belt system is/shall be

provided.

Enclosures for transport vehicles/storage vessel, spraying of water on road & ground is/shall be

effectively implemented to control the dust problem. During the operation phase proper EMP

shall be in place for handling of rice husk.

The trucks used for transporting the goods are/will be covered by the tarpaulin and overloading

in trucks shall not be allowed, to prevent the dusting and spillage of goods from the truck.

Regular Air monitoring and inspection of the environmental management practices is/shall be

carried out and the necessary documents & records shall be maintained.

A fire hydrant system line is/shall be provided for immediate response to the unlikely

spontaneous combustion in the stored fuel.



Figure 2.7 – Rice Husk Handling System

2.7.2 Fly Ash Handling System

A standard fly ash handling system is already installed for the existing CPP and same shall be

implemented after the proposed expansion. The fly ash collected in Economizer and APH shall be

designed to collect fly ash in dry form in the silo. From the silo, fly ash shall be dispatched to trucks.

The ash collected in the hoppers of ESP will be discharged in the silo by gravity. Level in the silo will

be controlled by level controllers provided on silo. Whenever the level exceeds, the pneumatic valve

opens and ash is being/shall be conveyed to ash hopper through pipes with the help of compressed

dry air.

At the discharge point of ash silo, ash conditioner is being/shall be put where water spay shall be done

for duct free loading of trucks/lorry under the ash silo. Finally ash is being/shall be taken by contractor

for brick making/filling of low lying area. APC for ash handling is attached as below.MOU for fly ash

disposal is attached as Annexure VI. No ash pond is/will be constructed to store the fly ash.

Undertaking for the same is attached as Annexure VII.



Figure 2.8 - APC for Boiler Flue gases and scheme of Ash Handling

2.8 POLLUTION POTENTIAL& ITS CONTROL MEASURES

Based on the overall process study/manufacturing details etc. following are the details of pollution

potential v/s. mitigation measures proposed by the company in areas of wastewater management, air

pollution, hazardous waste handling and management respectively as per the details given below:

2.8.1 Air Environment

Satia Industries Limited has 01 boiler of 50 TPH capacity and 02 boilers of 75 TPH capacity each.

Moreover, SIL has two Recovery boilers of 25 and 50 TPH capacity. Whereas the Chemical recovery

Boiler is run through the Black Liquor, the other boilers run on rice husk as well as biogas generated

from UASB digester. The steam requirement for the proposed expansion plant shall be met from the

proposed 75 TPH boiler, which will run on rice husk and biogas generated from UASB digester. The

other 50 TPH recovery boiler will be kept as standby.

There is/will be No Process Gas Emission.

Table:2.9- Air Pollution Control Details

#

Source of emission

With Capacity

Stack Height (meter)

Type of Fuel

Quantity of Fuel MT/Day

Type of emissions

i.e. Air Pollutants

Air Pollution Control

Measures (APCM)

Remarks



EXISTING

1. Power Boiler

(50 TPH) 50

Rice Husk

270 TPD

PM SOx NOx

ESP Existing

2. Power Boiler

(75 TPH) 65

Rice Husk

400 TPD

ESP Existing

3. Power Boiler

(75 TPH) 65

Rice Husk

400 TPD

ESP Existing

4. Recovery

Boiler (25 TPH)

50 Black Liquor

200 TPD

ESP Existing

5. Recovery

Boiler (50 TPH)

65 Black Liquor

400 TPD

ESP Existing

PROPOSED

1. Power Boiler

(75 TPH) 65

Rice Husk

400 TPD

PM SOx NOx

ESP Proposed

2.

Recovery Boiler

(Existing 25 to 75

TPH)

65 Black Liquor

680 TPD

ESP Proposed

Note: There will be No Process Gas Emissions from proposed project.

2.8.2 Water Environment

Paper industry is one of the water intensive industry, so two types of effluents are generated in

the integrated pulp & paper plants, i.e., black liquor & mill effluent. Black liquor, which is highly

polluted, is treated in Chemical Recovery plant to produce value added product - Sodium hydroxide.

Balance mill effluent is treated in conventional effluent treatment plant to achieve the prescribed

norms of final discharge.

Table 2.10 - Wastewater Generation Details

Category Existing

KLD Proposed

KLD Total KLD

(A) Domestic 60 27 87

(B) Industrial

Wet Washing System 4800 2127 6927

Pulp Mill 8804 4190 12994

Paper Machine 00 00 00

DM Plant/Boiler 311 220 531

Cooling Tower 660 300 960

Total Industrial 14575 6837 21412

Total 14635 6864 21499



Figure 2.9 - Water Balance Diagram for Existing Paper Manufacturing Process



Figure 2.10 - Water Balance Diagram for proposed Paper Manufacturing Process

2.8.3 Solid/Hazardous Waste

The entire quantity of hazardous waste will be handled and disposed as per Hazardous Waste

(Management, Handling and Trans Boundary Movement) Rules - 2016. The source of hazardous

waste generation from plant is/will be ETP Sludge (Category 32.3) from wastewater treatment and

is/will be sent to cardboard manufacturers.

Power Plant ash will also be the main solid waste which is/will be collected in silo and from silo, fly ash

is/will be disposed for brick manufacturing and land filling in an eco-friendly manner.

Lime sludge will be sent to cement plant for their use in cement manufacturing and agreement in this

regard has been signed and attached as Annexure VIII.



Table 2.11–Solid and Hazardous Waste Details

2.8.4 Noise Environment

The noise levels will be primarily generated due to industrial activities like mechanical movement and

material handling in unit. Noise may generate from motors, vehicular movement, generators, etc.

General noise levels within plant will be expected to remain below 75 dB (A). In order to mitigate the

noise levels during the operational phase, a green belt will be developed around the periphery of the

plant. However, at places where noise levels may exceed the permissible limit, acoustic enclosure will

be provided.

2.9 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

The project proponent is committed towards the health and safety of workers. All the necessary

measure is being/will be planned for occupational health of the employees. Routine medical

examination of each person will be carried out as a systematic program on a regular basis. Medical

surveillance for the workers working in risk zone will be carried out regularly and annual report of the

health status of workers for the same will be maintained which is attached as Annexure IX. Safe

Operating Procedures (SOP) for different works/activities are/will be in place.

S.

No. Type Source

Quantity, TPD Disposal


Hazardous Waste

1. ETP Sludge

(Category:32.3) ETP 10.00 7.00 17.00

Disposedto local cardboard

manufacturers.

2. Lime Sludge

Causticizing 173.00 54.35 227.35

Calcination in Cement

Plants

Solid Waste

1. Fly Ash Boiler

House 63.75 51.25 115.00

For brick manufacturing &

filling of the low lying areas



2.10 ASPECT - IMPACT ANALYSIS

Table 2.12 - Aspect Impact Analysis

Activity Environmental

Attribute Cause

Impact Characteristics

Nature Duration Reversibility Significance

Transportation Activity

Manufacturing

Process

Operation of CPP

Air Quality Exhaust

Emissions Negative MidTerm Reversible

High, basic activity of the project

Noise Levels Noise

Generation Negative MidTerm Reversible

Low, due to noise protection measures

Risk and Hazards

Injury to man, cuts, trips, falls, etc.

Negative Short Term Irreversible Medium due to loss

of property and injury to manpower

Water Quality Wastewater

disposal Negative MidTerm Irreversible

Minor, due to treatment of effluent

before disposal

Sewage / Industrial

Wastewater Generation

Water Quality Wastewater

disposal Negative Short Term Reversible

Minor, due to treatment of

wastewater before disposal

Storage and Handling of Materials

Noise Levels Noise

Generation Negative Short Term Reversible

Low, due to noise protection measures

Work Zone Air Quality

Dust Generation

Negative MidTerm Reversible Low, due to

confined area

Risk and Hazards

Accidents Negative Short Term Irreversible Low, due to injury to

manpower

Solid Waste Disposal

Land and Soil Generation of Solid Waste

Negative MidTerm Reversible Low, proper

collection and disposal

Green Belt Development

Ecology Planting of

Trees Positive Long Term Reversible

High, Positive Impact

Air Quality Dust barrier Positive MidTerm Reversible Low, Positive Impact

Noise Noise barrier Positive Short Term Reversible Low, Positive Impact

LU/LC Conservation

of Land Positive Long Term Reversible

Medium, Positive Impact

Soil Increase in soil fertility

Positive Long Term Irreversible Medium, Positive

Impact

Water Water

consumption Negative MidTerm Irreversible

Low, due to water circulation

Employment Generation

Socio Economic Status

Direct and Indirect

employment Positive Long Term Irreversible

High, the project will Generate

Employment

2.11 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE

The project will take approximately 18 months after all the statutory clearances from SPCB for site

clearance and power plant clearance are received. The various activity-wise and time-wise charts are

given below for the project implementation.



Table 2.13 - Project Implementation Schedule

S. No.

Description Period Period in Months

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

1. Notice to Proceed

Zero Date

2. Basic Engineering and

Approvals 2

3. Detailed Engineering

6

4. Civil/Construction Work

10

5. Equipment Supply to Site

8

6. Pre Commissioning

3

7. Commissioning 1

8. Performance Test

1

2.12SUMMARY

The proposed project envisages enhancement of existing paper manufacturing by Satia Industries

Ltd. (SIL) located at Muktsar –Malout Road, PO: Village Rupana, Dist: Sri Muktsar Sahib, Punjab –

152032. Production capacity will be increased from 300TPD to 600TPD. The expansion of falls

under Category 5 (i) - “A” i.e. Paper Manufacturing from Wastepaper and the proposed project will

also install an additional 14.00MW CPP. The project site has an area of 45.55 Acres.Expansion will

be done in existing premises. Total cost for the proposed project will be Rs.500.0 crores.There will

be additional 500 numbers of employees, thus total 1600 numbers of employees after proposed

expansion. After proposed expansion, total water requirement for domestic and industrial purposes

with cited requirement of 87 KLD and 23,811KLD respectively.And PM, SOx and NOx will be

generated from existing and proposed Boiler. Hazardous Wastes like ETP Sludge, Lime Sludge and

Solid waste like Fly Ash generated from the project will be handled and managed as per Hazardous

Wastes Rules, 2016.

----------------------------------



CHAPTER-3

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.0 INTRODUCTION

The baseline environmental quality is assessed through field studies within the probable impact zone

for various components of the environment viz. Air, Noise, Water, Soil, Ecology & Bio diversity and

Socio-economy. The baseline environmental study has been conducted for the study region within 10

km radius. An exhaustive attempt has been made in the current chapter to disclose all possible

baseline status of environmental quality in the study area, which further serves as the basis for

identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts. Villages covered within study region are shown in

the Figure 3.1.

Figure 3.1 Study Area Map

3.1 BASELINE STUDY AREA AND PERIOD

The baseline environmental study has been conducted for the study region within 10 km radius of the

project site for the period 1stDec 2018 to 28th Feb 2019. An exhaustive attempt has been made in the

current chapter to disclose all possible base line status of environmental quality in the vicinity of the

project, which further serves as the basis for identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts. Study

area map covering all the villages are shown in the Figure 3.1.



3.2 METHODOLOGY

The baseline environmental study was carried out for the various environmental components viz, Air,

Water, Soil, Ecology and Biodiversity, Socio Economy and Noise. A desktop study was carried out to

select the sampling locations and site visit was done by our field area experts. After the site visit,

locations were finalized. During the submission of field area expert report and discussion looking to

the extent of impact, 5 km radius was considered as core zone and rest 5 km radius was considered

as buffer zone. All the locations have been selected within 10 km radius from the project site as per

the requirement of TOR and environmental samples were collected from the selected locations of the

study area. Before starting the survey activity for ecology and bio diversity, secondary data were used

as reference during the desktop survey for listing the species of study zone and planning the survey.

In case of socio economy, secondary data have also been used for deciding the parameters to be

surveyed during socio economic data collection. As a secondary source of data, for Ecology and

Biodiversity survey various publications by the government of India and literature available on internet

site were used. Some photograph showing the monitoring and survey activities are presented in

Figure 3.2.

3.2.1 Frequency of Sampling

Details of frequency of environmental sampling considered for the study are illustrated in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1 Frequency of Environmental Monitoring

Attributes

Sampling

Locations Parameters Frequency

A. Air Environment

Micro-meteorological Data

Nr. Project Site Temperature, Relative Humidity, Precipitation Wind direction, Wind Speed.

Hourly data for the period 1stDec 2018 to 28th Feb 2019.

Ambient Air Quality 8 numbers of locations in the study area of 10 km radius.

PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx and CO

24 hour basis except CO, twice a week during study period

B. Noise 8 numbers of locations in the study area of 10 km radius.

Noise Levels in dB (A). Once in Study Period.

C. Water

Ground Water Samples from 8 numbers of locations within 10 km radius from the project site.

Physical, Chemical, Microbiological and Heavy Metal.

Once in Study Period.

Surface Water Samples from 3 numbers of locations within 10 km radius from the project site.

Physical, Chemical, Microbiological and Heavy Metal.




D. Soil Quality Samples from 4 numbers of locations within 10 km radius from the project site.

Physical, Chemical Characteristics, Soil Texture.


3.2.2 Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis

The methods adopted for environmental sampling and analysis are illustrated in following Table 3.2

Table 3.2 Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis

Attributes

Methods

Sampling/Preservation Analysis/data analysis

A. Air Environment

Micro-meteorological

Data

Data collected on hourly basis using

wind monitor as per CPCB Guideline &

IS 8829. NA

Ambient air quality As per IS: 5182, CPCB & AWMA. As per IS:5182,CPCB & AWMA

B. Noise Instrument : Sound level meter Survey carried out as per CPCB

guideline.

C. Water

Ground Water and

Surface Water

Standard Methods for Examination of

Water and Wastewater, 23rd edition,

APHA 2017.

IS 3025 & Standard Methods for

Examination of Water and

Wastewater, 23rd edition, APHA 2017.

D. Soil Quality

IS 2720, Soil Testing in India

(Department of Agriculture &

Cooperation).

IS 2720, Laboratory developed

Method as per NABL requirement and

Book - Soil Testing in India

(Department of Agriculture &

Cooperation).



Barkandi Village – Ambient AirBhangchari Village – Ambient air

Goniana Village-Ground Water Muktsar Village-Ground Water



Rupana Village-Surface Water Sotha Village-Surface Water

Barkandi Village – Soil Project Site – Soil



SE Survey Project Site –Noise

Figure 3.2 Photograph showing the sampling activity

3.3 MICROMETEOROLOGY

The study of micro meteorological data helps to understand the variations in the ambient air quality

status in that region. The prevailing micrometeorological condition at project site plays a crucial role in

transport and dispersion of air pollutants. The persistence of the predominant wind direction and wind

speed at the project site decide the direction and extent of the air pollution impact zone. The principal

variables which affect the micrometeorology are horizontal transport and dispersion, convective

transport and vertical mixing and topography of the area towards local influences.

Micrometeorological data were collected by using the wind monitor as per CPCB guideline which was

installed near project site. All the micrometeorological data were collected on hourly basis.

Meteorological conditions of the study area are presented in Table 3.3.

Table 3.3 Meteorological Condition of Study Area

Month Temperature (oC) Relative Humidity (%)

Wind Speed

(km/hr)

Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.

Dec'18 3.4 26.2 23.0 97.0 0.1 12.3

Jan'19 4.1 22.1 21.0 96.0 0.1 19.0

Feb'19 5.8 23.1 33.0 98.0 0.1 21.0



3.3.1 Temperature

During the study period minimum temperature was recorded 3.4oC on 30th Dec 2018 and maximum temperature was recorded as 26.2oC on

02nd Dec 2018. Temperature data were collected on hourly basis during the study period. Variation of temperature is graphically presented in

Figure 3.3.

Figure 3.3 Graphical Presentation for the month wise Temperature Variation

3.3.2 Humidity

Humidity affects the nature and characteristics of pollutants in the atmosphere as it is the measure of amount of moisture in the atmosphere.

Humidity helps suspended particulate matter to coalesce and grow in size to settle under the gaseous pollutants by providing them aqueous

medium. During the study period minimum Humidity was recorded 21% on 15th Jan 2019 and maximum Humidity was recorded as 98% on 21st

Feb 2019. The variation in humidity is represented graphically in Figure 3.4.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

Min. 12 12 11 11 10 10 10 8. 7. 8. 9. 9. 8. 7. 6. 6. 7. 6. 5. 5. 5. 7. 5. 4. 3. 4. 3. 3. 3. 3. 4. 5. 4. 5. 4. 6. 5. 5. 6. 6. 6. 8. 8. 6. 5. 5. 6. 5. 5. 6. 9. 9. 5. 5. 5. 4. 4. 5. 4. 4. 7. 9. 6. 5. 6. 7. 11 8. 8. 8. 7. 7. 8. 10 10 8. 8. 10 10 10 10 12 10 9. 9. 10 10 10 9. 10

Max. 25 26 23 23 23 21 23 23 21 19 21 17 19 21 22 21 22 21 23 20 22 21 17 19 20 18 18 17 18 19 19 17 18 19 19 15 17 17 19 21 22 19 17 19 19 20 17 19 20 21 20 17 18 16 16 18 17 18 17 19 16 15 16 20 21 21 22 19 16 17 18 20 21 20 23 17 17 21 20 20 20 20 21 20 21 23 22 20 20 19

0.0

5.0

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

Tem

per

atu

re (

oC

)



Figure 3.4 Graphical Presentation for the month wise Humidity Variation

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

Min. 34 37 53 52 53 55 49 44 40 62 51 69 47 40 41 23 30 28 33 41 32 49 74 53 37 57 52 36 57 46 44 60 61 48 45 73 63 56 40 34 28 51 60 46 37 21 52 42 45 36 42 80 80 61 56 44 44 30 39 25 48 75 66 46 44 42 45 70 78 55 44 42 39 50 53 80 79 52 51 63 57 69 70 47 42 33 42 52 47 46

Max. 82 84 83 88 85 87 87 85 82 84 86 85 86 84 84 76 80 86 87 85 85 83 97 88 87 86 87 84 89 88 86 86 96 90 86 84 85 86 87 82 83 81 85 90 80 81 90 89 85 84 81 95 92 93 92 84 81 80 84 85 85 88 92 86 87 84 86 89 91 88 84 84 74 85 90 93 91 90 87 93 90 95 98 81 81 83 85 85 80 78

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

Hu

mid

ity

(%)



3.3.3 Wind Speed and Wind Direction

Hourly wind speed data were collected for the period 1st Dec 2018 to 28th Feb 2019 with the help of

wind monitor. The rate of dispersion, diffusion and transportation of pollutants in the atmosphere

mainly depend on wind speed and its direction. Wind direction and velocity data have been collected

during the study period. Dominant wind direction in the study period was from NW –SE during the

study period.Wind speed was observed from 0.1 to 12.3 km/hr in the month of Dec 2018, from 0.1 to

19.0 km/hr in the month of Jan 2019 and from 0.1 to 21.0 km/hr in the Month of Feb 2019. Month-wise

maximum and minimum wind speed data are tabulated in Table 3.3.

3.3.4 Wind Rose

Wind rose diagram is a graphical representation of the magnitude and direction of wind speed

considering all the directions. From the knowledge of wind rose one can easily predict the direction

and extent of spreading of the gaseous and particulate matter from the source. Wind rose diagram

has been prepared by using hourly wind velocity and dominant wind direction data and is presented in

Figure 3.5



Figure 3.5 Wind Rose Diagram



3.3.5 Wind & Cyclone Vulnerability

The India Meteorological Department (IMD) is the nodal government agency that provides weather

services related to cyclones in India. However, IMD has not identified cyclone prone districts following

any specific definition though the districts for which cyclone warnings are issued have been identified.

On the other hand, for the purpose of better cyclone disaster management in the country, it is

necessary to define cyclone proneness and identify cyclone prone coastal districts. It is also

necessary to decide degree of hazard proneness of a district by considering cyclone parameters so

that mitigation measures can be prioritized.Wind and cyclone vulnerability is shown in Figure 3.5(A).

Figure 3.5(A) Wind & Cyclone Vulnerability Map

3.3.6 Interpretation of Micrometeorological Data

Wind rose diagram indicate that dominant wind direction was NW-SE during the study period and

wind speed range was 0 to 21.0 km/hr. Minimum detection for wind speed was 0.1km/hr therefore

wind speed can be considered that wind speed was in the range of 0.1 to 21 km/hr. Based on the

wind direction and wind speed it is interpreted that maximum dispersion of air pollutant will be in SE

direction during the period of Dec to Feb.

3.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Air is the Earth‟s atmosphere having the gases in which living organisms live and breathe but air is

being deteriorated day by day due to the anthropogenic and natural sources. In present scenario

Industrialization, Energy production and the burning of fossil fuels has polluted the air environment.



Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out for the assessment of the existing status of background

air quality in the study area. This will be useful for assessing the conformity of the ambient air quality

to the standards even after commencement of the proposed project.

3.4.1 Selection of Sampling Locations

Following points were considered during the selection of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring locations.

Topography/terrain of the study area,

Regional synoptic scale climatologically norm‟s,

Densely populated areas within the region,

Location of surrounding Industries,

Representation of regional background,

Facility for Ambient Air Monitoring,

Representation of valid cross – sectional distribution in downwind direction,

Avoidance of proximity of roads, construction activity or any other perturbing activity which

may be temporary in nature, which may lead to some erroneous conclusions.

Availability of manpower, electricity, approach, sturdy structure and protection of samplers.

Dominant Wind Direction.

To establish the baseline status around the project site of the study region, monitoring was conducted

for 8 numbers of locations during 1stDec 2018 to 28th Feb 2019. At the time of location selection

previous micrometeorological data was referred and general wind pattern in the study region was

considered for the selection of minimum one location in the downwind direction and one location in

upwind direction. However, ambient air monitoring locations were selected in all the directions looking

towards the possibility of change in wind pattern during the study period. Ambient Air Quality

monitoring locations are presented in Figure 3.6 and Table3.4.



Figure 3.6 Map showing the Study Region location of Ambient Air

Table 3.4 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations in the Study Region

Code Location Distance/Direction Latitude and Longitude

Selection Criteria

A1 Project site -- 30°25'16.17"N 74°31'17.96"E

--

A2 Rupana 2.02 km S 30°24'10.72"N 74°31'23.99"E

Crosswind

A3 Sotha 5.16 km SE 30°22'56.41"N 74°33'4.92"E

Downwind

A4 Chak Giljiwala 8.81 km SSE 30°21'9.01"N 74°34'4.32"E

Downwind

A5 Barkandi 2.89 km E 30°25'40.09"N 74°33'2.56"E

Crosswind

A6 Goniana 3.41 km NNW 30°26'42.22"N 74°29'57.43"E

Upwind

A7 Muktsar 4.60 km NNE 30°27'41.49"N 74°31'58.41"E

Crosswind

A8 Bhangchiri 6.45 km SW 30°23'8.62"N 74°28'6.10"E

Crosswind



3.4.2 Frequency and Parameters for Sampling

Sampling team was appointed with one FAE and Technical Assistant to carry out Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring for 8 numbers of locations within 10 km radius from the project site. Sampling and analysis

was carried out as per CPCB, IS 5182 & EPA and instrument operation manual for the parameters

PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx and CO. After the completion of sampling, samples were brought to the

laboratory in Ice box and filter box for analysis. Frequency of sampling was twice a week during study

period.

3.4.3 Methodology for Sampling and Analysis

Samples were collected by using the PM10 and PM2.5 micron dust samplers at suitable height from

obstruction free area as per the availability of the facility. Sampling and Analysis was carried out as

per CPCB Guideline, instrument operational manual and National Environmental Engineering

Research Institute. Detail of reference method is presented in Table 3.5.

Table 3.5 Details of Analysis Method

Sr. No. Parameters Test Method

i. Particular matter (PM 2.5) SOP No. WI/5.4/02-B/03,Issue No.1

Date:01/01/2010, CPCB Guideline

ii. Particulate Matter (PM10) IS 5182 (Part 13):2006/Reaffirmed 2012

iii. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) IS 5182 (Part 2):2001/Reaffirmed 2012

iv. Oxide of Nitrogen (NOx) IS 5182 (Part 6):2006

v. Carbon monoxide (CO) Methods of Air Sampling & Analysis AWMA,

APHA (CO Analyser)

3.4.4 Quality of Ambient Air

Minimum, maximum, average and 98th percentile values for the parameters PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx

and CO are tabulated in Table 3.6 to Table 3.8 to describe the quality of Ambient Air.

Table 3.6 Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of PM10 and PM2.5

Code

PM10 (µg/m3) PM2.5 (µg/m3)

Min. Percentile

98th Max. Avg. Min.

Percentile

98th Max. Avg.

A1 71.3 88.4 88.6 80.3 36.3 48.0 48.3 41.2

A2 68.2 85.1 85.7 77.0 35.6 45.0 45.4 39.6

A3 70.5 86.9 88.2 79.8 35.9 47.5 47.7 41.1

A4 69.5 86.1 86.4 78.0 35.7 46.1 46.8 40.5



A5 65.7 82.5 82.6 74.3 34.7 44.1 44.1 39.2

A6 62.5 76.0 76.2 70.9 32.8 42.8 43.5 38.2

A7 67.0 81.3 81.4 75.0 33.4 44.3 45.6 38.6

A8 64.2 77.5 78.1 70.7 34.3 41.0 41.1 36.9

NAAQ Standard

limit 100 60

Table 3.7 Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of SO2 and NOx

Code

SO2 (µg/m3) NOX (µg/m3)

Min. Percentile

98th Max. Avg. Min.

Percentile

98th Max. Avg.

A1 11.7 16.6 16.7 14.5 16.2 21.5 21.5 19.3

A2 10.9 15.5 15.8 13.0 15.4 20.1 20.1 17.6

A3 11.2 15.8 16.1 13.5 15.8 20.4 20.5 18.3

A4 10.2 15.2 15.3 13.1 15.6 20.4 20.4 18.0

A5 10.3 15.2 15.5 12.7 15.2 19.5 19.5 17.4

A6 9.6 14.6 14.7 12.5 14.2 18.8 18.8 17.0

A7 11.2 15.1 15.1 12.9 15.4 19.3 19.3 17.4

A8 10.5 15.3 15.7 13.2 14.8 19.6 19.8 17.8

NAAQ Standard

limit 80 80

Table 3.8 Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of CO

Code CO(µg/m3)

Min. Percentile 98th Max. Avg.

A1 558 649 650 609

A2 512 596 598 562

A3 525 622 624 578

A4 520 612 614 570

A5 475 571 578 508

A6 450 504 505 473

A7 488 553 556 514

A8 462 530 534 486

NAAQ Standard limit 2000



3.4.5 Summary of Ambient Air Quality

During the study PM2.5 was observed in the range of 32.8 – 48.3 µg/m3. Maximum

concentration of PM2.5 was found at Project Site.

PM10 was observed in the range of 62.5 – 88.6 µg/m3. Maximum concentration of PM10 was

found at Project Site.

SO2 concentration was observed in the range of 9.6 – 16.7 µg/m3, which is well within the

standard limit.

NOx concentration in was observed in the range of 14.2- 21.5 µg/m3, which is well within the

standard limit.

Monitoring and analysis was also carried out for CO. Result for the CO was found well within

the desired range.

3.4.6 Interpretation of Ambient Air Quality Data

All the results of ambient air quality parameters have been found well within the limit as per NAAQS.

Based on comparison study of results for tested parameters with NAAQS, it is interpreted that

ambient air quality of studied locations is good. This interpretation relates to the sampling carried out

and results found for particular locations and study period.

3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The objective of the baseline noise survey was to identify existing noise sources and to measure

background noise levels at the sensitive receptors within the study area. Peoples‟ perception of noise

varies depending on number of factors including their natural sensitivity and hearing ability, past

experience of sound, cultural factors and the time of day at which sound is experienced. Continuous

sound is perceived quite differently from intermittent sound at the same level. High or continuous

noise levels may cause permanent loss of hearing ranging from reduced perception at certain

frequencies to total deafness. At comparatively lower levels noise may have psychological effects

including disturbance of sleep, annoyance and irritation.

3.5.1 Sources of Noise Pollution

The sources of noise pollution in the study area are industrial noise, noise due to commercial

activities, noise generated by Community, Vehicular traffic etc.

3.5.2 Noise Level in the Study Area

Noise level monitoring was carried out with the help of sound level meter at 8 different locations fall

under residential, industrial and high noise generating source. Noise sampling locations are presented

in Figure 3.7 and Table 3.9. Analysis results are presented in Table3.10 and Table3.11.



Figure 3.7 Map showing the study region location of Noise

Table 3.9 Noise Monitoring Locations in the Study Region

Code Location

Distance from

project

site/Direction

Latitude and

Longitude Selection Criteria

N1 Project Site (Nr.

Main Gate) -

30°25'16.72"N

74°31'17.77"E Industrial Area


ETP area) -

30°25'14.54"N



Gardening area) -

30°25'16.26"N



ADM building) -

30°25'15.66"N


N5 Rupana 1.84 km S 30°24'16.73"N

74°31'23.05"E Residential Area

N6 Goniana 3.16 km NNW 30°26'36.96"N


N7 Barkandi 3.01 km NE 30°25'43.81"N




N8

1 meter away from

National Highway-

16

1.38 km N 30°26'1.06"N

74°31'16.06"E

Road (Noise generating

source)

Table 3.10 Noise Monitoring report during day time

Code Lmin dB

Ld dB(A) Lmax

dB

Limit dB(A) as per Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules,2000

N1 63.1 66.6 70.1 75

N2 64.5 67.7 71.4 75

N3 56.8 60.4 64.6 75

N4 58.1 62.6 66.5 75

N5 46.6 49.8 53.8 55

N6 47.1 50.1 54.1 55

N7 47.5 50.5 54.4 55

N8 72.1 77.4 82.6 -

Table 3.11 Noise Monitoring report during night time

Code Lmin dB

Ln dB(A)

Lmax

dB

Limit dB(A) as per Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules,2000

N1

59.4 62.8 66.2 70

N2

60.2 63.6 66.8 70

N3

52.1 55.4 58.6 70

N4

54.4 58.1 62.0 70

N5

40.4 42.8 44.6 45

N6

40.7 43.1 44.8 45

N7

39.8 42.5 44.3 45

N8

67.3 72.1 76.8 -

Note: Day time –6.00 AM to 10.00 PM, Night time – 10.00 PM to 6.00 AM

Noise standards have been designated for different types of land use i.e. residential, commercial,

industrial areas and silence zones, as per „The Noise Pollution (Regulation andControl) Rules, 2000,

Notified by Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi, February 14, 2000. Different standards



have been stipulated forday (6 AM to 10 PM) and night (10PM to 6 AM). The noise level study shows

that the noise levels are meeting the acceptable norms. 3.5.3 Summary of Noise Data

Equivalent noise level varies from 60.4 to 67.7 dB (A) at Project Site and it is 4986 to 50.5 dB

(A) in residential area during day time.

Equivalent noise level varies from 55.4 to 63.6 dB (A) at Project Site and it is 42.5 to 43.1 dB

(A) in residential area during night time.

Noise level monitoring was carried out 1 meter away from National Highway- 16 and

equivalent noise level was recorded 77.4 dB (A) during day time and 72.1 dB (A) during night

time as per factory act 1948 noise level exposure limit for 8 hrs.is 90 dB (A).

3.5.4 Interpretation of Noise Data

Based on noise level data obtained during the survey for residential area and industrial area, it is

interpreted that noise levels are within the standard norms prescribed by MoEF & CC. Looking

towards the increase in noise generating sources it is suggested that there is need to apply noise

reducing devices at noise generating sources and generate public awareness.

3.6 LAND ENVIRONMENT

3.6.1 Land Use Pattern of the Study area

Studies on land use aspects of eco system play an important role to identify sensitive issues and to

take appropriate action for maintaining ecological homeostasis in the region. The main objective of

this section is to provide a baseline status of the area, so that temporal changes due to the proposed

project on the surroundings can be assessed in future.

Data Used: United States Geological Survey (USGS) Satellite Data: Land sat 8 cloud free data has

been used for Land use /Land cover analysis, Satellite Sensor–OLITIRS multi-spectral digital data

has been used for the preparation of land use/ land cover map of present study. Survey of India

reference map on 1:50,000 scales have been used for the preparation of base map and geometric

correction of satellite data. Ground trothing has been carried out to validate the interpretation

accuracy and reliability of remotely sensed data, by enabling verification of the interpreted details and

by supplementing with the information, which cannot be obtained directly on satellite imagery.

Methodology: The methodology used for the study consists of following components.

Methodology Adopted for Thematic Data Extraction from the Satellite Imageries

ERDAS image processing 10.0 software and ARC/GIS 10.0 software were used for the project.

ERDAS 10.0 image processing software was used for digital processing of the spatial data. Digital

image processing techniques were applied for the mapping of the land use land cover classes of the

provided area from the satellite data. Methodology used for land use classification and mapping is

presented in figure 3.8.Land use map is presented in figure 3.9. Land Use Statistic (10 km) is

presented in figure 3.10 and Table 3.12.



Figure 3.8 Methodology Used for Land use Classification



Figure 3.9 Land Use

Table 3.12 Land use Pattern of Study Area

(Source: Land use mapping and primary survey of the area)

% Area sq

km Land Use

Land Cover

Area sq km

%

12.53 41.45 Settlement Settlement 41.45 12.53

3.31 10.94 Waterbody Waterbody 10.94 3.31

14.62 48.36 Range Land

Grass Land

28.41 8.59

Trees 14.52 4.39

Scrub Land

5.43 1.64

69.54 230.06 Agriculture

Crop Land 186.75 56.45

Fallow Land

43.31 13.09

100 330.82 Total 330.82 100



Figure 3.10 Land Use Statistics

3.6.2 Drainage Map

A drainage Map describes that an area of land where all surface water from rain or from some other

sources converges to a single point at a lower elevation, usually the exit of the basin, where the waters

join another body of water, such as a river, lake, reservoir, estuary, wetland, sea, or ocean. This map

tool is used to search for documents while viewing map features. Drainage Map of studied region is

presented in Figure 3.11.

12.53 3.31

8.59

4.39

1.64

56.45

13.09

Land use Statistic(10 KM)

Settlement

Waterbody

Grass Land

Trees

Scrub Land

Crop Land

Fallow Land

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Surface_water

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rain

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/River

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lake

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reservoir

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Estuary

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wetland

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sea

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ocean



Figure 3.11 Drainage Map

3.7 GEOLOGY

The area forms a part of Satlej sub basin and main Indus basin alluvial plains. The topography of the

district is almost flat. It has an average elevation of 200m amsl, and slopes gently towards south and

south-west. The district is dotted with a number of isolated sand dunes of varying dimensions. The

sand dunes are of longitudinal type and do not show any preferred alignment. There is no river

flowing through the district. A number of artificial drains criss cross the district which carries the

excess run off during rains. The soils in the district have largely developed on alluvium the material

laid by rivers under the dominant influence of climate over space and time. It has two types of soil viz

the sierozem soils and desert soil.

Sierozem soils: The soils are light yellowish brown to pale brown in colour. Soils are calcareous and

usually have kankars at a depth of 0.75m to 1.25m. These are deficient in nitrogen phosphorous and

potash. Salinity and alkalinity are the serious problems particularly in the irrigated area. Wind erosion

is also the common feature in the tract. These soils are found in whole of Muktsar blocks, Kotbhai

block, in northern and eastern part of Malout blocks and eastern, central and southern part of Lambi

block.

Desert soil: These soils are light brown to yellowish brown and are deficient in nitrogen phosphorous

and potash. Wind erosion is a serious problem here. These soils are found in southern and western

part of Malout and Lambi blocks of the district. Gram, wheat, barley, bajra , jawar , cotton and mustard

are the principal crops in whole of the area.



3.7.1 Earthquake Vulnerability

Vulnerability assessment helps in deciding the extent of the damage in particular area. Two main

approaches towards vulnerability assessment are predicted vulnerability and observed vulnerability

Vulnerability extent can be expressed with the help of Map. Showing the Earthquake Vulnerability is

depicted on Figure 3.12.

Figure 3.12 Earthquake Vulnerability Map

3.8 HYDROGEOLOGY

On the basis of two exploratory boreholes drilled by CGWB (1) Kumharwala, Lambi Block) during

1974-78) and Kotbhai Block HQ during 1999, the aquifer system belongs to huge aquifer system of

Indus plains. It cannot primarily of quaternary alluvial sediments. The areahas both unconfined and

confined aquifer. In general unconfined condition exists only upto 30m depth. The proportion of

permeable beds at deeper depth is generally low. At Kumharwala drilling down to the depth of 422m

was done. At the depth of 416m Nagaur clay stone has been encountered indicating that the alluvium

thickness is 416m and beyond this depth Nagaur clay stone occurs. Transmissivity 3.13X10-2 and

hydraulic conductivity was computed to be 34.78m/day. At Kotbhai, drilling was done upto 331m. At

both the places, well was constructed down to the depth of 54.0 and 53.0 m respectively because of

poor quality beyond this depth. At Kumharwala even the EC of constructed well is 4557 which is not fit

for drinking purposes. The area is underlain by unconsolidated formation comprising sand, silt and

clays etc. Extensive moderately thick unconfined to confined aquifer exists down to the drilled depth

of about 30m bgl . In the district the ground water is generally saline at all levels except at local

patches. There is wide lateral variation in the chemical quality depending upon the proximity of the

area to the surface irrigation channels.



Ground Water Resources

Ground water resources estimation of the district was done in 2011 for each individual block. Perusal

of the estimates reveals that overall stage of development in the district is of 69%. The ground water

developments of three blocks are below 100% and have been categorized as safe for ground water

development. The ground water development of each block is as follows Kotbhai (Gidder Baha)-

101%, Lambi-41%, Malout-61%, Muktsar-78%. The block wise ground water resources potential in

the district has been assessed as per GEC 97 as on 31.3.2011.

Ground water Resources of Muktsar District, Punjab as on 31.03.2011

Block

Name

Net Annual

Ground

water

Availability

(Ham)

Existing

Gross

Ground

Water

Draft for

Irrigation

(Ham)

Existing

Gross

Ground

Water

Draft

for all

uses

(Ham)

Allocation

domestic

industrial

up to next

25 years

(Ham)

Net Ground

water

Availability

for future

irrigation

development

(Ham)

Stage of

Ground

water

Development

Category

of Block

GIDDER

BAHA 15893 15578 16043 464 -150 101 Safe

LAMBI 20458 8241 8455 213 12003 41 Safe

MALOUT 16433 9415 9992 578 6440 61 Safe

MUKTSAR 25130 18391 19596 1205 5535 78 Safe

Total 77924 51625 54085 2460 23829 69 Safe



Source:Central Ground Water Board, Ministry of Water Resources, River Development and

GangaRejuvenation, Government of India

Status of Ground water Development

In whole of the district, irrigation is based on both canal and tubewell supplies. The main stress is on

canal water because the whole of the district has an intense network of canal system. The two major

canals Sirhind feeder and Sirhind canal are the main source of water supply which are further divided

into various distributaries and minors. From the data available from Agriculture Deptt. , Punjab, about

96% of the district is being irrigated by canal water and only 4% of the area is irrigated by tube wells.

Tube wells are of shallow depth ranging from 25-55 m.bgl. There are 12184 electric operated tube

wells and 17136 are diesel operated tube wells in the district. From the water level monitoring data

available in CGWB, only two wells are showing decline i.e. Muktsar and Bhamial . The decline at

Muktsar (2002 to 2011) is 0.031 m/yr whereas at Bhaliana, decline is 0.21 m/year (2002 to 2011)

which is a nominal decline in 10 years (2002 to 2011) whereas all the other wells are showing rise in

water levels ranging from 0.008 m/yr (Labianwali) to 0.322 m/yr (Kuthian wali).

The water level of district ranges between 2-5 m whereas only a small portion i.e. east of Kotbahai is

more than 5m. Northern and western part of Muktsar block and southern and central part of Lambi

block fall in less than 2m category whereas rest of district falls in 2-5m category in post monsoon

2011. Whereas based on pre monsoon water level 2011, majority of the district comes under 2-5m

category except two patches near Lambi and NW of Kotbhai . All the blocks fall in the safe category

ranging from 41 to 101% of development.

AQUIFERS MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR MUKTSAR BLOCK:

Salient Information

Population (2011) Rural-1,88,732

Urban-

Total-1,88,732

Rainfall 2014 (Muktsar District) Average annual rainfall -391 mm

Average Annual Rainfall (Muktsar –II block) 377 mm

Agriculture and Irrigation Major Crops- Rice, Wheat

Net Area Sown- 731 sq.km

Total Irrigated Area- 1239.60 sq.km

Water Bodies & Canal Irrigation: Water bodies available in the villages for the storm water and

untreated waste water of villagers, that can be used for irrigation after treatment. The canal irrigation

is available in the Muktsar block.

Ground Water Resource Availability: Ground Water Resources available in the combined group of

aquifers. The resources are calculated as per Dynamic ground water resources (2013) and In-storage

ground water resources up-to fresh water. Block is categorized as safe as per Ground Water

Assessment 2013.



Ground water Extraction: Information regarding the abstraction from different Aquifers is not

available, but there are drinking water supplies from tube wells tapping combined aquifer and

separate aquifer could not be assessed separately.

Source:Central Ground Water Board, Ministry of Water Resources, River Development and

GangaRejuvenation, Government of India

3.9 TRAFFIC STUDY

Proposed project connects to State Highway 16 and State Highway 41. Proposed project will attract to

commercial vehicles. As a result traffic load will also increase on highways. To assess the traffic load,

4 no. of surveyors were appointed to survey the State Highway 16 and State Highway 41.

Traffic data collected continuously for 24 hours by visual observation and counting of vehicles under

three categories, viz., heavy motor vehicles, light motor vehicles andtwo/three wheelers. As traffic

densities on the roads are high, two persons were deployed simultaneously at each station during

each shift- one person on each of the two directions for counting the traffic. At the end of each hour,

fresh counting and recording was undertaken. Total numbers of vehicles per hour under the three

categories were determined. Traffic study is conducted on State Highway 16 and State Highway 41

from 2nd and 3rd Jan 2019.

Table 3.13 Traffic Study Report

S.

No.

Vehicles

Distribution

No. of Vehicles/Day

Passeng

er Car

Unit

(PCU)

Total No. of

Vehicle in PCU

Total No. of

Vehicle

(PCU)/Hour

SH-16 SH-41 SH-16 SH-41 SH-16 SH-41

1. Cars 2580 2866 1.0 2580 2866 108 119

2. Buses 748 806 3.0 2244 2418 94 101

3. Trucks 2718 2912 3.0 8154 8736 340 364

4. Two wheelers 4585 5066 0.5 2293 2533 96 106

5. Three wheelers 1558 1704 0.75 1169 1278 49 53

Total 12189 13354 16440 17831 687 743

Table 3.14 Existing Traffic Scenario with respect to LOS

Road V (Volume in

PCU/hr)

C (Capacity in

PCU/hr)

Existing V/C

Ratio LOS

SH-16 687 1250 0.55 Good



V/C LOS Performance

0.0-0.2 A Excellent

0.2-0.4 B Very Good

0.4-0.6 C Good/Average/Fair

0.6-0.8 D Poor

0.8-1.0 E Very Poor

3.9.1 Interpretation of Traffic Study

LOS values have been calculated based on traffic data for SH-16 and SH-41 and it has been found

0.55 and 0.59 respectively. LOS value indicates that the performance of SH-16 and SH-41 are good.

3.10 SOIL QUALITY

4 numbers of samples were collected from different locations within 10 km radius to assess the base

line status of soil. Analysis was carried out for physico-chemical parameters as well as the

parameters to define the texture class. Soil samples were collected by using core cutter and brought

to the laboratory in polythene bags. Standard procedures have been followed for soil sampling and

analysis. Soil sampling locations are presented in Figure 3.13 and tabulated in Table 3.15. Results

are presented in Table 3.16.

SH-41 743 1250 0.59 Good



Figure 3.13 Map showing the study region location of Soil

Table 3.15 Details of Soil sampling location

Code Location Distance from the

project site/Direction

Latitude and

Longitude Selection Criteria

S1 Project Site - 30°25'21.15"N

74°31'13.97"E Non- Agricultural Land

S2 Muktsar 4.63 km NNE 30°27'41.84"N

74°32'1.43"E Non-Agricultural Land

S3 Barkandi 2.96 km E 30°25'29.18"N

74°33'7.97"E Agricultural Land

S4 Bhangchiri 6.26 km SW 30°23'1.51"N

74°28'22.33"E Agricultural Land

Table 3.16 Soil Sample Analysis Result

S. No Parameters Unit S1 S2 S3 S4

1 Water Holding Capacity % 45.48 43.68 49.14 52.22



2 Porosity % 48.26 47.49 52.78 53.90

3 Bulk Density 1.34 1.36 1.27 1.24

4 Particle Size Distribution

a. Sand % 52.34 55.12 48.52 45.58

b. Silt % 29.24 27.66 31.34 29.28

c. Clay % 18.42 17.22 20.14 25.14

5 Texture - Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

Loam Loam

6 Cation Exchange Capacity meq/100 g 22.7 21.5 27.6 30.3

7 pH - 7.24 7.38 7.12 7.44

8 Electrical Conductivity dS/m 0.38 0.35 0.44 0.48

9 Sodium Absorption

Ratio(SAR) - 0.34 0.35 0.43 0.45

10 Exchangeable Sodium

Percentage(ESP) % 3.52 3.72 3.99 4.0

11 Exchangeable Calcium meq/100g 14.4 13.6 16.4 18.3

12 Exchangeable Magnesium meq/100g 7.2 6.8 9.6 10.4

13 Exchangeable Sodium meq/100g 0.8 0.8 1.1 1.2

14 Exchangeable Potassium meq/100g 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.4

15 Organic Carbon(OC) % 0.68 0.60 0.74 0.86

16 Total Nitrogen % 0.059 0.052 0.064 0.074

17 Nitrate N mg/100g 6.8 7.4 8.1 8.5

18 Total Phosphorus mg/100g 13.6 14.8 15.8 16.3

19 Total Iron mg/100gm 188.4 184.5 166.6 158.2

20 Total Zinc mg/100gm 6.2 5.7 5.4 5.1

21 Total Copper mg/100gm 3.8 3.3 2.8 2.4

22 Total Boron mg/100gm 2.6 2.5 2.2 1.8

23 Total Chromium mg/100gm 0.82 0.75 0.70 0.66

3.10.1 Summary of Soil Data

The soils of the study region are Sandy loam to loam based on different soil separates (sand,

silt and clay).

Water holding capacity varies from 43.68 to 52.22%.Soils of the study region may considered

having the good water holding capacity < 35.2.

The soil is categorized as deep black having > 1m depth and lower layers are having calcium

nodules.

The pH of the soil samples narrowly ranged from 7.12 to 7.44 during the study period. The soil

EC also varied from 0.35 to 0.48 dS/m and ESP ranged from 3.5 to 4.0. These parameters

indicate that soils are normal as EC is> 0.8 dS/m.

Exchangeable calcium and magnesium was found in the range 13.6 to 18.3 meq/100gm and

6.8 to 10.4 meq/100gm.

SAR value for soil was found in the range 0.34 to 0.45 with ESP in the range 3.52 to 4.0%.

Soils having the SAR <2.0 and ESP< 15% are considered non sodic i.e non saline.

Organic carbon was found in the range of 0.6 to 0.86 %. Soils having the organic carbon ( >

0.5 -0.75 % ) are consider with medium organic status.



Considering only 2% available phosphorus based on total P, soils are classified as poor (>28

kg P2O5/ha) in available P. The results relating to total Fe, Cu, Cr, B and Zn do not show

alarming concentrations in different soil samples.

3.10.2 Interpretation of Soil Data

Based on soil analysis data it is concluded that soils are normal from salinity point of view as SAR is

<2.0 and ESP is < 15%. The soils are having medium in nitrogen, low in phosphorus and potassium.

The levels of total Fe, Cu, Cr, B and Zn are within the safe limits. However, for successful greenbelt

development liberal quantity of organic manure is recommended. Soils of studied locations are

suitable for plantation as well as for agricultural purpose.

3.11 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Physical, Chemical and Microbiological factors influencing water quality are so interrelated that a

change in any water quality parameter may trigger other changes in a complete network of

interrelated variables. Selected water quality parameters for surface and ground water resources

along with biological indicators within study region have been used for water environment and

assessing the impact on it by proposedproject. A study on water environment aspects of ecosystem

plays an important role in environmental assessment to identify water related sensitive issues.

3.11.1 Reconnaissance

As a significant part of predefined framework of the present study water samples were collected from

selected locations. The Reconnaissance survey was undertaken and monitoring locations were

finalized based on:

Presence, Location and uses of major water bodies in the region,

Type and Location of Industrial/residential areas, their intake and effluent disposal locations,

Likely areas that can represent baseline conditions.

3.11.2 Water Quality

With the start of water quality study, the water resources in the study area were divided into two

categories for getting ideal upshot of baseline status of water quality of the region. These two

categories as determined are:

Ground water resources (tube well, open well, springs etc.)

Surface water resources including ponds, river, canals.

3.11.3 Sampling and Analysis

All the water samples were collected and analyzed as per “Standard Methods for Examination of

Water & Wastewater”, APHA 23rd edition, 2017. Water Samples for the analysis of physico-chemical

parameters were collected in plastic carboy and parameter wise preserved onsite as per the

technique defined in the book of APHA, 23rd edition, 2017. Temperature, pH and DO were analyzed

onsite and samples were brought to the laboratory for the analysis of remaining parameters.

3.11.4 Ground Water

To assess the quality of ground water, samples were collected from 8 numbers of locations for the

analysis of physico-chemical and microbiological parameters. Ground water sampling locations are

presented in Table 3.17 and Figure 3.14. Analysis results are presented in Table 3.18.



Figure 3.14 Map showing the study region with locations for Ground Water



Table 3.17 Details of Ground Water sampling locations

Code Location Distance from the project

site/Direction Latitude and Longitude Source

GW1 Project Site - 30°25'16.50"N

74°31'19.43"E

Hand Pump

GW2 Rupana 0.42 km S 30°25'2.63"N

74°31'19.70"E

Hand Pump

GW3 Sotha 5.10 km SE 30°22'58.47"N

74°33'4.25"E Tube Well

GW4 Chak Giljiwala 8.80 km SE 30°21'9.37"N

74°34'4.09"E Hand Pump

GW5 Barkandi 2.95 km E 30°25'29.92"N

74°33'7.33"E Bore well

GW6 Goniana 3.14 km NW 30°26'35.06"N


GW7 Muktsar 4.64 km NNE 30°27'42.30"N


GW8 Bhangchiri 6.64 km SW 30°23'12.82"N

74°27'53.94"E Hand Pump



Table 3.18 Ground water Analysis Results

S. No. Parameters Unit GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7

GW8

Drinking Water Specification IS 10500: 1992 (Reaffirmed 2012)

Desirable Limit

Permissible Limit

1. Temperature 0C 21.5 22.5 22.0 21.5 22.5 21.5 22.5 22.0 -- --

2. pH @ 250C pH Unit 7.20 7.90 7.64 7.94 7.50 7.04 7.56 7.27 6.5 – 8.5 No Relaxation

3. Colour Hazen <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 5 15

4. Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable --

5. TDS @ 1800C mg/L 1405 282 218 832 792 2254 916 438 500 2000

6. Conductivity µmho/cm 2248 418 319 1342 1266 3658 1460 662 -- --

7. Turbidity NTU 2.1 0.8 0.5 1.4 1.6 2.8 1.8 1.0 1 5

8. TSS mg/L <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 -- --

9. Total Hardness as

CaCO3 mg/L

586 168 154 112 386 1200 240 268 200 600

10. Calcium mg/L 74 45 44 30 52 164 16 24 75 200

11. Total Alkalinity as

CaCO3 mg/L

330 156 122 126 346 580 450 200 200 600

12. Chloride mg/L 400 52 40 298 178 875 144 92 250 1000

13. Magnesium mg/L 97 13.5 11 9 62 192 49 50 30 100

14. Sulphate mg/L 298 18 18 122 114 192 124 70 200 400



15. Total Phosphorus

(PO4-P) mg/L

2.3 1.5 1.2 1.6 1.8 2.6 1.5 1.7 -- --

16. Sodium mg/L 280 34 20 260 150 360 210 60 -- --

17. Potassium mg/L 18 9 4 6 11 64 70 8 -- --

18. Fluoride mg/L 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.6 0.5 1.0 1.5

19. Phenolic Compound mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.001 0.002

20. Oil and Grease mg/L <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 -- --

21. Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 5.1 5.4 5.4 5.2 5.1 5.2 5.2 5.3

-- --

22. Nitrate mg/L 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.5 45 No Relaxation

23. Total Nitrogen mg/L 1.3 1.1 1.0 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.3 1.1 - -

24. Iron mg/L 0.28 <0.1 <0.1 0.18 0.20 0.42 0.26 0.12

0.3 No Relaxation

25. Copper mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.05 1.5

26. Boron mg/L 0.12 0.06 0.05 0.08 0.06 0.15 0.08 0.05 0.5 1.0

27. Chromium mg/L <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 0.05 No Relaxation

28. Zinc mg/L 0.17 <0.1 <0.1 0.15 0.12 0.20 0.14 <0.1 5 15

29. Total Coliform Present/Ab

sent Absent

Absent Absent Absent

Absent Absent Absent Absent Shall not be detectable in

any100 ml of sample



3.11.5 Summary of Ground Water Quality

The test results were compared with the Drinking Water Specification: IS: 10500, 1992 (Reaffirmed

2012) and it is summarized as under.

pH was observed in the range of 7.04 – 7.94, which meets with drinking water desirable norms.

Turbidity was found in the range of 0.5 – 2.8 NTU.

Total Dissolved Solid (TDS) were recorded in the range of 218 - 2254 mg/L with minimum at

Sotha village and maximum at Goniana village.

Conductivity varies from 319 to 3658 µmho/cm. The ratio of TDS to conductivity was observed in

the range of 0.6 to 0.65 which is within the desired range.

Total Hardness was in the range of 112 - 1200 mg/L with minimum at Chak Giljiwala village and

maximum at Goniana village.

Total Alkalinity was found in the range of 122 - 580 mg/L with minimum at Sotha village and


Chloride was found in the range of 40 to 875 mg/L and Sulphate varies from 18 to 298 mg/L.

Iron was found in the range of <0.1-0.42 mg/L with minimum at Rupana and Sotha village and


As microbiological parameters MPN analysis was also carried out and it was found Nil.

3.11.6 Interpretation of Ground Water Quality Data

Based on comparison study of test results with drinking water norms, it is interpreted that water

qualities of most of the studied locations meet with the drinking water standards as per IS 10500:

2012 except Goniana village. Ground water sample collected from project site, Rupana, Sotha, Chak

Gilijiwala, Barkandi, Muktsar and Bhangchiri can be used in drinking as well as in other domestic and

irrigation purpose. Ground water sample collected from Goniana village should not be used in drinking

as it contains TDS, Total Hardness, Chloride and Iron more than prescribed limit but it can be used in

other domestic purpose as well as in irrigation also. These interpretations are based on comparison

study with standard for tested parameters only as per IS 10500: 2012.

3.11.7Surface Water

To assess the quality of Surface water, samples were collected from 3 numbers of locations for the

analysis of physico-chemical and microbiological parameters. Frequency of sampling was once during

the study period. Sampling and analysis was carried out as per “Standard Methods for Examination of

Water and Wastewater 23rd edition, 2017. Surface water sampling locations are presented in the

Table 3.19 and Figure 3.15. Analysis results are presented in Table 3.20 & 3.21.



Figure 3.15 Map showing the locations for Surface water

Table 3.19 Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations

Code Location

Distance from the

project

Site/Direction

Latitude and

Longitude Source

SW1 Rupana 0.48 km SSW 30°25'0.82"N 74°31'15.79"E

canal

SW2 Sotha 4.94 km SE 30°23'5.50"N

74°33'5.02"E Pond

SW3 Chak Giljiwala 8.64 km SE 30°21'17.48"N

74°34'8.23"E pond



Table 3.20 Surface water Analysis Results

S. No.

Parameters Unit SW1 SW2 SW3

Drinking Water Specification IS 10500: 1992/(Reaffirmed 2012)

Desirable Limit

Permissible Limit

1. Temperature 0C 20.5 21.0 20.5 - -

2. pH @ 250C pH Unit 7.75 7.62 7.23 6.5 – 8.5 No Relaxation

3. Colour Hazen 6 8 5 5 15 4. Odour - Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Agreeable - 5. TDS @ 180

0C mg/L 168 214 212 500 2000

6. Conductivity µmho/cm 264 338 318 - - 7. TSS mg/L 8 14 12 - -

8. Total Hardness as

CaCO3 mg/L

100 118 116 200 600

9. Calcium mg/L 27 28 27 75 200

10. Total Alkalinity as

CaCO3 mg/L

88 100 92 200 600

11. Chloride mg/L 46 56 58 250 1000 12. Magnesium mg/L 8 11.6 12 30 100 13. Sulphate mg/L 1.2 9.6 13.5 200 400 14. Total Phosphorus mg/L 1.4 2.2 1.9 - - 15. Sodium mg/L 24 34 34 - - 16. Potassium mg/L 3 4 3 - - 17. Fluoride mg/L 0.5 0.8 0.7 1.0 1.5 18. Phenolic Comp. mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.001 0.002 19. Oil and Grease mg/L <1 <1 <1 - - 20. Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 5.1 4.9 5.0 - - 21. COD mg/L 10 16 12 - - 22. BOD(3 days at 27

0C) mg/L <4 6 4 - -

23. Nitrate mg/L 0.6 0.8 0.7 45 No Relaxation 24. Total Nitrogen mg/L 1.2 1.6 1.4 - - 25. Iron mg/L 0.26 0.32 0.36 0.3 No Relaxation



26. Copper mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.05 1.5 27. Boron mg/L 0.06 0.12 0.08 0.5 1.0 28. Chromium mg/L <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 0.05 No Relaxation 29. Zinc mg/L 0.12 0.16 0.15 5 15

Table 3.21 Bacteriological Analysis of surface Water

Code Total coliform Fecal coliform Escherichia coli Fecal Streptococci

Most Probable No (MPN): No/100 mL

SW1 16 12 <1.8 <1.8

SW2 20 18 <1.8 <1.8

SW3 18 16 <1.8 <1.8

Table 3.22 Standard limit as per IS 10500:2012 for Microbiological parameters

S.

No. Organisms Requirements

1. All water intended for drinking:

a) E. coli or thermo tolerant coliform bacteria

Shall not be detectable in 100 ml sample

2.

Treated water entering the distribution system:





b) Total coliform bacteria Shall not be detectable in 100 ml sample

3.

Treated water in the distribution system:


b) Total coliform bacteria





1) Immediate investigative action shall be taken if either E.coli or total coliform bacteria are detected.

The minimum action in the case of total coliform bacteria is repeat sampling; if these bacteria are

detected in the repeat sample, the cause shall be determined by immediate further investigation.

2) Although, E. coli is the more precise indicator of fecal pollution, the count of thermo tolerant coli

form bacteria is an acceptable alternative. If necessary, proper confirmatory tests shall be carried out.

Total coliform bacteria are not acceptable indicators of the sanitary quality of rural water supplies,

particularly in tropical areas where many bacteria of no sanitary significance occur in almost all

untreated supplies.

3) It is recognized that, in the great majority of rural water supplies in developing countries, fecal

contamination is widespread. Under these conditions, the national surveillance agency should set

medium-term targets for progressive improvement of water supplies.

3.11.8 Summary of Surface Water Quality

The following description is based on the analysis of the samples:

During the analysis pH of the samples was found in the range of 7.23 – 7.75.

TDS analysis was also carried out for surface water sample and it was found in the range of 168-

214 mg/L.

TSS was found in the range of 8 – 14 mg/L.

Total Hardness ranges from 100 –118 mg/L with maximum in the water sample of Sotha village

and minimum in Rupana village.

DO is one of the important parameter to indicate towards the contamination of organic matter. DO

level decrease as soon as organic contamination increases. During analysis DO was found in the

range of 4.9-5.1 mg/L.

COD and BOD analysis was also carried out during the study period and results were found more

than the expected value for the Rivers. Various literatures show that BOD should be less than 4.0

mg/L for the better survival of aquatic life.

Total Nitrogen was found in the range of 1.2 – 1.6 mg/L.

Iron content was found in the range of 0.26- 0.36 mg/L and other heavy metals were found well

within the limit.

MPN test was also carried out for the surface water sample and it was found positive. E-coli and

Streptococci test was found negative. It indicates towards the faecal contamination in surface

water body.



3.11.9 Interpretation of Surface Water Quality Data

River water qualities for the samples collected from different surface water bodies are contaminated

with organic matter and microbes. Total coliforms have been reported in all sample, it indicated

towards the faecal pollution in surface water bodies. Results of other tested parameters meet with the

drinking water norms. Based on comparison study with drinking water norms it is concluded that

these water sources can be used for irrigation purpose and it can also be used in drinking after

conventional treatment followed by disinfection.

3.12 ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY

Mainly two types of Vegetation cover are on the earth surface. One is self-growing and another is

cultivated. Plants are renewable resource and useful to living organism in many ways. It is therefore

the role of man in manipulating and changing vegetation population. Due to lack of awareness

deforestation is occurring which in turn is responsible for imbalance of ecosystem. The main objective

of the ecological survey is aimed to find out baseline status of flora and fauna of the study region. An

ecological survey of the study area was conducted particularly with reference to listing of species and

assessment of the existing baseline ecological (terrestrial and marine ecosystem) conditions in the

study area.

3.12.1 Methodology Adopted for the Study of Flora and Fauna

The EB surveys have been conducted as per our QMS Quality Procedure for Ecology and

Biodiversity for conducting ecology and biodiversity study.

Study Area:314.317sq.km.

Core Zone: Projects site and 5 km radii w.r.t. project site.

Buffer Zone: 10 km radii w.r.t. project site.

Study Period: 1st Dec 2018 to 28th Feb 2019

List of Villages: Rupana, Sotha, Chak Giljiwala, Barkandi, Goniana, Muktsar, Bhangchiri

3.12.2 Floral Diversity of the Study Area

The objective of this floral inventory of the study area is to provide necessary information on floristic

structure in the study area for formulating effective management and conservation measures. The

climatic, edaphic and biotic variations with their complex interrelationship and composition of species,

which are adapted to these variations, have resulted in different vegetation cover, characteristic of

each region (Ohasi, 1975).

Trees: Total28species oftrees belong to 17 families are enumerated from the study area.

Table 3.23 Trees in the Study area

S. No. Family and Scientific Name Vernacular Name

1 Fabaceae

1/1 Albizzia lebbek Kala Siris

2/2 Butea monosperma Palas/Dhak

3/3 Cassia fistula Amaltas

4/4 Dalbergia sissoo Shisham



5/5 Delonix regia Gulmohar

6/6 Tamarindus indica Imli

7/7 Pongamia glabra Sukhchain

2 Moraceae

8/1 Artocarpus integrifolia Kathal

9/2 Ficus religiosa Pipal

10/3 Ficus bengalensis Bargad

11/4 Morus alba Shehtut

3 Mimosaceae

12/1 Albizia procera White Siris

4 Moringaceae

13/1 Moringa oleifera Suhanjna drum stick

5 Meliaceae

14/1 Azadirachta indica Neem

15/2 Melia azadarach Drek Barma (China Berry

16/3 Cedrela toona Tun

8 Bignoniaceae

17/1 Jacaranda mimosifolia Jakranda

9 Myrtaceae

18/1 Eucalyptus hybrid Safeda

19/2 Syzygium cuminii Jamun

10 Phyllanthaceae

20/1 Phyllanthus emblica Amla

11 Arecaceae

21/1 Phoenix sylvestris Khajur

12 Combretaceae

22/1 Terminalia arjuna Arjan

14 Annonaceae

23/1 Polyalthia longifolia Ashok

15 Anacardiaceae

24/1 Mangifera indica Mango/Aam

16 Caricaceae



Shrubs: Total10species of Shrubs belong to 8 families are enumerated from the study area.

Table 3.24 List of Shrubs in the study area

S.No. Family name & Scientific Name Vernacular Name

1 Fabaceae

1/1 Acacia Arabica Kikar

2/2 Bauhinia speciosa Kachnar

2 Rosaceae

3/1 Rosa indica Rose

3 Apocynaceae

4/1 Carissa carnadas Karonda

4 Rutaceae

5/1 Citrus limon Lemon

5 Myrtales

6/1 Callistemon lanceolatus Bottle brush

6 Salicaceae

7/1 Populus indica Poplar

7 Poaceae

8/1 Bambusa spp Bambu

8 Rhamnaceae

9/1 Zizyphus numularia Jharberi

10/2 Zizyphus mauritiana Ber

Herbs: Total4 species of Herbs belong to 3 families are enumerated from the study area

25/1 Carica papaya Papita

17 Apocynaceae

26/1 Narium odorum Kaner

27/2 Melia azedarach Bakrain

28/3 Alstonia scholaris Chitwan



Table 3.25 List of Herbs in the study area

S. No. Family name & Scientific Name Vernacular Name

1 Amaranthaceae

1/1 Pupalia lappacea Chirchita

2 Solanaceae

2/1 Datura metal Dhatura

3/2 Solanum nigrum Mokoy

3 Musaceae

4/1 Musca sapientum Banana/Kela

Climbers: Total 1species of Climbers belong to 1 families are enumerated from the study area.

Table 3.26 List of Climbers in the study area

S.No. Family Name & Scientific Name Vernacular Name

1 Nyctaginaceae

1/1 Bougainvillea spectabilis Baganvilas

Grass: Total 2species of Grass belong to 1 families are enumerated from the study area.

Table 3.27 List of Grass in the study area

S.No. Family Name & Scientific Name Vernacular Name

1 Poaceae

1/1 Cynodon dectylon Dub

2/2 Setaria glauca Sarkanda

Fauna:

There was no endangered species observed during faunal survey, list of fauna detail summarized in

Table 3.28 to 3.30.

Table 3.28 List of Mammals in the Study area

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name Schedule as per

WPA 1972

1. Boselaphus tragocamelus Blue bull Schedule III

2. Funambulus palmarum Squirrel Schedule IV



3. Herpestes edwardsi Common Mongoose Schedule II

4. Lapus nigricollis Rabbit Schedule IV

5. Macaca mulatta Rhesus Monkey Schedule II

6. Rattus rattus House rat Schedule V

7. Sus scrofa Wild Boar Schedule III

Table 3.29 List of Birds in the Study area

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name Schedule and

Status

1. Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret Cattle egret

2. Columba livia Blue rock pigeon Schedule IV

3. Corvus splendens House crow Schedule V

4. Passer domesticus House sparrow Schedule IV

5. Cuculus varius Hawk cockoo

6. Dinopium benghalense lesser golden-backed

woodpecker Schedule IV

7. Eudynamys scolopacea Koel Schedule IV

8. Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller Schedule IV

9. Francolinus francolinus Kala titar Schedule IV

10. Gallinula chloropus Water hen Schedule II

11. Gallicrex cinerea Wild cock Schedule IV

12. Nycticorax nycticorax Night Heron Schedule V

13. Orthotomus sutorius Common Tail Schedule IV

14. Motacilla alba White wagtail Schedule IV

15. Accipiter badius Shikra Schedule IV

16. Acridotherestristis Common Myna Schedule IV

17. Alcedoatthis Common King Fisher Schedule IV

18. Vanellusleucurus White tailed lapwing Schedule IV

19. Corvusmacrorhynchos Jungle Crow Schedule IV

20. Bubo bubobengalensis Great horned Owl Schedule IV

21. Phononotus café Red vented bulbul Schedule IV

Table 3.30 List of Reptiles in the Study area

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name Schedule as per

WPA,1972

1. Chameleon species Girgit Schedule IV

2. Hemidactylis species House Lizard -

3. Naja naja Indian Cobra Schedule II

Source: Primary Survey and Forest Department, Shri Muktsar Sahib District



3.12.3 Interpretation of Ecology and Biodiversity

Dominant trees observed in the study region were Amaltas, Gulmohar, Shisham and kali shirish.

There was no reserved forest recorded during the survey in the study region. Area is devoid of dense

forest as a result no schedule -1 wild life was observed during the survey. Common mammal of the

study region was Blue bull, Squirrel, Common mongoose and rabbit were seen. Although the soil of

study region is clay loam, which favors the plant growth but looking to the density of plant it may also

be suggested to improve the quality of environment as well as ecology and bio diversity by planting

more trees. Due to lack of natural habitat, less numbers of wild mammals were observed. Number of

species and density of wild mammals can be increased by promoting/ facilitating the growth of

bushes. There was no endangered species observed during primary survey.

3.13 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Socioeconomics (also known as socio-economics or social economics) is the social science that

studies how economic activity affects social processes. In general it analyses

how societies progress, stagnate, or regress because of their local or regional economy, or the global

economy.

In order to assess and evaluate the likely impacts arising out of any new or existing projects in socio-

economic environment, it is necessary to gauge the apprehension of the people in the surrounding

areas. Socio-economic survey serves as an effective tool for fulfilling this requirement.

The rapid industrialization of the study region has greatly influenced the socio economic and health

environment in the villages. Increasing industrialization and population density has increased

pressure on resources, civic amenities and public infrastructure. Economic conditions of the local

people have improved with the increasing industrialization and greater employment opportunities.

The socio-economic environment includes demography structure, population density, literacy level,

and employment levels. The data establish a baseline for the prediction of likely impacts of the

proposed activity on the socio-economic environment. Secondary information pertaining to the study

area villages was collected from Government Agencies, Census data for the year 2011, and statistical

abstracts to compile the socio-economic data.

3.13.1 Socio-Economic Survey Methodology

Socio-economic survey tools provide a means of improving understanding of local resou rce

management systems, resource use and the relative importance of resources for households and

villages. They can also be used to elicit insights on interaction with government decision-making

systems, community perceptions of trends and priority issues, and community-based institutions and

their role in the sustainable use and conservation of natural resources.

Data Collection: Following steps were considered for the collection of primary data:

1. Identification of Study Area: The study area was identified before carrying out the survey. All the

related information which could affect the prosperity, development & literacy were also collected.

2. Site Visit: Location wise survey plan & format for data collection were prepared for site visit. Data

regarding Land Characteristics, Population, Literacy, Workers and Amenities were collected during

the survey.



Analysis of Data: The data collected by primary survey were verified with secondary data collected

from sources like Government Agencies, Census data for the year 2011, and statistical abstracts.

3.13.2 Demography

Almost all villages in the study area are experiencing a rapid growth of population due to

industrialization. The total population of study region is summarized in Table 3.32.

3.13.3 Population Density

Population density in the study area varies from 63 - 3559 person/sq. km. Details of the same are

tabulated in Table 3.31.

Table 3.31 Details of Population in Study Area

Villages No. of

Household Total

population Total area

(sq.km)

Population density

(Person/sq.km)

Ballamgarh 633 3317 10.16 326

Bhangchari 795 4134 12.87 321

Barkandi 510 2750 8.21 335

Bhagsar 1500 7669 31.04 247

Bhullar 854 4483 15.94 281

ChakDuhewala 288 1690 8.30 204

ChakTamkot 204 978 5.13 191

ChakMahanBhaddar 106 521 8.25 63

ChakGiljewala 258 1476 2.59 570

Chibranwali 533 2738 8.70 315

Dabra 187 1056 7.05 150

Duhewala 392 1984 8.43 235

Dhigana 360 1779 8.53 209

Fatuhiwala 525 2666 10.26 260

Goniana 758 3729 8.70 429

KhundeHalal 464 2246 9.92 226



Mehrajwala 337 1701 7.03 242

Rohurianwali 528 2727 9.76 279

Rupana 1916 9079 24.53 370

SanguDhaun 488 2607 8.34 313

Sotha 710 3639 13.27 274

Muktsar (M Cl) 23644 116747 32.80 3559

Thandewala 1356 6814 21.60 315

UdeKaran 730 3940 13.93 283

Total 38,076 1,90,470 295.34 9,998

3.13.4 Sex Ratio

The sex ratio i.e. the number of females per 1000 males is in range of 841 - 1118 with lowest in

ChakDuhewala village and highest in ChakMahanBhaddar village. The Sex ratio i.e. the number of

females per 1000 males indirectly reveals certain sociological aspect in relation to female births, infant

mortality among female children. Details of the same are tabulated in Table 3.32.

Table 3.32 Details of Sex Ratio in Study Area

Zone of Study Male

Population Female

Population Total

Population

Sex Ratio

(Female to 1000 Male)

Ballamgarh 1736 1581 3317 911

Bhangchari 2190 1944 4134 888

Barkandi 1482 1268 2750 856

Bhagsar 4100 3569 7669 870

Bhullar 2369 2114 4483 892

ChakDuhewala 918 772 1690 841

ChakTamkot 514 464 978 903

ChakMahanBhadda

r 246 275 521 1118



ChakGiljewala 745 731 1476 981

Chibranwali 1411 1327 2738 940

Dabra 575 481 1056 837

Duhewala 1054 930 1984 882

Dhigana 911 868 1779 953

Fatuhiwala 1403 1263 2666 900

Goniana 1943 1786 3729 919

KhundeHalal 1181 1065 2246 902

Mehrajwala 897 804 1701 896

Rohurianwali 1399 1328 2727 949

Rupana 4939 4140 9079 838

SanguDhaun 1384 1223 2607 884

Sotha 1885 1754 3639 931

Muktsar (M Cl) 61725 55022 116747 891

Thandewala 3602 3212 6814 892

UdeKaran 2084 1856 3940 891

Total 1,00,693 89,777 1,90,470 -

3.13.5 Literacy Rate

The literacy level of the study area is summarized in Table 3.33and graphically presented in Figure

3.16.

Table 3.33 Details of Literacy Rate in Study Area

Zone of Study

Literate Literacy (%)

Male Female Total Male Female Total

Ballamgarh 1058 784 1842 60.94 49.59 55.53

Bhangchari 1291 982 2273 58.95 50.51 54.98

Barkandi 781 551 1332 52.70 43.45 48.44



Bhagsar 2283 1639 3922 55.68 45.92 51.14

Bhullar 1323 1027 2350 55.85 48.58 52.42

ChakDuhewala 529 355 884 57.63 45.98 52.31

ChakTamkot 312 231 543 60.70 49.78 55.52

ChakMahanBhaddar 131 124 255 53.25 45.09 48.94

ChakGiljewala 397 333 730 53.29 45.55 49.46

Chibranwali 783 638 1421 55.49 48.08 51.90

Dabra 326 226 552 56.70 46.99 52.27

Duhewala 617 450 1067 58.54 48.39 53.78

Dhigana 587 452 1039 64.43 52.07 58.40

Fatuhiwala 746 556 1302 53.17 44.02 48.84

Goniana 1062 779 1841 54.66 43.62 49.37

KhundeHalal 599 423 1022 50.72 39.72 45.50

Mehrajwala 531 386 917 59.20 48.01 53.91

Rohurianwali 878 677 1555 62.76 50.98 57.02

Rupana 3093 2139 5232 62.62 51.67 57.63

SanguDhaun 906 614 1520 65.46 50.20 58.30

Sotha 1162 907 2069 61.64 51.71 56.86

Muktsar (M Cl) 44089 34157 78606 71.43 62.08 67.33

Thandewala 2251 1706 3957 62.49 53.11 58.07

UdeKaran 1301 974 2275 62.43 52.48 57.74

Total 67,036 51,110 1,18,506 - - -



Figure 3.16: Graph of Literacy Rate

Among all the villages of study area Muktsar (M Cl) is having high literacy rate i.e. 67.33 %. There is

not much difference between female literacy rate and male literacy rate in the study region. Female

literacy rate is an important indicator for social change.

3.13.6 Economic Aspects

Economic aspects of the study area include the economic structure of the people of the surrounding

area. It can be predicted that economic structure of the study area will be improved with time,

because it consists large industrial estate and hence there are more employment opportunities.

According to working status, whole population of the study area is divided into,

Marginal workers

Non workers

Main workers

Census department has defined 10 categories of workers in Main workers. It consists of cultivators,

agricultural, labourer those engaged in livestock, forestry, fishing, mining and quarrying,

manufacturing, processing and repairs in household industries and other services. Workers engaged

in the work for a period less than 6 month during the reference year falls under marginal workers.

Workers engaged in unpaid household duties e.g. students, retired person, dependents etc. falls

under non-workers. Detail of occupational structure is shown in Table 3.34.

Table 3.34 Details of Occupational Structure

Zone of Study

Total Workers

Non Workers

(%)

Main Workers

(%)

Marginal Workers

(%)

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

% L

iter

acy

Villages

Literacy (%) Male Literacy (%) Female Literacy (%) Total



Ballamgarh 54.69 37.14 8.17

Bhangchari 65.70 31.64 2.66

Barkandi 57.02 32.47 10.51

Bhagsar 65.82 31.46 2.71

Bhullar 69.11 28.31 2.59

ChakDuhewala 52.31 33.14 14.56

ChakTamkot 64.62 33.03 2.35

ChakMahanBhaddar 62.96 6.91 30.13

ChakGiljewala 70.05 29.54 0.41

Chibranwali 60.41 39.30 0.29

Dabra 63.83 35.42 0.76

Duhewala 66.48 30.39 3.13

Dhigana 65.71 27.54 6.75

Fatuhiwala 53.83 35.41 10.77

Goniana 61.81 30.46 7.72

KhundeHalal 68.08 31.79 0.13

Mehrajwala 58.55 39.39 2.06

Rohurianwali 63.59 31.79 4.62

Rupana 60.91 29.23 9.86

SanguDhaun 63.60 29.34 7.06

Sotha 67.30 30.50 2.20

Muktsar (M Cl) 65.48 30.91 3.61

Thandewala 60.52 37.26 2.22

UdeKaran 64.42 31.78 3.81



Mehrajwala village has significant employment i.e. 39.39 % as main workers, while the lowest

employment as main workers in ChakMahanBhaddar i.e. 6.91 %. Almost all the villages have more

than 50 % people as non-workers. Rapid industrialization in the last two decades has resulted in

significant changes in the occupational profile of the local people. There is an overall trend among the

youth to opt for employment in service sector and move away from traditional occupation.

Figure 3.17 Occupational Structure of Study Area

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

% o

f W

ork

ers

Villages

Non Workers (%) Total Workers Main Workers(%) Total Workers Marginal Workers (%)



3.13.7 Amenities

Village

Name

Govt.

Primar

y

School

Govt

Vocatio

nal

Training

CentreIT

I

Govt.

PHC

&SC

Tap

Water

Untreate

d

River&

Canal

Total

Sanitation

Campaign

Telephon

e

/Mobile

Public/Pvt

modeof

transporta

tion

Metal

Road

Commerci

al

Bank

Agriculture

Credit

Society

Community

Centre

Self

Help

Groups

Ballamgarh Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes No

Bhangchari Yes No No No Yes No Yes Yes Yes No Yes No No

Barkandi No No No Yes No No Yes Yes Yes No Yes No No

Bhagsar Yes No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No

Bhullar Yes No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No

ChakDuhew

ala

No No No No No Yes No Yes Yes No No No No

ChakTamko

t

No No No No No Yes No Yes Yes No No No No

ChakMahan

Bhaddar

Yes No No Yes No No Yes Yes Yes No No No No

ChakGiljew

ala

No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes No No No No

Chibranwali Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes No No

Dabra Yes No No Yes No No Yes Yes Yes No No Yes No

Duhewala No No No No No No Yes Yes No No No No No

Dhigana Yes No No Yes No No Yes Yes Yes No No No No

Fatuhiwala Yes No No Yes No No Yes Yes Yes No Yes No No

Goniana Yes No No Yes No No No Yes Yes No Yes No No

KhundeHala

l

No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes No No

Mehrajwala No No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No No No

Rohurianwal

i

No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes

Rupana No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No

Sangu

Dhaun

No No Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes

Sotha No No Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No No No

Muktsar(MC

)

Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Thandewala No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes



Ude Karan No Yes No Yes No No Yes Yes No No No No No

Source: Census 2011, Muktsar District

Primary Socio economic Survey & Census



3.13.8 Interpretation of Socio Economic Data

During the primary survey it was observed that almost pakka road facility is available in all villages

within 10 km radius. Literacy rate of the study region is from 48.44 to 67.33%. When compared to other

places, these villages exhibit lower rate of literacy thus there is need to promote education among more

and more people. Almost all the villages have more than 50% people as non-workers. It indicates that

the problem of unemployment can be solved by providing proper training and education. There is also

need to establish more industries so that maximum number of employment can be generated.Basic

amenities like Education facilities Health care facilities, water supply, electric power supply, mode of

transportation etc. are available in all villages.

3.14 SUMMARY


Sr. No.

Criteria Pollutants

Unit Maximum Value

Minimum Value

98th Percentile

Value

Prescribed Standard

1. PM10 µg/m3 88.6 62.5 88.4 100

2. PM2.5 µg/m3 48.3 32.8 48.0 60

3. SO2 µg/m3 16.7 9.6 16.6 80

4. NOX µg/m3 21.5 14.2 21.5 80


Noise Monitoring

Sr. No.


1. Leq (Day) dB(A) 77.4 49.8 -

2. Leq(Night) dB(A) 72.1 42.8 -

Based on noise level data obtained during the survey for residential area and industrial area, it is interpreted that noise levels are within the standard norms prescribed by MoEF & CC. Looking towards the increase in noise generating sources it is suggested that there is need to apply noise

reducing devices at noise generating sources and generate public awareness. Soil Qualityand Characteristics

Sr. No.


1. pH - 7.44 7.12









Ground Water

Sr. No.


Minimum Value

Desirable Limit

Permissible Limit

1. pH - 7.94 7.04 6.5-8.5 No

Relaxation

2. TDS mg/L 2254 218 500 2000

3. TSS mg/L < 2 < 2 - -


5. Chloride mg/L 875 40 250 1000


7. Fluoride mg/L 0.7 0.11 1.0 1.5

8. Iron mg/L 0.42 < 0.10 0.3 No

Relaxation


Surface Water

Sr. No.


Minimum Value

Desirable Limit

Permissible Limit

1. pH - 7.75 7.23 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation

2. TDS mg/L 214 168 500 2000

3. DO mg/L 5.1 4.9 - -

4. COD mg/L 16 10 - -

5. BOD mg/L 6 < 4.0 - -




Ecologyand Biodiversity


Socio Economic

During the primary survey it was observed that almost pakka road facility is available in all villages within 10 km radius. Literacy rate of the study region is from 48.44 to 67.33%. When compared to other places, these villages exhibit lower rate of literacy thus there is need to promote education among more and more people. Almost all the villages have more than 50% people as non-workers. It indicates that the problem of unemployment can be solved by providing proper training and education. There is also need to establish more industries so that maximum number of employment can be generated.Basic amenities like Education facilities Health care facilities, water supply, electric power supply, mode of transportation etc. are available in all villages.

-------------------------



CHAPTER – 4

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENT IMPACT AND

MITIGATION MEASURES

4.0 GENERAL

This chapter provides basis for assessment and management tool that evaluates the possible positive or

negative impacts that a proposed project may have on the environment. The purpose of the assessment

is to ensure that decision makers consider the ensuring environmental impacts when deciding to proceed

with a project.

The chapter aims at controlling pollution at the source level to the extent possible with the available and

affordable technology followed by treatment measures before they are discharged. The proposed project

would create impact on the environment in two distinct phases:

i. During the construction phase which may be regarded as temporary or short term and

ii. During the operation phase which would have long term effects.

The construction and operational phase of the proposed project comprises various activities each of

which will have an impact on some or other environmental parameters. Various impacts during the

construction and operation phase on the environmental parameters have been studied and mitigation

measures for the same are discussed briefly below and elaborated in the subsequent sections.

4.1 IMPACTS IDENTIFICATION DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

This phase involves the activities like erection of civil structures, erection of equipment and machinery,

green belt development etc. Air, Water, Noise and Land Environment are likely to be affected by the

activities, although aesthetics and socio-economic factors are also identified. But the impacts will be

marginal and for short term only. The green belt development will have positive impacts.



4.1.1 Matrix Representation

Table 4.1: Impact Matrix with Mitigation Measures (Construction Phase)

Activities

Environmental Attributes

Air

Wate

r

So

il

No

ise

LU

/LC

Hyd

ro

Geo

log

y

Geo

log

y

SH

W

Ris

k

Hazard

ou

s

Eco

log

y &

Bio

div

ers

ity

So

cio

Eco

no

mic

Transportation of construction material

and operation of machineries

✔ - ✔ ✔ - - - - ✔ ✔ ✔

Storage and handling of construction

material ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - - - - ✔ - -

Civil Construction Activities

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - - ✔ ✔ - ✔

Disposal of Construction Debris

✔ - ✔ - - - - ✔ - - -

Wastewater-Sewage Disposal

- ✔ ✔ - - - - ✔ - - -

Additional Greenbelt Development

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - - - ✔ -


- ✔ - - - - - ✔ - - ✔

Table 4.2: Severity Criteria for Magnitude of Impacts

S. No.

Category Description of Category Impact

Adverse Beneficial

1. No Impact - 0 0

2. No Appreciable

Impact Short Term Reversible -1 1

3. Significant Impact Long Term Reversible -2 2

4. Major Impact Irreversible but of Lesser

Extent -3 3

5. High Impact Irreversible but of Medium

Extent -4 4

6. Permanent Impact Severe Irreversible Impact -5 5

Table 4.3: Score range for beneficial and adverse impacts

S. No.

Total Score Outcome

1. +ve / -ve Beneficial Impact / Adverse Impact

2. 0-150 No appreciable Beneficial Impact / Adverse Impact

3. 151-300 Appreciable but reversible adverse impact-mitigation measures are needed

4. 301-450

Significant adverse impacts: most of the impacts are reversible. Mitigation measures are crucial.

5. 451-600

Major adverse impacts; most of the impacts are reversible. Alternative site selection to be considered.

6. >600 Permanent irreversible impact; alternatives to the project need to be explored



Pro

ba

bilit

y

Impact

Very Low

1

Low

2

Medium

3

High

4

Very High

5

Very High 5 5 10 15 20 25

High 4 4 8 12 16 20

Medium 3 3 6 9 12 15

Low 2 2 4 6 8 10

Very Low 1 1 2 3 4 5

Figure 4.1: Impact Quantification Matrix

Table 4.4: Environmental Impact Matrix without Mitigation (Construction Phase)

Activities


Total

Air

Wate

r

So

il

No

ise

LU

/LC

Hyd

ro

geo

log

y

Geo

log

y

SH

W

Ris

k

Hazard

ou

s

Eco

log

y a

nd

Bio

div

ers

ity

So

cio

Eco

no

mic



-6 - -2 -6 - - - - -6 -4 -2 -26


material -4 -2 -2 -4 - - - - -6 - - -18


-8 -4 -2 -6 -4 - - -6 -16 - -2 -48

Disposal of Construction

Debris -2 - -2 - - - - -6 - - - -10

Wastewater-sewage Disposal

- -6 -4 - - - - -4 - - - -14


+4 -2 +4 +4 +2 +2 - - - +4 - +18


- -4 - - - - - -4 - - +9 +1

Total -16 -18 -8 -12 -2 +2 0 -20 -28 0 +5 -97




Table 4.5: Impact on Air Environment and Mitigation Measures

Project Activity Impact Mitigation Measures

Transportation of construction material and operation of machineries

Fugitive Dust Emissions due to vehicle Movement may deteriorate the quality of Air.

Exhaust emissions from vehicles and equipment deployed during the construction phase is also likely to result in marginal increase in the levels of SO2, NOx and PM which leads to respiratory ailments like asthama and other dust related problems to the human health.

Excavated soil and construction debris will be sprinkled with water and kept moist.

The Malout –Sri Muktsar Sahib (SH-16) is well developed paved road. Also Company has developed Cement concrete road in project premises. It shall reduce the dust emission due to transportation.

Trucks used for transportation of construction materials shall be covered with tarpaulin sheet to avoid dust dispersion at site.

Only valid PUC certified vehicle is being/will be used for the transportation of materials and equipment.

Concrete batching plants will be located at a minimum distance of 500 meters from any residences and will be equipped with dust control equipment such as fabric filters or wet scrubbers to reduce the level of dust emissions.

Storage and handling of construction material

Spillage and fugitive emissions of construction materials

Stomatal index may be minimized due to dust deposit on leaf which reduces crop yield and deteriorate crop quality.

Construction materials will be covered with tarpaulin sheets throughout the construction phase to avoid dust generation.

Barricading will be done at the construction area.


Increase of dust and airborne particulates

Regular water sprinkling will be done to control dust emission.

Personnel Protective Equipment (PPEs) will be provided to the construction workers. Hence there will be no significant impacts on their health due to the dust particle.

Disposal of Construction Debris

Construction debris and disposed domestic garbage may create nuisance due to odour generation.

Separate bins will be provided for storage of Garbage/Wastes and will be disposed off adequately.

Wastewater-sewage disposal

Odour generation due to sewage disposal may create nuisance to the people

Existing sanitation facilities will be provided to construction workers.





Positive impact due to greenbelt development as it will act natural barrier for dust and noise emission.

Existing greenbelt plantation would reduce the impacts during the construction phase.

The impact will be confined within the project boundary and is expected to be negligible outside the plant boundaries.

Implementation of plantation plan for trees & plants

SIL has already developed Greenbelt and it shall be further enhanced as per norms after grant of EC for proposed expansion


Table 4.6: Impact on Water Environment and Mitigation Measures



Decrease the ground water level due to consumption of water

The water will be sourced from Arniwala Canal and hence potential impact on groundwater resources is not envisaged as No ground water will be abstracted for construction purpose.


Untreated sewage may have negative impact.

Existing sanitation facilities shall be provided to construction workers. Sewage will be disposed through septic tank.


Water resource depletion due to water consumption

No groundwater will be used. The water will be sourced from Arniwala Canal.

4.1.4 Soil Environment

Table 4.7: Impact on Soil Environment and Mitigation Measures



Lands may get contaminated from the spillage of chemicals such as fuels, oils, paints and other construction chemicals and concrete. This normally happens when these materials are transported in open or loosely capped containers.

Control measures will be needed for oily residues such as transformer oil and lubricants in the case of accidental or unexpected release. Transformer oil is supplied in drums from an imported source

Oily residues and fuel and any contaminated soil residues will be captured at source and refueling and maintenance will take place in dedicated areas away from surface water resources. Contaminated




residues and waste oily residues will be disposed at a site agreed with the local authority

Civil construction activities

The excavated earth material if stacked loosely may result into runoff resulting in loss of topsoil.

As the proposed project is an expansion project, No major excavation will be carried out.

Excavated earth (if any) shall be stored in stockpiles and covered with plastic/tarpaulin sheets or stored in closed room and reused for landscape development along the corridor.


Soil contamination due to handling and storage of construction material.

Oil spillage can affect physical and chemical properties of the soils.

The construction material & diesel /oil to be used for various construction activities shall be stored in designated storage yards to reduce the spills into unwarranted areas.

Good practices of storage and material handling will be carried out.

Spillage control will be carried out by disposing the affected soil at adequate place

Transportation and Disposal

of Construction

Debris

Contamination of the soils of surrounding area due to construction materials such as cement, sand, oils, etc.

The construction wastes shall be utilized for PCC works, road construction and other filling requirement etc.


Unmanaged sewage can also contribute to contamination of soil.

The wastewater generation during the construction period will be from the sanitary units provided for the constructional workers.

This wastewater will be treated in existing septic tanks and discharged into soak pits.


Positive impact as improvement in soil texture due to binding of top soil materials and root structure.

The greenbelt development will control the soil erosion due to wind and runoff water.

Regular maintenance of greenbelt will be done.


Table 4.8: Impact on Noise Environment and Mitigation Measures



Continuous Noise Pollution

affects the human working

efficiency.

Only valid PUC Certified vehicle will be used for the transportation of materials and equipment.





It is anticipated that powered

mechanical equipment and

some local labour with hand

tool methods will be used to

construct the sub-project

works.

Powered mechanical

equipment can generate

significant noise and

vibration.

The cumulative effects from

several machines can be

significant. Noise and

vibration from the

construction of the towers

would not be a major

consideration as there are no

schools or hospitals present

near the construction site.

Construction activities shall be allowed only during day time.

Machinery used for construction will be of high standard reputed make and will adhere to International standards. These standards itself take care of noise pollution control / vibration control and air emission control.

Lubrication will be carried-out periodically for rotation machinery.

Use of well-maintained construction equipment as well as vehicles used for transportation.

Vibration control damped tools shall be used and the number of hours that a worker uses them must be limited.

Provision of PPEs like earmuffs/earplug to avoid adverse effects of noise on occupational health and hearing capacity of workers as well as planning of working hours and shift of workers.



Plant parts such as stems, leaves, branches, wood, etc. absorb sound. Rough bark and thick, fleshy leaves are particularly effective at absorbing sound with their dynamic surface area for absorbing sound.

SIL has already developed Greenbelt and it shall be further enhanced as per norms after grant of EC for proposed expansion

4.1.6 Land Use/ Land Cover

Table 4.9: Impact on Land Cover/ Land Use and Mitigation Measures



No major impact as land is already developed and expansion will be carried out in existing premises.

Green belt development will lead to permanent change in land cover pattern at the site as a direct impact.

Greenbelt area will be developed which will result in beneficial impacts on land cover of the project area.

4.1.7 Hydrogeology

Table 4.10: Impact on Hydrogeology and Mitigation Measures


Proposed Projects falls in already developed Notified Industrial Area and water will be sourced from Arniwala Canal so there will be no Impact on Hydrogeology.



4.1.8 Geology

Table 4.11: Impact on Geology and Mitigation Measures


No impact is envisaged on the geology of the area due to construction activities.

4.1.9 Solid/Hazardous Waste

Table 4.12: Impact due to Solid/ Hazardous waste and Mitigation Measures



The excavated earth material if stacked loosely may result into runoff resulting in loss of top soil.

As the proposed project is an expansion project, No major excavation will be carried out.

Excavated earth shall be stored in stockpiles and covered with plastic/tarpaulin sheets or stored in closed room and reused for landscape development along the corridor.

Transportation and Disposal of Construction Debris

Due to construction activity construction waste will be generated may cause negative impact, if not disposed properly.

Fuel leakage/ spillage used for construction equipment or vehicles may cause land contamination.

Fuel leakage/spillage shall be mitigated by providing properly lined storage area.

The construction wastes shall be utilized for leveling work etc.

Care shall also be taken that stagnant pools are not formed at the site during the construction phase.

Separate bins will be provided storing Garbage/Wastes and will be disposed off adequately.



The solid wastes generated from the domestic activities of construction workforce and sewage generation may cause land contamination.

Existing sanitation and drinking water facilities will be provided for construction workers.

Sewage generated will be disposed properly through existing soak pit to avoid any adverse impacts on land.

4.1.10 Risks and Hazards

Table 4.13: Impact of Risk and Hazards and Mitigation Measures



Chances of accident may increase due to proposed construction activity.

All the activities will be carried out under the supervision and control of the management.

The Vehicles must be maintained in good repairs and checked thoroughly at least once a week by the competent person authorized by the Management.

Safety equipment such as helmet, goggles, ear plug, etc., shall be provided.





4.1.11 Ecology and Biodiversity

Table 4.14: Impact on Ecology and Biodiversity and Mitigation Measures



Transportation of Construction material by the trucks/dumper will disturb the movement of animal and birds.

Fugitive emission from vehicle movement will form a layer in leaves thus reducing the gaseous exchange process. This ultimately affects the growth of plants.

Sewage discharge from the proposed activity can contaminate the soil and ultimately effect the growth of plants.

Transportation of products and raw material should be minimize in the morning and evening and cannot be done in night.

During the site visit, it was observed that there is no forest land, or ecologically sensitive areanear the project site. Hence impact on the same is not envisaged.

The proposed activities do not envisage destruction of habitat and feeding or breeding area of faunal species. Further, development of plantation will provide habitat, food and breeding areas for small animals and insects. Thus a positive impact is envisaged.

Green belt Development

Greenbelt development may cause positive impacts on the flora by enhancement of green spaces

Generation of habitats for avifauna i.e. positive impact.

Regular watering and maintenance of the greenbelt for sustained plant growth.

4.1.12 Socio-Economy

Table 4.15: Impact on Socio Economic and Mitigation Measures



The construction phase will generate employment opportunity of in the skilled as well as unskilled categories. Although the workforce requirement will be temporary in nature, it will be met from the local population hence there will be positive impact.

Construction workers will require essential basic infrastructure facilities viz. safe drinking water, adequate sanitation, etc. will have temporary impact on the existing facilities.

The contractor will provide all existing facilities to the workers to reduce the impact on the existing facilities in the study area.

Local businessmen will get opportunity to supply construction materials.

Demands generated from the employees working at site for basic facilities will increase the local business activity of the area.

Any development, either temporary or permanent will support the family of many villagers. Thus, positive impacts are envisaged on socio-economic environment.





Table 4.16: Environmental Impact Matrix with Mitigation (Construction Phase)

Activities


Air

Wate

r

So

il

No

ise

LU

/LC

Hyd

ro

geo

log

y

Geo

log

y

SH

W

Ris

k

Hazard

ou

s

Eco

log

y a

nd

Bio

div

ers

ity

So

cio

Eco

no

mic

To

tal



-2 - -1 -2 - - - - -4 -2 +4 -7


material -2 - -1 -2 - - - - -2 - - -7


-4 -2 -2 -4 -2 - - -2 -4 - +12 -8

Disposal of Construction

Debris -1 - -2 - - - - -2 - - - -5


- -2 -2 - - - - -1 - - - -5

Greenbelt Development

+4 - +2 +4 +4 +4 - - - +4 +2 +24


- -4 - - - - - -2 - - +9 +3

Total -5 -8 -6 -4 +2 +4 0 -7 -10 +2 +27 -5

Highest cumulative score (-8) received for Civil Construction Activities parameter. Highest total (+24)

received for Greenbelt Development which is beneficial for environment. Total Cumulative Score for

various Environmental Parameters with implementation of adequate mitigation measures is -5 during

construction.

4.2 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DURING OPERATION

PHASE

This phase of the project is important because it generates long-term impacts as the project

implementation phase starts. The primary impacts causing likely deterioration will be in Air, Water,

Noise and Land/Soil due to the gaseous emissions, vehicular movement, and discharge of liquid

effluent. Identification of impacts during operation phase is given in Table 4.16 and 4.17

4.2.1 Matrix Representation

The potential impacts during construction and operation phases are presented in the form of a matrix in

Table 4.16. The scores for various parameters and activities are presented in table-4.17.



Table 4.17 - Impact Matrix with Mitigation Measures (Operation Phase)

Activities


Air

Wa

ter

So

il

No

ise

LU

/LC

Hy

dro

geo

log

y

Ge

olo

gy

SH

W

Ris

k &

Ha

zard

EB

So

cio

Ec

on

om

ic

Transportation of

Materials & Manpower ✔ - - ✔ - - - - ✔ ✔ ✔

Storage& Handling of

Raw Material &

Product

✔ - ✔ - - - - ✔ ✔ - -

Resource Utilization - ✔ - - - ✔ - - - ✔ ✔

Fuel Handling ✔ ✔ - - - - - ✔ ✔ - ✔

Operation of CPP ✔ ✔ - ✔ - - - ✔ ✔ - ✔

Manufacturing

Process ✔ ✔ - ✔ - - - ✔ ✔ - -

Domestic Wastewater

Generation - ✔ ✔ - ✔ - - - - - -

Industrial Wastewater

Generation - ✔ ✔ - ✔ - - - - ✔ ✔

Solid Waste Disposal - ✔ ✔ - - - - ✔ - - -

Recruitment ✔ ✔ - ✔ - - - ✔ - - ✔



Table 4.18 - Environmental Impact Matrix without Mitigation (Operation Phase)

Activities


Air

Wa

ter

So

il

No

ise

LU

/LC

Hy

dro

geo

log

y

Ge

olo

gy

SH

W

Ris

k &

Ha

zard

EB

So

cio

Ec

on

om

ic

To

tal

Transportation of Materials & Machinery

-12 - - -16 - - - - -9 -4 -6 -47

Storage & handling of Raw material &

Product -8 - -8 - - - - -4 -4 - - -24

Resource Utilization

- -4 - - - -4 - - - -4 -3 -15

Fuel Handling -9 -12 - - - - -4 -8 - -4 -37

Operation of CPP -12 -20 - -25 - - - -8 -12 - -4 -81

Manufacturing Process

-12 -20 - -12 - - - -9 -8 - - -61

Domestic wastewater generation

- -4 -4 - -2 - - - - - - -10

Industrial wastewater generation

- -16 -9 - -2 - - - - -6 -4 -37

Solid Waste Disposal (ISW, HSW, MSW)

- -6 -6 - - - - -8 - - - -20

Recruitment - -6 - -4 - - - -4 - - +25 +11

Total -53 -88 -27 -57 -4 -4 0 -37 -41 -14 +4 -321




Emissions from Transportation Vehicles

Raw Material requirement for Paper

Existing – 29,742 TPM

Proposed – 15,865 TPM

Total – 45,607 TPM

The other sources likely to be affecting the pollutant concentrations in project area would be vehicular and

vessels emission due to transportation in proposed project. Transportation Vehicles requirement after

proposed expansionwill be approximate 76 Nos. of trucks will be required for raw material and 30 Nos. for

products and 80 Nos. for fuel per day. Thus, total 186 Nos. of trucks will be arriving / leaving the project

site in a day. Internal RCC road network and separate entry/exit gate will be provided for smooth

functioning of the traffic. Adequate parking space for trucks is provided at the project site.

Table 4.19– Vehicles required daily

S.

No. Details Requirement Quantity

1. Total Trucks

a. Total Trucks of Finished Goods 600 TPD 30Trucks/Day

b. Total Trucks of Raw Material 1521 TPD 76.05~76 Trucks/Day

c. Total Trucks of Fuel 900TPD 45 Trucks/Day

Total Trucks per day 151 trucks/day

On an average, depending on the production capacity, raw material requirement and fuel requirement,

186 trucks will be arriving/ leaving the project site on a daily basis.

Impact Due to Transport: The sources likely to be affecting the pollutant concentrations in project

area would be vehicular emission due to transportation in proposed project. On account of various

associated activities, there will be increased vehicular traffic on connecting roads. Generation of

gaseous emissions is therefore, of primary concern. Mode of transportation of each incoming and

outgoing material is presented in below and for computation of traffic modeling studies frequency of

vehicles has been calculated.

Impact on Traffic Density:

Enhanced Traffic on Road Adequacy: With present level of traffic and the increase in existing

traffic due to the project during operational phase has been estimated by comparison with the

recommendations stipulated by Indian Road Congress (IRC).

Table 4.20 - Recommendations on Traffic Capacity as per IRC 2010

S.

No. Category of Road Maximum PCU/hr. Dispatch Ratio (%)

1. SH - 16 1250 20

Source: IRC:SP:37:2010



Part A

It is estimated that 186 Nos. of trucks per day will required for product and raw material handling.

Traffic load on internal and external road is calculated as under,

Total trucks = 186 truck/Day

Frequency of trucks (Nos. of truck x cycle x up and down) = 186 x 1 x 2 = 372 Nos./Day

PCU/Day (Nos. of truck x 3) = 372 x 3 = 1116 PCU/Day

PCU per hour = 46.50

Part B

Total No. of employee = 1600 Nos.

Cars of the employees = 50 Nos.

Two wheelers of the employees = 400 Nos.

Frequency of cars (Nos. of cars x cycle x up and down) = 50 x 1 x 2 = 100 Nos./day

PCU / day (Nos. of car x 1) = 100 x 1 = 100 PUC/day

Frequency of two wheelers (Nos. of two wheelers x cycle x up and down) = 400 x 1 x 2 = 800 Nos./Day

PCU/Day (Nos. of two wheeler x 0.5) = 800 x 0.5 = 400 PUC/Day

Total PCU/Day= 400 +100 = 500

PCU per hour = 20.80

Grand Total PCU/Hr. (A+B) = 46.50 + 20.80 = 67.30 PCU/Hr.

Table 4.21 - Modified Traffic Scenario and LOS

# Road Increased

PCUs Modified V C

Modified V/C

Ratio

Modified V/C Ratio

1. SH-16 67.30 x 20%

=13.46 505+13.46 = 518.46 1250.00 0.41 C

The LOS value from the project will be the almost same as before i.e.“C” “Good” for the National

highway and “C” “Good” for the State Highway falling in the study area. So, the additional load on the

carrying capacity of the concern roads is not likely to have any significant adverse effect.

Company has planned to undertake following mitigation measures for reducing impact:

Regular water sprinkling will be done and all vehicle will be of valid PUC Certified.

The high traffic congestion during peak hours only; hence the movement of trucks will be

minimized in peak hours.

The commitment “Traffic movement will not be done in Peak hours” will be included in our

policy.

All Truck drivers will be trained for the traffic rules and traffic movement.



Air Quality Index

The Minister for Environment, Forests & Climate Change Shri Prakash Javadekar launched The National

Air Quality Index (AQI) in New Delhi on 17thSeptember 2014 under the Swachh Bharat Abhiyan. It is

outlined as „One Number- One Colour - One Description‟ for the common man to judge the air quality

within his vicinity. The index constitutes part of the Government‟s mission to introduce the culture of

cleanliness.

Air Quality Index (AQI) is one such tool for effective dissemination of air quality information to people.

For the same an Expert Group comprising medical professionals, air quality experts, academia,

advocacy groups, and SPCBs was constituted to conduct a technical study by IIT Kanpur. IIT Kanpur

and the Expert Group recommended an AQI scheme in 2014.

There are six AQI categories, namely Good, Satisfactory, Moderately polluted, Poor, Very Poor, and

Severe. The proposed AQI will consider eight pollutants (PM10, PM2.5, NO2, SO2, CO, O3, NH3, and Pb)

for which short-term (up to 24-hourly averaging period) National Ambient Air Quality Standards are

prescribed. Based on the measured ambient concentrations, corresponding standards and likely health

impact, a sub-index is calculated for each of these pollutants. The worst sub-index reflects overall AQI.

AQI to be calculated by using the pollutant concentration data, the following table, and the following

equation (linear interpolation):

Where,

Ip = the index for pollutant p

Cp = the rounded concentration of pollutant p

BPHi = the breakpoint that is greater than or equal to Cp

BPLo = the breakpoint that is less than or equal to Cp

BPHi = the breakpoint that is greater than or equal to Cp

IHi = the AQI value corresponding to BPHi

ILo = the AQI value corresponding to BPLo

AQI is divided into six categories

Table 4.22 - AQI Index

Air Quality index (AQI) values

Levels of health concern

Description Color

0 – 50 Good Minimal Impact Dark Green

51 - 100 Satisfactory Minor breathing discomfort to

sensitive people Light Green



101 – 150 Moderate Breathing discomfort to the

people with Lung, heart disease, children and other adults.

Lemon Yellow

151- 200 Poor Breathing discomfort to people

on prolonged exposure Yellow

201 – 300 Very Poor Respiratory illness to the people

on prolonged exposure Red

301 - 500 Severe Respiratory effects even on

healthy people. Brown

Source: Central Pollution control board series CUPS/8z/2014-15

Table 4.23 - AQI Values for Different Parameters

S. No.

Locations SUB INDEX

AQI PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2 CO

1. Project site 80 69 18 24 61 80

2. Rupana 77 66 16 22 28 77

3. Sotha 80 69 17 23 29 80

4. ChakGiljiwala 78 68 16 23 29 78

5. Barkandi 74 65 16 22 25 74

6. Goniana 71 64 16 21 24 71

7. Muktsar 75 64 16 22 26 75

8. Bhangchiri 71 62 17 22 24 71

AQI of 8 locations is recorded satisfactory in study area. The AQI for all 5 parameters has been

calculated for running 8-hr averages. It can be seen that for pollutants air quality is good or

satisfactory.

From the above representative table of air quality index for 10 km radius of project site,

responsible parameter for pollution is PM10. Maximum AQI and responsible parameter for

pollution are recorded in project area are PM10& PM2.5 with satisfactory pollution.

Air Modeling

To identify the incremental load on ambient air quality, it is necessary to assess the impact of existing

ambient air quality with respect to the proposed emission. In order to predict the impact of air pollutants

on ambient air quality, the incremental Ground Level Concentration (GLC) has been computed using

Industrial Source Complex – Short Term (AERMOD) model, which is a steady-state Gaussian plume

model.

The stack is considered as point source to predict impact on ambient air quality during operational

phase. The prediction has been done by using AERMOD View model prescribed by CPCB/MoEF&CC.

About the Software



The American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement

Committee (AERMIC) was formed to introduce state-of-the-art modeling concepts into the EPA's air

quality models.

AMS/EPA Regulatory Model (AERMOD) is a steady-state plume model. It is designed to apply to source

releases and meteorological conditions that can be assumed to be steady over individual modeling

periods (typically one hour or less). AERMOD view has been designed to handle the computation of

pollutant impacts in both flat and complex terrain within the same modeling framework.

AERMET is an input data processor that is one of the regulatory components of the AERMOD modeling

system. It incorporates air dispersion based on planetary boundary layer turbulence structure and

scaling concepts.

Meteorological Parameters

Surface meteorological data at project site was collected for summer season, 2018. The hourly

meteorological data considered during this period were:

Wind speed;

Wind direction;

Ambient atmospheric temperature;

Cloud cover;

Relative Humidity

Following parameters were considered for dispersion modeling – Point source:

Emission rate of pollutants

Stack details as listed below:

Internal diameter at top of stack;

Height of stack;

Exit gas velocity;

Exit gas temperature.

Meteorological data for the project area has been obtained for the period starting from December 2018

to February 2019. To assess the impact of air emissions from various continuous point sources, air

dispersion modeling study has been conducted with the help of AERMODversion 8.9.0 model of Lakes

Environmental Software. Detailed description has been given as below:

Predicted GLC due to Proposed Project: The main source of air pollution isdue to the operation of the

plant is the Boiler stack. The contribution to GLCs for the pollutants i.e. particulate matter, SO2 and NOx,

were predicted over the study area proposed project considering the worst scenario.

Receptor Locations: Total 8 receptors were generated with a polar grid from the entre of the proposed

project and extended to 10 km. Apart from these receptors; the sampling locations were also taken into

account to assess the incremental load on the baseline environmental scenario.

Stack Emission Details:Values of all parameters related to emission characteristics include:

Exit gas temperature and velocity



Stack top diameter and height from ground level

Site specific and monitored details considered for input data

The emissions from the boiler operated using fuel have been estimated using the emission factors

suggested in various references. Details of emission source (furnaces), stacks and estimated emissions

from the stacks are given below:

Table 4.24 - Stack Data for Air Modeling

Equal Concentration Contour Plots (Isopleths): The proposed air emissions of various parameters

i.e. PM, SO2 and NOx have been stimulated in AERMOD models and based on the final output contour

of maximum ground level concentration for sampling location are plotted. Isopleths of each parameter

are depicted as Figure 4.2 to 4.4.

S. No. Stack attached to

Height of stack (m)

Diameter at top (m)

Velocity and temperature

(m/sec) of exit gas (°C)

Emission Conc. Air Pollution Control

Equipment

1 Power Boiler- 75 TPH

65 meter height 2.8 meter diameter

8 m/sec and 140 °C

PM< 150 mg/Nm3

SO2 : <100 ppm NOX : < 50 ppm

Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP)

2 Recovery boiler-75TPH

65 meter height 2.8 meter diameter

12 m/sec and 140 °C

PM< 150 mg/Nm3

SO2 : <100 ppm NOX : < 50 ppm

Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP)



Figure 4.2 - Isopleths for Concentration of PM



Figure 4.3 -Isopleths for Concentration of SO2



Figure 4.4 - Isopleths for Concentration of NOx

Summary of Predicted GLC’s

The summary of maximum ground level concentrations (GLC) for the proposed project is listed in Table

4.25.

Table 4.25 - Resultant Concentration Value

Location Background Average Conc.

(µg/m3)

Incremental Conc.

(µg/m3)

Resultant Conc.

(µg/m3)

PM µg/m3 (Permissible Limit :100 µg/m3)

Project site 80.3 1.09 81.39

Rupana 77.0 0.99 77.99

Sotha 79.8 0.56 80.36

ChakGiljiwala 78.0 0.50 78.5

Barkandi 74.3 0.35 74.65

Goniana 70.9 0.49 71.39

Muktsar 75.0 0.57 75.57

Bhangchiri 70.7 0.33 71.03

SO2 µg/m3 (Permissible Limit :80 µg/m3)



Location Background Average Conc.

(µg/m3)

Incremental Conc.

(µg/m3)

Resultant Conc.

(µg/m3)

Project site 14.5 1.91 16.41

Rupana 13.0 1.74 14.74

Sotha 13.5 0.99 14.49


Barkandi 12.7 0.63 13.33

Goniana 12.5 0.87 13.37

Muktsar 12.9 1.00 13.9

Bhangchiri 13.2 0.58 13.78

NOx µg/m3 (Permissible Limit :80 µg/m3)

Project site 19.3 0.44 19.74

Rupana 17.6 0.40 18

Sotha 18.3 0.23 18.53


Barkandi 17.4 0.14 17.54

Goniana 17.0 0.20 17.2

Muktsar 17.4 0.23 17.63

Bhangchiri 17.8 0.13 17.93

Interpretation

When predicted 24 hourly ground level concentrations of PM, SO2 and NOx emissions from the source is

added to background maximum monitored values, resultant values remain well below the prescribed

National Ambient Air Quality Standards at all the locations. Hence, there is no significant impact is

anticipated on the ambient air quality of the area due to the proposed project.

As part of precautionary measure, to minimize the likely environmental impacts on air environment due

to the proposed project, necessary mitigation measures are also described in the chapter.

Table 4.26 - Impact and Mitigation Measures on Air Environment

ProjectActivity Impact Mitigation Measures

Transportation of Raw

Materials and Products

PM, SO2 and NOx will be

generated from vehicular

movement.

Impact on human health due to

accidental release of raw

Vehicles with valid PUC Certified

vehiclesis being/will be used for

the transportation of materials and

Machinery.

The trucks used for transporting



materials into the atmosphere.

Agricultural crops can be

affected due to high

concentration of various air

pollutants.

the goods are being/will be

covered by the tarpaulin and

overloading in trucks shall not be

allowed to prevent the dusting.

Additional greenbelt will be

developed in and around the

project premises area, around the

storage yards and along the roads

to minimize the fugitive dust

generation.

Storage & handling of

Raw material & Product

Dust emissions from handling

of raw material

loading/unloading operations.

Impact on human health due to

accidental release of raw

materials into the atmosphere.

Good material handling practices

will be carried out.

Regular water sprinkling will be

done on roads to avoid dust

generation from handling.

Fuel Handling Dust generation during

loading/unloading of Rice Husk

will affect the respiratory tract

of living beings.

High amount of dust generation

will have impact on plants and

will reduce their stomatal index

The trucks used for transporting

the goods will be covered by the

tarpaulin and overloading in trucks

shall not be allowed.

Rice Husk will be stored properly.

For transportation of Rice Husk to

the boiler closed conveyor belt will

be provided.

The sprinkling of water will be

done along the internal roads in

the plant in order to control the

dust arising due to the movement

of vehicular traffic.

Good material handling practices

will be carried out.

Operation of CPP Ash generation can increase fly

ash dust in the premises and

reduce crop yield.

Generation of air pollutants like

Particulate Matter (PM) into the

atmosphere.

From the air quality modeling it

can be predicted that air quality

impacts are minimum on the

Highly efficient four fields ESP is

being/will be provided to reduce

the particulate matter emissions

from the boiler.

Adequate stack height is being/will

be provided for adequate

dispersal of pollutants.

Fly Ash will be stored in silo and

disposed off for reusing in cement



surrounding population as

maximum concentration will be

predicted at E direction at 1.95

km, where there is no village.

industry.

Fly ash is being/will be stored in

silo and directly fill up in

transportation vehicles through

pneumatic ash conveying system.

Ash is being/will be transported by

closed bulkers/full body trucks

duly covered after loading to

potential users.

Moreover, from air modeling

study, it has been proved that the

air emission from the proposed

project will not increase in

significant manner.


Table 4.27 - Impact and Mitigation Measures on Water Environment


Resource utilization Resource depletion due to

water consumption/ withdrawal

from surface water source.

Water is being/will be obtained

from Arniwala Canal,hence no

impact on ground water is

envisaged.

Fuel handling Particulate matter from Rice

Husk handling and

transportation will affect the

nearby water body.

Good Rice Husk handling

practices will be carried out.

Covered trucks will be used for

Rice Husk transportation.


Operation of CPP

High quantity of water will be

used in manufacturing process

and Captive Power Plant

operation.

Adverse Impact due to

resource deletion.

Industrial effluent will treated in

ETP and Partly treated water will

be reused in Manufacturing

process and remaining will be

discharged CETP for further

treatment and ultimate disposal

to deep Sea through GIDC

disposal pipeline.

Water consumed in CPP will be

optimized to maximum possible

COCs to reduce overall water

consumption.

Evaporation losses from the CPP



will be minimized by energy

efficient coolers/condensers and

evaporators.

Domestic wastewater

generation

Industrial wastewater

generation

Domestic and industrial waste

water generation.

Water quality of rain water may

get degraded due to mixing of

wastewater with rainwater due

to run off.

Nearby surface water will get

polluted due to disposal or

spillage/leakage/runoff of the

wastewater into the water

body.

Sewage is/will be treated in STP.

Separate and Closed drainage

pipes with proper lined surfaces

is being/will be laid down for the

drainage network for rainwater

runoff.

Water will be reused at maximum

extend and remaining treated

water is being/will be will be used

of cultivation.

Solid/Hazardous waste

Disposal (ISW, HSW,

MSW)

Impact of poor solid waste

management on ground water.

The leachate produced from

waste storage site contains

harmful substances which are

likely to contaminate ground

water.

Mixing of solid waste (fly ash)

will adversely impact on

physico-chemical

characteristics of surface

water.

All the wastes is being/will be

handled and disposed according

to the Waste Management

Rules, 2016.

Wastes is being/will be stored in

adequate storage yard with

paved/lined surfaces.

Fly ash is being/will be stored in

silo and directly fill up in

transportation vehicles through

pneumatic ash conveying

system.

Fly ash is being/will be always

kept in moist condition so that

particles of the same will not

travel at large distance.

Good waste management and

handling practices is being/will

be adopted for waste

management.

4.2.4 Soil Environment

Table 4.28 - Impact and Mitigation Measures on Soil Environment


Storage of Material Soil contamination due to Prevention of oil & grease/fuel



spillage and leakage from

storage of materials.

getting mixed with soil.

Earmarked separate storage yard

with paved/lined surfaces is

being/will be provided for storage

of fuel and other raw material.

Good practices for storage and

material handling will be followed.

Leachate from the storage area

will be sent to collection tank of

ETP for treatment and dilution of

the same.

Domestic wastewater

generation

Domestic wastewater

contains high amount of

organic matter, nutrients and

some heavy metals which

mix in soil and their high

quantity is toxic to plants

beyond a certain limit.

Domestic sewage is being/will be

treated in STP.


generation

If untreated industrial effluent

will be discharged directly

disposed on land or water

body they can disrupt

physicochemical properties

of soil.

Total industrial Waste Water

Generation will be 21412 KL/Day,

which is being/will be treated in

adequate existing primary and

secondary effluent treatment plant

and finally treated effluent will be

used for cultivation.

Solid waste Disposal Soil degradation due to

waste disposal.

Sludge generation from

effluent treatment plant.

Wastes are being/will be stored in

adequate storage yard with

paved/lined surfaces.

ETP Sludge is being/will be

discarded by selling to cardboard

manufacturers.

Wastes is being/will be handled/

disposed according to the Waste

Management Rules, 2016.

Due to absence of any wet ash

storage facilities at site, soil and

ground water contamination related

risks due to handling of ash at the

site are not envisaged.




Table 4.29 - Impact and Mitigation Measures on Noise Environment


Transportation of

Materials & Manpower

Noise generation from rotating

equipment decreases the

efficiency of a man and causes

lack of concentration and

Blood Pressure.

Loud noise from the turbine of

CPP may pose health hazards

to the workers working nearby.

Transportation activity is

being/will be carried out only

during day time.

Valid PUC Certified vehicles is

being/will only be used.

Regular maintenance &

lubrication of equipment/

vehicles are being/will be

carried out.

Provision of ear muffs and ear

plugs to prevent continuous

noise exposure risk to

employees working on site.

Acoustic enclosures are

being/will be provided whenever

possible.

Rubber padding is being/will be

provided with pumps and

motors to reduce the vibration.

Operation of CPP

Manufacturing

process

Noise at work can harm

worker‟s health. The most well-

known effect of noise at work

is loss of hearing.

Earmuffs, earplugs is being/will

be provided to workers.

4.2.6 Land Use/Land Cover

Table 4.30 - Impact and Mitigation Measures on Land Cover/ Land Use


The proposed expansion will be carried out in already acquired 38527m2 adjoining land.

4.2.7 Hydrogeology

Table 4.31 - Impact and Mitigation Measures on Hydrogeology


Resource Utilization Resource depletion due to water

consumption/ water withdrawal


from Arniwala Canal.



from surface water. Water conservation measures

will be undertaken.

Rain water harvesting is

being/will be carried out for

reuse of water for ancillary

purposes will give positive

impact.

4.2.8 Geology

Table 4.32 - Impact and Mitigation Measures on Geology


No impact on geology will be there.

4.2.9 Solid/Hazardous Wastes

Table 4.33 - Impact and Mitigation Measures due to Solid/Hazardous Wastes


Operation of CPP


Recruitment

Domestic wastewater

generation

Industrial Wastewater

generation

Solid waste Disposal

Waste generation and

problems due to improper

management, handling and

disposal of Solid/hazardous

waste.

Handling and disposal of used

oil, discarded containers, fly

ash, plastic waste, fiber

sludge, de-inking sludge, ETP

sludge.

Waste minimization practices

will be adopted.

Wastes is being/will be stored

in separate earmarked storage

area.

ETP sludge from wastewater

treatment is being/will be

disposed by selling to

cardboard

Fly ash shall be sold to brick

manufacturing unit for co

processing.

Since no wet ash handling

methods will be adopted at the

proposed at the proposed

facility, ash pond is not

envisaged.

All the wastes is being/will be

handled/ disposed according to

the Waste Management Rules,

2016.

Storage Impacts on environment due to Implementation of good waste



Coal Handling spillage/leakage, dust

generation during handling,

transportation and storage of

materials.

handling practice will be done.

Separate earmarked storage

area with pacca floor/lining will

be provided for the waste

storage.

Closed area/ covered area will

be provided for storage of coal.

Solid waste management plan

has been prepared and

followed strictly. Same practice

will be followed after

expansion.

Ash handling Impacts on environment due to

fugitive emission generation

during handling, transportation

and storage of ash.

Regular sprinkling and wetting

of ash shall be done.

Ash is being/will be stored in

closed silo as existing practice.

4.2.10 Risk & Hazards

Table 4.34 - Impact and Mitigation Measures due to Risk & Hazards


Transportation of


Storage & handling of

Raw material & Product

Chances of accident due to

vehicle collision

Injury to manpower during

handling and storage

All transportation is being/will

be carried out directly under

the supervision and control of

dedicated team.

First aid kits and training is

being/will be imparted to the

workers/employees.

Fire Extinguishers is being/will

be provided.

Good material handling

practices will be implemented.

Workers is being/will be

provided with adequate PPEs

like safety shoes, helmets and

gloves while working in storage

area to safeguard them against

potential risks.

Health checkups are being/will

be organized at regular



intervals.

Operation of CPP

Coal Handling

Fire and explosion may occur. Fully automatic system will be

installed for CPP operation.

Spark arrestors will be placed

at potential places of fire

hazard for early detection of

spark.

Fully equipped fire-fighting

system will be provided.

Onsite and Offsite DMP will be

in place to deal with any

emergencies.

Smoking is being/will be strictly

prohibited in fire sensitive area.

Manufacturing Process Accidents due to machinery

failure/improper function of

machineries.

Accidents due to

carelessness/less attention of

workers during plant operation.

Fire Extinguishers are

being/will be provided.

Safety Training is being/will be

provided to the employees.

For working in the machine

area, strict adherence to SOPs

is being/will be implemented.

Workers are being/will be

provided with adequate PPEs

like safety shoes, helmets and

gloves while working in

manufacturing area.

A budget of approx. Rs.

50Lakh is allotted for OH&S.

4.2.11 Ecology and Biodiversity

Table 4.35 - Impact and Mitigation Measures due to Ecology and Biodiversity


Transportation of


Fugitive emission from vehicle

movement will form a layer in

leaves thus reducing the

gaseous exchange process.

All transportation within the main

working is being/will be carried

out directly under the

supervision and control of the



This ultimately affects the

growth of plants.

Also, common animals found

in the study region may get

affected by the dust and

gaseous emission from

transportation activity.

management.

Good material handling

practices is being/will be

followed.

Vehicles with valid PUC

Certificate will only be allowed

within the premises.

Vehicles is being/will be strictly

instructed to follow traffic rules

and speed limits. Traffic violators

will be penalized.

Green belt will be encouraged to

mitigate the emission level.

Plantation will be carried out on

approach roads and nearby

vicinity.

Budget of Rs. 20-30 Lakhsis

allotted for green belt

development and maintenance.

Resource Utilization Utilization of water resources

will create a stress impact on

the surface water source,

thereby indirectly impacting the

flora and fauna.



Water conservation measures

and reusing of the same will be

undertaken for reduction in

water quantity to be consumed.

Water consumed in CPP will be

optimized to maximum possible

COCs to reduce overall water

consumption.

Evaporation losses from the

CPP will be minimized by energy

efficient coolers/condensers and

evaporators.




generation

Wastewater discharge from the

proposed activity can

contaminate the soil and

ultimately effect the growth of

plants.

Wastewater will be damage

aquatic as well as terrestrial

habitat if discharge without

treatment.

Domestic wastewater is/will be

treated in STP.

Industrial effluent will be treated

in the ETP and treated water will

be used for cultivation.

Treated effluent will be disposed

through closed pipeline.

4.2.12 Socio-Economic

Table 4.36 - Impact on Socio Economic and Mitigation Measures

Potential Aspect Impacts Mitigation Measures

Transportation of

Materials &

Machinery

Manufacturing

process

Operation of CPP

Coal handling

Increase in transportation

vehicles and traffic near the

connected roadways.

Thus, impacts on surrounding

population due to traffic

congestion, increased noise

and air emissions from

vehicles.

Vehicles with valid

PUCCertificateare being/will

be used for the transportation

of materials and Machinery.

No manual handling of rice

Husk,closed conveyor belt will

be provided.

Implementation of Good

material handling practices.

Mitigation measures suggested

for noise and air environment

will be strictly followed.

PPEs are being/will be

provided to workers.

Resource utilization

24000 KLD of fresh water

requirement during the

operation phase.

Land requirement due to

proposed project.

Power requirement during the

operation phase



Land requirement for proposed

project is already in the

possession of proponent and

hence no new land will be

procured.

Existing power is obtained

from in house CPP and

PSPCL, after proposed

expansion power will be

obtained from CPP.

Industrial wastewater Problems associated with the Effluent is being/will be



generation disposal of 21412 KLD of

effluent, indirectly affecting the

water body where ultimate

disposal takes place.

treated in Effluent Treatment

Plant (ETP).

Recruitment Direct and indirect employment

generation due to proposed

project and related service

sectors.

Local people of nearby villages

will benefit from the CSR

activities to be undertaken by

the proponent.

During the operation phase

around 500 nos. of people get

direct recruitment.

Preference will be given to

local people during the

operation phase.

Local service providers may

be appointed for allied works

and services

All the CER activities will be

based on the

needs/requirements of the

local people

CER plan has been designed

keeping in mind the socio-

economic status of the local

people

A budget of Rs. 375 lakhs has

been allocated for welfare

activities of nearby villages.

Most of the welfare activities

will be aimed at providing

funds towards infrastructure

development for child and girl

education, health, hygiene,

and skill development.

Table 4.37 - Environmental Impact Matrix with Mitigation (Operation Phase)

Activities


Air

Wa

ter

So

il

No

ise

LU

/LC

Hy

dro

geo

log

y

Ge

olo

gy

SH

W

Ris

k &

Ha

zard

EB

So

cio

Ec

on

om

ic

To

tal

Transportation of Materials & Machinery

-6 - - -4 - - - - -4 -1 -2 -17



Storage & handling of Raw material & Product

-2 - -2 - - - - -1 -2 - - -7

Resource Utilization - -2 - - - -2 - - - -1 -2 -7

Fuel Handling -4 -4 - - - - -1 -2 - - -11

Operation of CPP -6 -8 - -8 - - - -4 -4 - - -30

Manufacturing Process -4 -4 - -2 - - - -2 -2 - - -14

Domestic wastewater generation

- -2 -2 - -1 - - - - - - -5

Industrial wastewater generation

- -4 -2 - -1 - - -1 - -2 -1 -11

Solid Waste Disposal (ISW, HSW, MSW)

- -2 -1 - - - - -2 - - - -5

Recruitment - -1 - -1 - - - -1 - - +35 +32

Total -22 -27 -7 -15 -2 -2 0 -12 -14 -4 +30 -75

Total Cumulative Score for various Environmental Parameters with implementation of adequate mitigation

measures is -75 during operation phase which indicates that there will not be any significant adverse

impact on the environment.

4.3 SUMMARY

The proposed project has no major adverse impact on surrounding environment. The CPP will be

equipped with 99.9% efficient four field ESP for mitigation of air pollutant sources. Hazardous waste will be

sent to TSDF facility, authorized recyclers and refiners. Appropriate construction & operation techniques

will be implemented to minimize the impacts on the environment. Proper upkeep and maintenance of

vehicles and APCM will reduce the impact on air environment. Adequate arrangements for waste disposal

from ETP will be undertaken. Greenbelt will be developed in surrounding of plant and common land.

Budget of Rs. 20-30 Lakhs is allotted for green belt development. A budget of Rs. 15crores capital and Rs.

1 crores recurring cost for EMP. Positive impact is envisaged on Socio economic environment. The

allocated budget for CER has been prepared of Rs. 375 Lakhs for development of local populace. Proper

PPEs will be provided to all the workers& budget of approx. Rs. 50 lakhsis allotted for OH&S.

-------------------------



CHAPTER – 5

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY &

SITE)

5.0 GENERAL

As the proposed project is capacity enhancement project, alternative site has not been considered.

Since, by nature, the project is an expansion project, the existing premises of operational unit is the most

convenient site for the expansion project. Moreover, all the utilities and infrastructure facilities are

available in the present set up. Hence, the existing premise with available infrastructure and ease of

operation is the best option available for the expansion.

5.1 Alternative for Sites & other Aspects

Some alternatives considered during EIA study are discussed below:

Table 5.1 - Alternative for other Parameters

S.

No. Particular

Alternative

Option 1

Alternative

Option 2 Remarks

1. Site Selection Existing Site New Site Existing site is preferred.

Benefits:

Existing land already in

possession of proponent

Plant has acquired additional

land for proposed expansion.

All common infrastructure

and utilities of existing unit

can be shared.

Site selection criteria are

given in 2.3.2 in chapter-2.

2. Technology Agro based

&Wood based

Waste paper

based

Agro residue based technology

is/will be preferred.

Benefits:

Easy availability of agro

residues in this region

Economical operational cost

Addresses stubble burning

issue

Conserving depleting forest

cover.

Environmental friendly

compared to wood based.



3. Employment Local employment Outsource

employment

Local employment is/will be

preferred.

Benefits:

Provides employment to local

people along with financial

benefit.

No residential

building/housing is required.

Improvement of socio

economic status of the region.

4. Labour

Transportation

Public transport Private transport Private transport is/will be

preferred.

Local labours will be deployed

so they will either reach plant by

bicycle or by foot or by own

vehicle.

Benefits:

Cost of transportation for men

will be negligible.

5. Raw Material

and Product

Transportation

Public transport Private transport Private transport is/will be

preferred.

Material will be transported

through trucks on the contract

basis using private transport.

Benefits:

It will give indirect

employment

6. Water

Requirement

Arniwala Canal

water

Groundwater Surface Water withdrawl from

Arniwala Canal is preferred

against groundwater. It is

situated at a distance of approx.

2.5 km from the industry

Benefits:

No ground water

resource depletion.

TDS level is low in

comparison to

groundwater

Ample quantity available

in canal

7. Power

Requirement

Captive power

plant

Electricity

Board

Captive power plant

Benefits:

Transmission losses from

power station are avoided.



Cost is low as the CPP serves

dual purpose i.e. power

requirement and steam

requirement.

8. Road Pakka road Kachcha road Pakka Road

Road is already developed for

existing Unit.

5.2 SUMMARY

No alternative site has been proposed for the proposed expansion project because expansion will be

done at existing premises only and all the infrastructure are readily available for industrial development.

However, some alternatives were considered for planning and designing of the various facilities

proposed at the proposed expansion.

.

------------------------------------



CHAPTER – 6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 GENERAL

Environmental monitoring is the measurement of environmental parameters at regular intervals over an

extended period of time. Monitoring allows the assessment of environmental and biological changes in

an ecosystem. All the project activities shall be monitored to ensure that appropriate environmental

mitigation activities are being implemented and to identify areas where Environmental Management

Plan compliance is not satisfactory. Hence, Environmental quality monitoring of critical parameter is

very essential in the routine activity schedule of project operation. An Environmental Monitoring

Programme shall be scheduled for the following major objectives:

To verify the result of the impact assessment study in particular with regards to new developments.

To follow the trend of parameters which have been identified as critical.

To check or assess the efficiency of controlling measures.

To monitor effectiveness of control measures.

Regular monitoring of environmental parameters to find out any deterioration in environmental

quality.

6.2 NEED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Environmental monitoring is critical to knowing whether the quality of our environment is getting better

or worse. Information gathered through environmental monitoring is important to many different

decision makers.

6.3 MONITORING PLAN & PROGRAM

Environmental Monitoring Schedule of Existing Facilities followed by SIL:

The Post Project Monitoring (PPM) plan is prepared considering the following:

i. The proposed pollution control measures for air, liquid effluents and solid waste disposal;

ii. The monitoring requirements for ensuring the statutory as well as process data; and

iii. The organizational/institutional set-up required for effective environment management plan

implementation and post-project monitoring along with the laboratory development, manpower

and budgetary requirements

The stack monitoring is being carried out at regular interval internally and by deputing outside

approved pollution control laboratory. Discharge effluent monitoring is carried out on daily basis in the

in-house laboratory.

Air Environment

Regular ambient air quality monitoring system is recommended for analyzing the variations in ground

level concentrations.



Satia Industries Ltd. can carry out the post project monitoring work on its own or by hiring services of

a competent agency. M/s Satia Industries Ltd. also desires to carry out the post project monitoring on

its own.

Existing Continuous Emission Sources at SIL

The following two types of stacks were monitored for emissions and its characteristics:

i. Rice husk fired boilers.

ii. Black liquor fired boiler

Results of emission monitoring are given in Table 6.1 and discussed below:

The main air pollutant emitted by above sources at SIL is SPM.

Emissions were monitored at the port holes on stacks with the help of stack monitoring kit capable to

draw samples under iso-kinetic conditions. SPM samples were collected in cellulose thimbles and

gaseous pollutants were first absorbed into appropriate absorbing media and then analyzed by

colorimetric/volumetric methods. Standard procedures as per ISI/APHA/EPA were followed.

Emission Characteristics of Boilers

Rice husk fired boiler is the main contributors of SPM which were observed to be 78.04 mg/Nm3 from

the stack provided with ESP. The concentrations of all pollutants were in compliance to the limits

prescribed by PPCB.

Table 6.1: Monitored Stack Emission Characteristics

# Stack Details 50 TPH Boiler

50TPH

Recovery

Boiler

75TPH

Power

Boiler

75 TPH

Boiler

1. M.O.C. M.S. R.C.C. R.C.C. R.C.C.

2. Internal diameter (m)

Top 2.5 2.5 2.8 2.8

Bottom 2.8 5.5 2.8 2.8

3. Height (m) from

ground level 50 65 m 65 m 65 m

4. Fuel Consumption Rice Husk Black Liquor Rice Husk Rice Husk

270 TPD 400TPD 400 TPD 400 TPD

5. SPM (mg/N m3) 75 95 78 90

Noise Environment

Monitoring of noise levels are essential to assess the efficiency of maintenance schedules and noise

protection measures undertaken.



A good quality audiometric sound pressure level meter will be essential for this purpose. Audiometric

test is also helpful in monitoring the effectiveness of ear protection devices and of noise abatement

programmes. The assessment should be performed under the supervision of health officials.

Water Environment

Wastewater should be analyzed regularly for the parameters of concern as stipulated by Punjab

Pollution Control Board (PPCB) is given below

pH

Dissolved Oxygen

Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)

Bio-chemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)

Oil and Grease

Total Suspended Solids

AOX

Following sampling locations are monitored periodically:

Influent to wastewater to treatment plant.

Inlet and outlets of individual treatment units.

Final effluent before reuse or disposal

Daily analysis of influent and effluent of wastewater treatment plant is recommended during

commissioning. Sampling and analysis of wastewater from individual treatment units, depending on

type of treatment facility provided, may be carried out for relevant parameters once in a month.

Composite samples should be prepared by collecting half hourly samples for characterizing

wastewater. Methods of sample collection and preservation will be as per IS: 2488.

The samples of effluents at various steps of treatment are collected and analyzed as follows:

Characteristics of Final Effluent

The samples of treated effluent were collected from effluent channel during the study period and were

analyzed for pH, BOD, COD, TS, TDS and TSS. The pH of the final effluent was found to be 7.2-7.4.

The COD and BOD in the final effluent was less than the prescribed value of 250 mg/l and 30 mg/L

respectively. Results of effluent treatment are given in Table 6.2.

ETP is operated & maintained properly. Outgoing effluent was observed to be complying with the

prescribed limits. The existing ETP is capable of handling and treating the effluent generated after the

proposed expansion of the plant.

Table 6.2: Effluent Characteristics

# Parameter Unit Biogas Plant Bleach Combined Final



Inlet Outlet Influent Influent Effluent

1. Flow m3/day 6927 6927 12994 21,499 21,499

2. pH - 6.7-6.9 7.0-7.2 7.0-7.5 7.2-7.3 7.2-7.3

3. BOD ppm 700-800 250-300 550-650 500-550 25-30

4. COD ppm 2600-2800 700-800 1400-1500 1200-1300 225-250

5. TDS ppm 1600-1800 1600-1800 1600-1800 1600-1800 1600-1800

6. TSS ppm 2000-2500 200-250 200-300 250-300 40-50

7. Oil &

Grease mg/L - - - - < 2

Laboratory

An independent environmental laboratory with facilities for chemical analysis is already in operation. A

separate air-conditioned dust-proof room exists for analytical instruments. The laboratory is equipped

with instruments so that pH, suspended solids, oil and grease, BOD and COD and air pollutants are

analyzed.

Land Environment

The ground water and top soil in the neighboring areas should be analyzed for the relevant

parameters presented under the baseline information at least once in six months. The average

canopy height of the green belts, number and types of plant species should be enumerated once in

two years using suitable techniques for vegetation sampling.

This monitoring programme will help in observing the physio-chemical properties of the soil, infiltration

rates and changes in ground water quality and ground water table because the effluent is used in the

irrigation of plantation maintained by industry. Also species of birds and small animals encountered in

the improved ecosystem may be recorded. Monitoring of surface soils and waters at intervals of 5

years may provide useful guidelines for taking remedial measures, in time, for the present and future

developmental activities.

6.4 INFRASTRUCTURAL REQUIREMENT

SIL will be purchasing the necessary equipment‟s like high volume sampler, fine dust sampler and

gaseous attachment kit for the sampling of ambient air. SIL is already equipped with water testing

laboratory to carry out routine wastewater testing for BOD, COD, pH, acidity, alkalinity, TSS, TDS etc.

6.5 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

An Environmental Management Group exists in the organization to look into the environmental issues

and ensure that mitigation measures are properly carried out. The Environmental Management group

comprise of General Manager, Manager, Assistant Manager, Shift Engineers and Environmental



Scientists. The environmental scientists and shift engineers are responsible for ensuring

environmental monitoring as per appropriate guidelines and procedures.

6.6 CURRENT & PROPOSED PRACTICES FOR ENV. PROTECTION

6.6.1 Handling of Raw Materials and Mitigation Measures

SIL has sufficient area and adopted adequate measures to mitigate transportation of existing mills

activities as well as for proposed expansion project. The mill has already provided separate areas for

loading & unloading of raw materials. Proper parking areas are also in practice for all vehicles i.e.

trucks etc. wherever required. Awareness is also inculcated among transporters to avoid overloading

of material and spillages of raw material.

6.6.2 Risk Assessment and Damage control

SIL has already identified hazards associated activities and their preventive measures to mitigate

environmental risk inside the premises & its vicinity. Toxic release / fire /explosive areas have already

been identified for risk assessment and damage control for emergency preparedness and response.

SIL is already following emergency plan, which is approved by concerned authority. A separate Safety

Department exists with Safety Officers having fire tenders/fire extinguishers.

6.6.3Compliance to the recommendations of CREP guidelines

The Central Pollution Control Board has issued a Corporate Responsibility for Environmental

Protection (CREP) for the treatment of paper plant effluent. The compliance to the provisions of CREP

is followed and is given in the (Table 6.3).

The mill is complying with the CREP conditions as per the direction of CPCB as under –

Table 6.3: Compliance to the Charter on CREP for large Pulp and Paper industry

Conditions Present status

Discharge of AOX( kg/Ton of paper)

a) AOX 1.5 kg/ton of paper within 2 years b) AOX 1.0 kg/ton of paper in 5

years

With the introduction of Oxygen Delignification (ODL), and use of Elemental Chlorine free bleaching, the discharge of AOX is maintained well

below 1kg/ton of paper production

Installation of Lime Kiln

Since MoU has been signed with UltraTech Cement (Aditya Birla Group) for reuse of Lime sludge in cement plant so installation of lime kiln is not needed immediately.

Waste water discharge ( M3/T of paper)

With the maximum use of machine backwater and various other steps.to reduce the fresh water consumption, the water discharge per ton of paper production falls well within the latest prescribed limits and is 55 m3/ton

against prescribed limit of 75 m3/ton



Odour control by burning the reduced sulfur emissions in the Boiler/Lime Kiln

There is no use of Sulphur containing material in our plant; hence odour control is not required.

Utilization of treated effluent for irrigation Treated effluent is being utilized for plantation.

Colour removal from the effluent Treated effluent has very little colour as it is agro based plant

Summary of Environmental improvements in the Existing Mills Consequent upon proposed

expansion:

In order to offset some of the major environment impacts from above said expansion plan, SIL will be

adopting proactive approach to further improve environment status of existing plant as follows:

i. Proper maintenance of existing and new ESP for recovery boiler and rice husk fired boiler to

achieve SPM level within permissible norms.

ii. Not much increase in existing water consumption which will be attained by reducing existing water

consumption and maximizing recirculation of back water in existing unit.

iii. Not much increase in volume of final effluent discharge.

iv. No increase in maximum contract demand of electricity from grid.

v. No new DG Sets will be installed.

6.7CONCLUDING REMARKS

The study of air emissions, ambient air quality, disposal and use of treated effluents of SIL, observed

impacts of SIL on different components of the environment, land use pattern, human settlements,

assessment of the provisions of effluent management of SIL and in view of common environmental

concerns and critical targets, and our past association following conclusions are made.

During the field data collection for the EIA study, particular attention was paid to the sources of air

emissions, ambient air quality, additional water requirements, effluent treatment and its disposal along

with likely impacts on the surrounding environment with respect to human settlements and water

bodies.

Main environmental concerns and critical targets in the case of SIL plant are identified in above

section. As the expansion at SIL is going to be achieved by replacing/ adding a few equipments so it

is not going to change the air or water environment much. The marginal increase in pollution shall be

controlled by existing pollution control equipment‟s.



The surrounding air quality (after meeting the prescribed standards), ground water availability, quality

and surface water quality are affected to a manageable extent as far as environmental deterioration is

concerned.

Migratory, abatement, control measures and management plans in respect of likely concerns and

critical targets and their protection measures has been one of the primary concerns of this EIA report.

The conclusions on the above measures are as follows:

The suspended particulate matter from rice husk fired boilers has been controlled with the installation

of Electrostatic precipitators.

A common ecological impact of a paper plant could be from deforestation; wood being the basic raw

material. It is pertinent to mention here that the proposed expansion of the plant mainly depends on

agro residue based raw material.

For an industry with extensive use of water for its processes there always is an apprehension that the

source of water withdrawal may be adversely affected. The entire requirement of water of SIL is met

from canal water. Hence there will be no adverse impact on groundwater.

About 17.0 tonnes of ETP sludge will be recovered by SIL every day through primary clarifier, which

shall be sold to various parties for manufacturing of board. 227.3 TPD of lime sludge shall be

generated after expansion, which will be sent to cement plant for its use in cement manufacturing.

There is no environmental concern on account of handling and disposal of solid wastes. Additional

sludge generated after expansion will be easily utilized by these vendors.

There are no likely impacts of SIL on other environmental components such as meteorology,

topography and geology, fresh water ecology, terrestrial flora and fauna, amenities, mineral resources

and mining, archaeology, cultural, religious and land use. The influx of labour force, migration of

outsiders is unlikely to cause any significant socio-cultural disruptions. However, there shall be large

economic gains to the study area.

It can be seen from the assessment of impacts that the proposed operation of SIL will not have

significant impacts on the surrounding environment. Proper arrangements for proper collection and

treatment of effluents and reuse of water would not affect water environment adversely. Proper

pollution control measures proposed for boilers and recovery system would ensure that air and water

environment do not have any adverse impact. It is concluded that with the adoption of proposed

mitigation and enhancement measures, there will be improvement in the development of commercial

activities, generation of direct and indirect employment opportunities and the overall quality of life in

the surrounding area.

The findings, positive steps taken by SIL and recommendations emerging out of the Environmental

Impact Assessment studies suggest that the environmental concerns presented by SIL due to their

current operations and after expansion shall be taken care of by adequate control measures and



proper management plans proposed as above. Therefore, it is requested that the proposed expansion

of Satia Industries Ltd. at Muktsar for the manufacture of 600 TPD writing and printing paper from

agro based raw material along with 14 MW CPP may be accorded prior environmental clearance.

6.8 SUMMARY

Project proponent will develop an environmental and safety department, which will undertake measures

for environmental protection and mitigation of environmental impacts. Sample for environment monitoring

will be collected as per the guidelines provided by MoEFCC/CPCB /PPCB. Monitoring of environmental

parameters within the plant premises will be carried at selected location as per guideline. Hazardous

waste will be disposed/off as per Hazardous Waste Management Rules 2016. Pre-medical check-up will

also be carried out at the time of employment.

---------------------------



CHAPTER – 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.0 GENERAL

An additional study including Public Hearing, Risk Assessment (RA), Disaster Management Plan and

Occupational Health & Safety has been carried out for the proposed project to identify main hazards, to

review the effectiveness of selected safety measures and to expand the safety measures in order to

achieve a zero risk culture at the company. The study has been incorporated in the Environmental

Impact Assessment (EIA) report to support the Environmental Management Plan.

As per the EIA notification dated 14th September 2006, the first technical presentation i.e. the ToR

presentation was done on 20.2.2019. The MoEFCC issued the ToR‟s vide letter File. No. J-

11011/196/2014-IA II (I)] dated April 16, 2019 for expansion in production capacity from 300 to 600 TPD

writing and printing paper and 14.0 MW Co-Gen power plant. The public hearing for this proposed

expansion project will be conducted at project site, village Rupana, District –Muktsar (Punjab).

7.1 PUBLIC HEARING

As per the provisions of Notification No. S.O. 1533 dated 14/09/2006 and its subsequent amendment

S.O. 3067(E) dated 01/12/2009, Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India, New Delhi,

public hearing is conducted for M/s. Satia Industries Limited located at Village Rupana, District Sri

Muktsar Sahib, Punjab for proposed Expansion of Paper Production with capacity from 300 TPD to 600

TPD along with CPP of 14.00 MW. The Public Hearing held on 04/07/2019 at 12.00 pm at the main gate

of the industry located in the revenue estate of village Rupana, District Sri Muktsar Sahib., which is

covered under sector 5 (i) category “A” of above referred Notification under the supervision of Dr. Richa

Sharma (IAS), Dr. Manohar lal Chauhan, Environmental Engineer (Mega) PPCB- Patiala , Shri Ravi Pal,

Asstt. Environmental Engineer, PPCB-Regional Office Bhatinda and District Magistrate of Sri Muktsar

Sahib.

In this context, Punjab Pollution Control Board issued the public notice of 30 days in English and Punjabi

Language in The Tribune News Paper and Ajitjalandhar and local Punjabi News paper on 04/06/2019 for

getting responses from public and intimating time, date and venue of the public hearing. The copy of

public hearing proceedings attached as Annexure XVII. Time bound action plan of the issues raised

during public hearing is given in Table 7.1.



7.1.1 Advertisement and Photographs

Advertisement in English and Punjabi News Paper

Public Hearing Photographs



Table 7.1 – Time bound action plan of the issues raised during public hearing

Sr.No

Name & Address of the person

Detail of query/statement/information/ clarification sought by the person present`

Reply of the query/statement/information/clarification given by the project proponent`

1. Sh. Hardev Singh, Sarpanch Village Rupana, District Sri Muktsar Sahib

He welcomed the Addi. Deputy Commissioner , Sri Muktsar Sahib, officers and the public present. He expressed his happiness over the expansion of the project from 300 TPD to 600 TPD. He further stated that with the expansion of the Industry, people of Village Rupana will get employment from the project. With the expansion of the industry, shopkeepers & other poor families of the area will get more benefit from it. He also stated that there are very less industries in Punjab. There is development of the area with the industrialization. All the people of the area and especially farmers are very happy with the expansion of the project. There will be no disadvantage with the expansion of the industry. He Congratulated the project management for the expansion. He demanded that the employment should be given to the local people. He further stated that if any worker of the industry make any mistake, then he should not be retrenched from the industry.

No Comments required.

2. Sh. Bohar Singh, r/o village Rupana, District Sri Muktsar Sahib

He welcomed all the officers & public for and on behalf of Village Rupana. Agriculture is backbone of any economy. He further stated that the industry has given direct & indirect employment to the people of the area. With the expansion of the industry, there will be generation of employment opportunities.




He also stated that with the burning of paddy, air pollution is caused. The Paddy straw is being purchased by the industry with which farmers of the area are getting benefits and pollution caused due to burning of paddy is reduced to some extent. He also stated that the industry has constituted trust, Which is organizing eye camps and doing other welfare works for the people of the area. He congratulated the project management for the expansion of the industry. He also stated that the industry should increase its production capacity from 300 TPD to 1200 TPD, So that the people of the area may get more employment and development of the area may increase.

3. Sh. Jaswinder Singh Pitta, Press Reporter

He stated that the public hearing is being conducted in a transparent manner. The industry has given employment to the people of the area. He wanted that more projects should be established in the area. The education is interlinked with the industry.


4. Dr. Jagan Nath Grover, Rupana, District Sri Muktsar sahib

He stated that the youth is going to abroad with which there is loss of economy to the country. He further stated that the industries are generating employment opportunities. He requested that more industries should be established in the area. He demanded that more trees/plants be planted to clean the environment

Environmental consultant of the company informed that the industry has proposed to develop green belt around the boundary of the plant in an area of 60832 sqm.

5. Sh. Harjit Singh, President, Village Rupana, District Sri Muktsar Sahib

He stated that the industry is going to increase its production capacity from 300 TPD to 600 TPD, for which public is being conducted. He

Environmental consultant of the company informed that the plantation has been carried out in area of 540 acres.



welcomed the same. He further stated that every industry has positive & negative impacts. He thanked the management as expansion of the industry will create more employment opportunities. The industry should develop more green belt.

6. Sh. Harvinder Singh, Village Goniana, District Sri Muktsar sahib

He stated that the industry is taking land of the farmer on lease in which trees/plants are being planted. He further stated that farmers are taking water from the industry, which has no effect on the crops of the farmers. The paddy of the area is being used as fuel in the industry with which pollution caused due to burning of paddy straw has been reduced to some extent. The industry has constructed two rooms in the govt. school of their village. The industry has got treatment free of cost of poor people of the area. He congratulated the management of the project.

Environmental consultant of the company informed that the industry has spent Rs.173 Lacs during the last three years for doing welfare activities in the near villages. He further informed that the industry has proposed to spend about Rs.3.75 Crores for doing philanthropic activities for the selective villages.

7. Sh. Kamaljit Singh Brar, r/o village Rupana, District Sri Muktsar Sahib

He Wanted that the quantity of water, which is used in the process by the industry, may be reduced.

Environmental Consultant of the company informed that at present the industry is using water@16500 m3/day for manufacturing of Paper @300 TPD and other activities in the industry. He further informed that the industry is going to increase its production capacity two times, but after expansion the unit, water requirement of the industry will be 24000 m3/day, as such, the industry has already proposed to reduce the water quantity in the process. He also informed that the industry has proposed to upgrade/modify its existing effluent treatment plant to handle the effluent to be generated after the expansion of the unit. He assured that proper treatment system will be in place to treat the effluent to be generated from the industry. Environmental Engineer (Mega),Punjab Pollution Control Board, Patiala informed that he has been informed by the Asstt.



Environmental Engineer, Punjab Pollution Control Board. Regional Office, Bathinda that the industry has already installed effluent treatment plant of adequate capacity to control the water pollution from the industry. He further informed that as informed by the Asstt. Environmental Engineer, Punjab pollution control board, Regional office, Bhatinda that the industry has already installed online monitoring system, which is connected with the head office of CPCB & PPCB and the phone numbers of the concerned operator & officer concerned are flashed on the monitor also.

7.2 EIC STUDY

In compliance to ToRs of the Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change, land use data and

satellite imagery for the area is obtained and is included in this section.

Broadly the study area is Rural which is classified into traditional categories such as areas under

Forests, Cultivated land (Irrigated and Unirrigated), Cultivable Waste land and „Area Not Available for

Cultivation‟. In compliance to the ToRs of MoEFCC land use data for the area was obtained from

Environmental Information Centre (EIC) based on the land use map and satellite imagery.

7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT

7.3.1 Introduction

Satia Industries Ltd. is an existing agro-based Integrated Pulp and Paper Mill with captive power

generation unit located at Rupana Distt. Muktsar (Punjab). Presently the unit is involved in

manufacturing of writing and printing paper with the production capacity of 300 TPD and now, the unit

intends to enhance the production capacity to 600 TPD. The Risk Assessment Study for the proposed

project has been carried out and all the details are elaborated in this chapter. Based on the findings &

recommendations of RA report, management plan has also been prepared and included.

Risk Assessment is defined as a continuous and integrated process of identification, evaluation and

measurement of risks, along with their potential impact on the organization.

The benefits of risk assessment include the following:

• Prevention or reduction in occurrence of accidents.

• Mitigation of the severity and/or consequences by the way of improved process techniques, fire

protection systems, arrangements of storage, inventory monitoring to fit production

requirements.

• Confidence building in employees by improving competency.

• Preparedness and prompt response to deal with any accident.

7.3.2 Objective, Philosophy and Methodology of Risk Assessment

Objective:



The principle objective of this study is to identify major risks in the manufacturing and to evaluate on-site

& off-site consequences of identified hazard scenarios. To give effective mitigation of hazards in terms

of suggestions for effective disaster management, suggesting minimum preventive and protective

measures & change of practices to ensure Occupational Health and Safety.

Philosophy:

The following aspects and areas are covered in this study;

• Identification of major risk areas.

• Hazard identification / Identification of failure cases

• Consequential analysis of probable risks / failure cases

• Determination of the probable risk by releasing of chemical due to leakage of storage tank and

catastrophic failure.

• Risk assessment on the basis of the above evaluation & risk acceptability

• Minimum preventive & protective measures to be taken to minimize risks to maximum possible

extent.

• Giving pointers for effective disaster management

• Suggesting other measures to further lower the probability of risk

Methodology:

Design data, built in safety systems has been studied. Mutual discussions has been carried with the

officials. Safety related individual system is discussed. Hazard identification exercise is conducted

taking into consideration of materials, material handling methods, operating procedures, built in safety in

reactors, operating parameters and safety measures to be taken in proposed plant. Few areas like

process building, storage of hazardous chemicals, to evaluate safety systems in the event of any

abnormalities occurring. Containment failure scenario related to storage area is considered for hazard

analysis and consequences of such containment failures are considered in detail. Thus, this study is

mainly oriented towards actual risks rather than chronic risks.

7.3.3 Hazardous Material, Process & Safety

7.3.3.1 Hazardous Products

No hazardous product is produced in the mill.

7.3.3.2 Hazardous Raw Materials

Hazardous substances may be classified into two main classes: Flammable substances and Toxic

substances. Flammable substances or the vapours arising in some reaction require interaction with air

for their hazard to be realized. Toxic substances are those whose exposure may result in occupational

diseases in the human beings in vicinity. The mail and only product of the unit is writing and printing

paper which is non-hazardous. The basic raw materials for the manufacturing of writing and printing

paper will be agro waste like wheat straw, rice husk, and sarkanda along with the few hazardous

chemicals like, Chlorine Dioxide. Hazardous characteristics of the major flammable/ toxic materials

employed in different stages of production are listed in Table 7.2 and the details of hazardous properties

are listed in following Table 7.3.



Table 7.2 - Properties of storage chemicals used at the mill

Chemical Codes/Label TLV BP MP

0C

Sodium Hydroxide Corrosive 2 mg/m3 1390 318.4

TLV: Threshold Limit Value BP: Boiling Point MP: Melting Point

Table 7.3 - Properties of Hazardous Chemical

7.3.3.4 Safety Measures for Transportation, Storage & Handling

General Safety Measures for Storage

For the safe storage company has provided the following safety measures.

• Sufficient storage area will be provided and will be kept away from service/ maintenance

buildings to ensure that spreading of fire in storage area can be prevented.

• Display boards has been provided on all storage tanks which includes the name of the product,

stored material of construction, calibration of tanks and date of painting.

• The level indicators are provided to see the exact liquid level inside the tank and to avoid

spillage.

• All the storage tanks are provided with dyke wall and transferring pumps which helps to reduce

the risk of tank leakages.

• Raw material is properly stored in stacks and the sufficient space if provided between two

stacks. Temp. of each stack of raw material is checked every week to avoid the possibility of

auto combustion and proper record is maintained.

• Proper earthing is provided to all storage tanks to prevent the firing due to static charges.

• Water filled chamber is provided on silencer pipe of each and every vehicle before allowing it to

enter in storage area.

Property Unit Chlorine Dioxide

Boiling point °C 11

Vapour Pressure atm 1

Flash point °C NA

Freezing point °C -59

Density Kg/m3 1.54

Ambient Saturation Conc ppm 1,000,000

TLV/TWA ppm 0.1

IDLH ppm 5

LEL % 10

UEL % NA

Hazardous Classification -- Hazardous, Toxic & Non-

Flamable



• Hazardous display board and national fire prevention association code are displayed on all

storage tanks.

• Temperature indicator and pressure gauge are provided to all storage tanks.

• Smoking is strictly prohibited in mills premises heat &/or smoke detection with alarm system will

be provided at designated locations.

• Fire hydrants is provided in storage yard and fire fighting equipments (fire extinguishers, water-

bucket, sand buckets and hydrant points) are provided at designated locations in the plant area.

• The management will prepare the booklet on disclosure of information to general public,

workers and authorities.

The details of raw material storage, handling and transportation are given in following Table 7.4.

Table 7.4 - Properties of Hazardous Chemical

Name of

Chemical

Ph

ys

ica

l

Fo

rm

Typ

e o

f

Sto

rag

e

Sto

rag

e T

an

k

Ca

pa

cit

y

Ma

x. S

tora

ge

Ca

pa

cit

y

Sto

rag

e

Pre

ss

ure

Kg

/cm

2

Sto

rag

e

Tem

p. °C

So

urc

e

Mo

de

of

Tra

ns

po

rtati

on

Chlorine

Dioxide Gas

Storage

Tank 50 m3 100 m3 Atm. Amb. Local

Self

Manufacturing

7.3.3.5 Safety Measures for preventive maintenance

The safety measures in form of the general Do's & Don'ts for safety in process & other plant area are as

below:

• Do not work on equipment without permission from plant head and maintenance head.

• Keep proper and adequate fire extinguisher near work area.

• Use proper PPE‟s.

• Do not allow any employment without pre-medical check-up or without checking fitness.

• Check all motors are disconnected and fuse pulled out before maintenance.

• Work in any equipment must be done under supervision.

• Make sure all process lines are disconnected.

• Additional safety measures in form of the checklist covering Do's & Don'ts of preventive

maintenance, manufacturing utility staff for safety related measures should be updated timely

and made available to all concern department & personnel and its use must be ensured by

safety officer.

7.4 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH PROGRAM

Occupational safety and health (OSH) is an area concerned with protecting the safety, health and

welfare of people engaged in work or employment. The goals of occupational safety and health

programs include fostering a safe and healthy work environment. OSH may also protect co-workers,

family members, employers, customers, and many others who might be affected by the workplace

environment.



OSH can also be used for moral, legal, and financial reasons. All organizations have a duty of care to

ensure that employees and any other person who may be affected by the companies undertaking

remain safe at all times. Moral obligations would involve the protection of employee's lives and health.

Legal reasons for OSH practices relate to the preventative, punitive and compensatory effects of laws

that protect worker's safety and health. OSH can also reduce employee injury and illness related costs,

including medical care, sick leave and disability benefit costs.

Health hazards associated with the occupation are called occupational hazards. In industry due to

handling of toxic and hazardous substance there are possibilities of developing occupational diseases.

Occupational health needs attention both during construction & erection and operation & maintenance

phases. However, the problem varies both in magnitude and variety in the above phases.

7.4.1 Construction and Erection

The occupational health problems envisaged at this stage can mainly be due to unconditional acts and

condition at site. To overcome these hazards necessary protective equipment‟s will be provided to

workers. Height job will done under supervision. Training will be provided to workers periodically related

to the job. Good housekeeping will be maintained in construction area.

7.4.2 Operation and Maintenance

The problem of occupational health, in the operation and maintenance phase is primarily due to noise

and chemical exposure. The necessary personal protective equipment‟s are/ will be given to workers as

per the job. Following personnel protective equipment‟s is/ will be provided.

Industrial safety helmet

• Face shield with replaceable acrylic vision

• Punk Type safety goggles for dust protection

• Chemical splash proof goggles

• Eye/ Face shower & eye wash bottles

• Gum boots

• Welders equipment for eye and face protection

• Cylindrical type earplug

• Emergency chlorine leakage control kit

• Ear muffs

• PVC apron

• Full body harness

• Water gel blankets

• Asbestos and rubber hand gloves

• Acid/Alkali proof PVC hand gloves

• Self contained breathing apparatus

• Boiler suit

• Electrically tested electrical resistance hand gloves

7.4.3 Hospital facilities

Satia Industries had made formal agreements with nearby hospital (Bansal Nursing Home ,6 km from

SIL, Dr. Mukesh Bansal-MBBS,MS,Ph.No.-01633-262023 and Guru Nanak Hospital ,6 km from SIL, Dr.



Madan Mohan Bansal-MBBS,MD,Ph.No.01633-240686) to attend affected persons during emergency/

accident.

7.4.4 Factory medical officer

A qualified doctor has been appointed as Factory Medical Officer (FMO) (Dr. Sandeep Singh Sandhu-

MBBS, Mo.9872622642) on retainer ship basis. Paramedical Staff will be employed additionally.

7.4.5 Ambulance van

Ambulance van facility is available with the company 24x7.

7.4.6 First aid box

First aid box is located at security room, control room, admin building etc. at in the plant; training is

given to employees for First Aid.

7.4.7 Periodic medical examination

The medical checkup program is being conducted as pre-employment and post-employment check-up

programs. Pre employment check up has been mandatory and tests like chest x rays, audiometry,

spirometry vision testing, ECG, haemogram (examination of the blood), urine (Routine and

Microscopic), complete physical examination i.e. Musculo-skeletal disorders (MSD), backache, pain in

minor and major joints, fatigue, etc. are being/will be conducted.

Medical check-up of all the employees is being/will be carried out periodically by qualified medical

officer and health records are maintained in prescribed format.

Employed Workers are/will be medically examined by a qualified medical practitioner/Factory Medical

Officer, in the following manner:

• Once in a period of 6 months, to ascertain physical fitness of the person to do the particular job

and to ascertain the health status of all the workers in respect of occupational health hazards to

which they are exposed and in cases where in the opinion of the Factory Medical Officer it is

necessary to do so at a shorter interval in respect of any workers;

• In periodic and premedical examinations, various parameters are being checked. Viz. Liver

Function Tests, Chest X-rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, color

vision and any other ocular defect) ECG and other parameters as will be found necessary as

per the opinion of Factory Medical officer.

7.4.8 Management plan for occupational health & safety

Following management plan has been proposed so that exposure of the workers can be kept within

Permissible Exposure Level (PEL)/Threshold Level value (TLV) to protect their health;

1. To formulate and implement an Environmental management Plan (EMP) for OHS with following

aims:

To keep airborne concentration of toxic and hazardous chemicals below PEL and TLV.

Protect general health of workers likely to be exposed to such chemicals

Providing training, guidelines, resources and facilities to concerned department for occupational

health hazards.

Permanent changes to workplace procedures or work location to be done if it is found necessary

on the basis of findings from workplace Monitoring Plan.



2. EMP be formulated on the guidelines issued by Bureau of Indian Standards on OHS

Management Systems: IS 18001:2000 Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems.

3. EMP is incorporated in Standard Operating Procedure also.

4. The EMP includes measure to keep airborne concentration of toxic and hazardous chemicals

below its PEL and TLV, like

a) Leak surveys

b) Separate storage for toxic chemicals

c) Exhaust ventilation

d) Proper illumination

e) On‐line detectors toxic chemicals like chlorine

f) Close processes to avoid spills and exposures

g) Supply of proper PPEs like air mask, berating canisters, SCBA sets, on‐line breathing

apparatus at the places where there is possibility of presence of toxic chemicals

h) Decontamination procedure for empty drums and carboys.

i) Regular maintenance program for pumps, equipment, instruments handling toxic and

corrosive chemicals

j) Display of warning boards

k) Training to persons handling toxic and corrosive chemicals

l) All First Aid Measures such as Flushing bottles for eyes with plenty of water, Flushing bottles

for skin with plenty of water while removing contaminated clothing and shoes and flush skin

with plenty of soap and water, not to induce vomiting, fluid and electrolytes as antidotes

have been made available.

5. Workplace Monitoring Plan

Each workplace must be evaluated to identify potential hazards from toxic substances or harmful

physical agents. It is in concern that a workplace Monitoring Plan to be prepared & implemented

in consultation with FMO and Industrial Hygienists. The work zone monitoring has been

conducted in the industry during the study period with respect to following parameters such as

PM2.5, PM10, TSPM, SO2, NOx, Noise, etc.

Table 7.5 - Work Place Monitoring in the Industrial Premises

# Location PM10

(24 h) (µg/m3)

PM2.5

(24 h) (µg/m3)

SO2

(24 h) (µg/m3)

NO2

(24 h)

(µg/m3)

Noise dB(A)

1. Pulp Mill 88.9 48.2 32.6 20.3 67.8 - 88.9

2. Paper Machine 82.5 44.8 24.5 22.8 79.0 - 91.0

3. Power Plant 74.6 32.9 18.6 26.9 92.9 - 99.4

4. Main Gate 78.7 36.0 11.8 18,4 42.5 - 69.9

6. Health Evaluation of Workers



The management has derived a plan to check and evaluate the exposure specific health status

evaluation of workers.

Workers have been checked for physical fitness with special reference to the possible health

hazards likely to be present where he/she is being expected to work before being employed for

that purpose. Basic examinations like Liver Function tests, chest x ray, Audiometry, Spirometry

Vision testing (Far & Near vision, color vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, etc. are carried

out. However, the parameters and frequency of such examination are decided in consultation

with Factory Medical Officer and Industrial Hygienists.

While in work, all the workers are periodically examined for the health with specific reference to the

hazards which they are likely to be exposed to during work. Health evaluation is carrying out

considering the bodily functions likely to be affected during work. The parameters and frequency of such

examination are decided in consultation with Factory Medical Officer and Industrial Hygienists Plan of

monthly and yearly report of the health status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health

and Safety. Details of Health evaluation of workers is placed in Table 7.6.

Table 7.6 - Health Evaluation of Workers

To which chemicals workers are exposed directly or indirectly

Whether these chemicals are within TLV/Permissible exposure levels as per ACGIH recommendation

What measures company have taken to keep these chemicals within PEL/TLV

How the workers are evaluated concerning their exposure to chemicals during

pre‐placement and periodical medical monitoring

What are onsite and offsite emergency plan during chemical disaster

Chlorine Dioxide Within TLV Limit Conc.: BDL

Local exhaust ventilation, personnel protective equipment,

Lung Function Test, Examination of Respiratory and eyes, chest roentgenogram, x-ray if necessary

1. Fire hydrant system and foam monitor 2. Trainer fire fighter 3. Sand bucket stand

7.5 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM AND EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT

7.5.1 Firefighting system

Necessary fire fighting arrangements at each strategic location of the mill specifically, the raw

material storage yard, finished product godown, chemical godown and all the electrical penal

rooms are covered by suitable kind of fire extinguishers and fire hydrant networks. At different



strategic locations, fire hose boxes (containing fire hose pipes and gun metal nozzles) are

provided.

Mock drill & training is/will be conducted at scheduled intervals.

Fire fighting is/ will be available 24x7 in the premises.

7.5.2 Emergency Management

Emergency Planning:

Emergency siren and wind sock has been installed.

On Site emergency Plan is prepared.

Tele Communication system and mobile phone are used in case of emergency situations for

communication.

First Aid Boxes and Occupational health centre are made at site.

Safety Practices in the Work Area:

We inform our all employees of the potential hazards of contact with chemicals and train them in

appropriate first-aid procedures.

Chemical handling areas are clearly marked and restricted to qualified, trained personnel only.

Emergency Procedures

In case of emergencies, follow recommended first aid and emergency response procedures

adopted.

Transportation Emergencies

In emergency situations resulting from vehicle accidents:

Notify the local police, fire departments, emergency responders and the carrier.

Isolate the area.

Any person not dressed in proper protective clothing and not using a NIOSH approved self-

contained breathing apparatus should be kept a safe distance away.

Call to the supplier.

Seek immediate medical assistance for those injured and follow recommended first aid

procedures.

Leaking Containers

When handling leaking bottle personnel protective clothing, goggles and NIOSH approved self-

contained breathing equipment must be worn.

Clear contaminated area of non-essential personnel and send them to assembly point.



There should be provision of proper ventilation. Scrub the floors and equipment with soap and

water.

First Aid Procedure

Immediate medical assistance is required if chlorine dioxide and hydrogen peroxide are inhaled

or has contacted the eyes or skin.

If chlorine dioxide and hydrogen peroxide has been inhaled, move exposed person to fresh air. If

not breathing, if breathing is irregular or if respiratory arrest occurs, provide artificial respiration

or oxygen by trained personnel. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Get

medical attention immediately.

For skin contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes while

removing contaminated clothing and shoes. To avoid the risk of static discharges and gas

ignition, soak contaminated clothing thoroughly with water before removing it. Wash clothing

before reuse. Clean shoes thoroughly before reuse. Get medical attention immediately.

If hydrogen peroxide comes in contact with the eyes, check for and remove any contact lenses.

Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes, occasionally lifting the upper

and lower eyelids. Get medical attention immediately

In all cases of injury, obtain immediate medical attention. Provide emergency personnel with

information about all materials used by the person and provide appropriate information and first

aid procedures.

Details of Fire equipment‟s and Hydrants are attached as Annexure X.

7.6 RISK ASSESSMENT STUDY

Risk involves the occurrence or potential occurrence of some accidents consisting of an event or

sequence of events. The description of the tasks of the various phases involved in the risk analysis is

detailed below. The study aims to analyze the risk associated with the following scenarios in the pulp &

paper mill:

i) Hazards associated with various processes

ii) Raw material storage in the plant.

The risk analysis assessment study covers the following:

Identification of potential hazard area;

Identification of representative failure cases;

Assessment of the overall suitability of the site from hazard minimization and disaster

management point of view;

Furnishing of specific recommendations on the minimization of the worst accident possibilities;

and



Preparation of broad Disaster Management Plant (DMP), On-site Emergency Plan, which

includes Occupational Health & Safety Plans.

7.6.1 Hazard Identification

Hazard is an inherent property of a substance, agent, and source of energy or situation having potential

of causing undesirable consequences.

Identification of hazards in pulp & paper mill is of primary significance in the analysis, quantification &

cost effective control of accidents involving chemicals and process. Estimation of probability of an

unexpected event and its severity form the basis of quantification of risk in terms of damage to property,

environment or personnel as:

Risk = Probability X Severity

Therefore, the type, quantity, location and conditions of release of a toxic or flammable substance have

to be identified in order to estimate its damaging effects, the area involved and the possible

precautionary measures required to be taken.

The following two methods of hazard identification have been employed in the study:

Identification of major hazards based on Manufacture, Storage, And Import Of Hazardous

Chemicals Rules (MSIHC Rules), 2000 Government Of India, as amended till date.

Process Hazard Analysis (PHA) is a method to evaluate and identify credible hazardous

scenarios. PHA is a thorough, orderly, systematic approach for identifying, evaluating, and

controlling the hazards of processes involving hazardous chemicals.

The probable potential hazards are classified as under:

1. Storage Hazards:

All the hazardous materials used during the manufacturing activity are stored in drum/tank/cylinder.

Storage hazard can be evaluated based on the storage of various materials. The condition of event like

catastrophic failure of storage tank, ruputure of pipe connected to storage tank, small crack and leakage

in the tank may lead to storage hazard.

2. Fire hazards:

Fire hazard can be evaluated based on storage quantity and flammability of materials stored. The

condition of events like spillage, leakage of material could leads to fire. Equipment failures, presence of

open flame or spark in the area, static charge accumulation, open live cables and reaction between

incompatible materials are some of the reasons which lead to the occurrence of fire.

3. Toxicity Hazard:

Toxic substances affect in three ways by ingestion, absorption & inhalation. Adequate provision of

safety along with personnel protective equipment are made, breathing apparatus and emergency kit are

provided at various locations of the installation.

4. Explosion Hazard:



Release of energy in a rapid and uncontrolled manner gives rise to explosion. Identified locations

having explosion hazards are in tank and storage area (warehouse). Extra care shall be taken by

providing rupture disc, pressure release valve and temperature controller. In addition, fire and explosion

hazard is identified as catastrophic failure of storage tanks area.

5. Corrosive Hazard:

Corrosion is a chemical reaction-taking place at the surface of metal. The corrosive chemicals have

their typical hazard when it comes in contact with human tissues. Most corrosive substances produce

chemical burns, while certain chemical produce deep ulceration. Other has detailing effect on skin and

may cause dermatitis. This also has adverse effects on weakening the strength of material in contact.

6. Mechanical Hazard:

Following mechanical hazards are identified which can cause any unforeseen event which will again

result in accident.

Handling of cranes, trolleys, construction machineries.

Handling of mechanical equipment‟s like shovel, forklift, etc.

Handling of raw material MS Scrap, products and various mechanical accessories.

Maintenance workshop etc.

7. Electrical Hazard:

Use of various electrical instrument, electrical appliances may cause electrical hazards during use of

various appliances.

7.6.2 Hazard Assessment and Evaluation

Preliminary Hazard Analysis (PHA)

It is based on the philosophy “prevention is better than cure”. Safety is relative and implies freedom

from danger or injury. But there is always some element of danger or risk in anything we do or build.

The purpose of preliminary hazard analysis is to identify early in the design process the potential

hazards associated with, or inherent in, a process design, thus eliminating costly and time consuming

delays caused by design changes made later. This also eliminates potential hazard points at design

stage itself. A preliminary hazard analysis is carried out initially to identify the major hazards associated

with storages and the processes of the plant. This is followed by consequence analysis to quantify

these hazards. Finally, the vulnerable zones are plotted, for which risk reducing measures are deduced

and implemented. There are various process activities involved in this pulp and paper mill operations

like raw material handling and preparation, chemical pulping bleaching of pulp stock preparation paper

making & processing except for chemical pulping, pulp bleaching and chemical recovery from black

liquor, all the other processes involve purely mechanical operations that are not complex or hazardous.

Chemical pulping involves cooking of raw material with sodium hydroxide. Sodium hydroxide is a mildly

hazardous chemical in nature. The washing and paper manufacturing process contains no involvement

of any hazardous chemicals as such. Oxygen delignification and chlorine dioxide bleaching are used to

eliminate elemental chlorine bleaching i, e. The purpose of introducing elemental chlorine free bleaching



(ECF bleaching) in the process is to reduce pollution load as well as AOX level. Bleaching process

including ODL, chlorine dioxide, alkali extraction, hydrogen peroxide, oxygen i.e. (ODL, EOP, pulping

sequence) is being employed which reduces pollution load in treated waste water and improve product

quality. Hence, no major hazards with the potential for any emergency situation exist in the process

plant.

A preliminary hazard analysis is carried out initially to identify the major hazards associated with

storages and the processes of the plant. This is followed by consequence analysis to quantify these

hazards. Finally, the vulnerable zones are plotted, for which risk reducing measures are deduced and

implemented. The various process activities involved in this pulp and paper mill operations are:

Raw material handling and preparation

Chemical Pulping

Bleaching of pulp

Stock Preparation

Paper Making & Processing

Except for chemical pulping, pulp bleaching and chemical recovery from black liquor, all the other

processes involve purely mechanical operations that are not complex or hazardous. Chemical pulping

involves cooking of raw material with sodium hydroxide at temperatures below 175ºC. No major

hazards are expected from this process. Sodium hydroxide is a mildly hazardous chemical in nature.

The washing and paper manufacturing process contains no involvement of any hazardous chemicals as

such. Hence, no major hazards with the potential for any emergency situation exist in the process plant.

The other hazards related to boiler operation and other storage areas are given in Table 7.7 and

preliminary hazard analysis for whole of the plant is given in Table 7.8.

Table 7.7- Preliminary hazard analysis for process and storage areas

Equipment Process Potential Hazard

Provision

Power Transformer

-- Fire &

Explosion All electrical fittings and cables are

provided as per the specified standards

Switch Yard Control Room

- Fire in cable trenches and

switches

All electrical fittings and cables are/will be provided as per the specified standards

Caustic Used in chemical pulping

Leakage Standby storage tank provided to empty up

the leaking tank.

Table 7.8 - Preliminary hazard analysis for the whole plant in general

PHA Category

Description of plausible hazards

Recommendation Provision



Environmental Factors

Any leakage and eventuality of source

of ignition -

All electrical fittings and cables are provided as per the specified standards. All

motor starters are flame proof.

Fire hazard in the storage facility.

A well-designed fire protection including

mechanical foam, dry powder and fire

buckets are provided.

Fire extinguishers of medium capacity are

provided at all potential fire hazard places. In addition to the above, fire hydrant

network is/will be provided.

7.6.3 MCA Scenarios and Consequences Analysis

A Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) can be characterized as the worst credible accident. In other

words an accident in an activity, resulting in the maximum consequence distance that is still believed to

be possible. A MCA analysis does not include a quantification of the probability of occurrence of the

accident. Another aspect, in which the pessimistic approach of MCA studies appears, is the

atmospheric condition that is used for dispersion calculations.

The Maximum Credible Loss (MCL) scenarios have been developed for the facility. The MCL cases

considered, attempt to include the worst “Credible” incidents-what constitutes a credible incident is

always subjective. Nevertheless, guidelines have evolved over the years and based on basic

engineering judgment, the cases have been found to be credible and modeling for assessing

vulnerability zones is prepared accordingly.

The objective of the study is emergency planning, hence only holistic & conservative assumptions are

used for obvious reasons. Hence, though the outcomes may look pessimistic, the planning for

emergency concept should be borne in mind whilst interpreting the results.

This has been done for weather conditions having wind speed 3.0 m/s. In Consequence Analysis,

geographical location of the source of potential release plays an important role. Consideration of a large

number of scenarios in the same geographical location serves little purpose if the dominant scenario

has been identified and duly considered.

The Consequence Analysis has been done for selected scenarios by ALOHA (version 5.4.1.2) of EPA.

The details of software used for MCA analysis are described below.

A computer based version ALOHA 5.4.1.2 is used to calculate toxic and explosive effect of the

accidental release of liquid chemicals within the plant area.

ALOHA (Areal Locations of Hazardous Atmosphere) is a computer program designed especially

for use by people responding to chemical release as well as for emergency planning and

training.

ALOHA was jointly developed by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA)

and the Environment Protection Agency (EPA).

The mathematical model is based on the Emergency Response Planning Guidelines (ERPGs)

which gives Toxic Levels of Concern (LOCs) to predict the area where a toxic liquid

concentration might be high enough to harm people.



ALOHA models key hazards-toxicity, flammability, thermal radiation (Heat), and over pressure

(expansion blast force)-related to chemical releases that result in toxic gas dispersion, fire and/or

explosion.

7.6.4 Definitions & Explanation of Terms Used

EPRG-1: The maximum concentration in air below which it is believed nearly all individuals could be

exposed for up to one hour without experiencing other than mild transient adverse health effects or

perceiving a clearly defined objectionable odour.

EPRG-2: The maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals

could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing irreversible or other serious health

effects or symptoms which could impair an individual's ability to take protective action.

ERPG-3: The maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals

could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing life-threatening health effects.

AEGL-1: The airborne concentration of a substance above which it is predicted that the general

population, including susceptible individuals, could experience notable discomfort, irritation, or certain

asymptomatic no sensory effects. However, the effects are not disabling and are transient and

reversible upon cessation of exposure.


population, including susceptible individuals, could experience irreversible or other serious, long-lasting

adverse health effects or an impaired ability to escape.


population, including susceptible individuals, could experience life-threatening health effects or death.

IDLH: IDLH is an estimate of the maximum concentration in the air to which a healthy worker could

be exposed without suffering permanent or escape-impairing health effects.

LEL: LEL is the minimum concentration of fuel in the air needed for a fire or an explosion to occur if an

ignition source is present. If the concentration is below the LEL, there is not enough fuel in the air to

sustain a fire or an explosion -- it is too lean.

UEL: UEL is the maximum concentration of fuel in the air that can sustain a fire or an explosion if an

ignition source is present. If the concentration is above the UEL, there is not enough oxygen to sustain

a fire or an explosion -- it is too rich (much like an engine that cannot start because it has been flooded

with gasoline).

STEL: The concentration to which workers can be exposed continuously for a short period of time

without suffering from

Irritation

Chronic or Irreversible tissue damage

Narcosis of sufficient degree to increase injury, impair self-rescue or materially reduce work

efficiency and provide that the daily TLV-TWA is not exceeded.

TWA: The time-weighted average concentration for a normal 8-hour workday and a 40-hour

workweek, to which nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed, day by day, without adverse effect.



Source Strength: The source strength is either the rate the chemical enters the atmosphere or the burn

rate, depending on the scenario. A chemical may escape very quickly (so that source strength is high),

as when a pressurized container is ruptured, or more slowly over a longer period of time (so that source

strength is low), as when a puddle evaporates.

Threat zone: It represents the area within which the hazard level (toxicity, flammability, thermal

radiation, or overpressure) is predicted to exceed the Level of Concern (LOC) at some time after a

release begins.

Evaporation Puddle: Choose Puddle from the Source submenu under the set up menu to model a

liquid that has spilled and formed a puddle on the ground. ALOHA can model the puddle either as an

evaporating puddle or, if the chemical is flammable, as a Pool Fire. Choose Puddle when a puddle has

already formed on the ground and is not changing in area. If liquid is continuing to leak from a tank and

spilling into a puddle (so that the puddle's area and volume are increasing) choose Tank from the

Source submenu instead. Check the "Tank source" help topic to learn more about this option.

Toxic Threat zone: A Toxic Level of Concern (LOC) is a threshold concentration of an airborne

pollutant, usually the concentration above which a hazard may exist.

Threat at Point: It represents the specific information about the hazards at point of interest (such as

schools and hospitals) in and around the threat zones.

7.6.5 Possible Accident Scenario

Major two raw materials, chlorine dioxide and hydrogen peroxide, are used for the manufacturing

activity area hazardous, which are hazardous in nature. The details of storage and properties of

hazardous chemical are given earlier in Table-7.3 & Table-7.4 and the threshold value of these

hazardous chemicals is mentioned in the Table- 7.9.

Different scenarios for occurrence of any accidents due to storage/usage of hazardous chemicals are

prescribed below;

Scenario-A: Release of chemical due to leakage and form evaporating puddle (not burning)

Scenario-B: Release of chemical due to leakage and form burning puddle (pool fire)

Scenario-C: Release of chemical due to catastrophic failure (Bleve)

During the current analysis only Scenario- A is considered for both hydrogen peroxide and chlorine

dioxide because Scenario- B & C is not applicable as the chemical is non-flamable. The atmospheric

condition and possibilities of source strength considered at the time of accident are given in Table-7.10

and 7.11

Table 7.9: Threshold values of the Hazardous Chemicals

Sr.

No. Hazardous Chemicals

Threshold Value*

AEGL / ERPG-1 AEGL / ERPG-2 AEGL / ERPG-3

1. Chlorine Dioxide 0.15 ppm 1.1 ppm 2.4 ppm



*AEGL: Acute Exposure Guideline Levels (For Chlorine Dioxide)

ERPG: Emergency Response Planning Guidelines (For H2O2)

Table 7.10: Atmospheric Condition Assumed

Particulars Details

Wind 3.0 meters/second

Ground Roughness Open Country

Cloud Cover 0 tenths

Air Temperature 40° C

Stability Class C

Relative Humidity 50%

Table 7.11: Source Strength considered

Particulars For Chlorine Dioxide

Tank/Cylinder Diameter 1.0 m

Tank/Cylinder Length 1.15 m

Tank/Cylinder volume 900 kg

InternalTemperature 40° C

Chemical Mass in Tank 2.89 Kg

Circular Opening Diameter 1 inches

Opening from Drum bottom 0.5 m

Internal Pressure at Failure 1.2 atm

Percentage of Tank Mass in Fireball --

Scenario-A1: Release of Chlorine dioxide due to leakage and form evaporating puddle (Not burning)

a) Source Strength

In case of chlorine dioxide gas escape from cylinder by a hole of 1 inch, then approximate average

sustained release rate will be 28.2 g/Sec and hence approx. 1.69 Kg of gas will be released in one

minute as shown in the below Figure-7.1.



Figure-7.1: Source Strength in case of Chlorine Dioxide gas escape

b) Threat Zone

Toxic Threat Zone

Model output and Isopleths result of Toxic threat zone for gas release is given in Table 7.12&Fig. 7.2.

Table 7.12: Threat zone of toxic gas concentration (AEGL Value)

Threat Zone Concentration, ppm Threat Zone

Red 2.4 237 m

Orange 1.1 352 m

Yellow 0.15 862 m

Figure-7.2: Isopleths result of Toxic threat zone



c) Threat at point

In case of leakage of chlorine dioxide gas from drum through hole and not burning, the

significant effects will be up to 862 m in case of toxic threat zone. Thus the effect in case of any

accident will remain in surrounding of the unit only and there will be no significant concentration or

effect at a far distance to the nearest habitat area.

7.6.6 SAFETY HAZARD

Safety of plant personnel and equipment‟s is of utmost importance irrespective of plant size.

Units should bring its environment, health and safety policy and follow it. The need of safety is to

protect and serve the mankind, to search and suggest the safe ways of behaviour and keeping the safe

working. The concept of safety has developed through three stages: Accident Prevention, Total Loss

prevention and Total Loss Control. The chemical poses more of Occupational Health Hazard, while fuel

posses more of safety / accidental hazards. Hazard & risk assessment has been carried out for

exposure to harmful dust / vapours, liquid pool evaporation or boiling and leakage‟s in confined space.

The hazards involved and its control measures for the chemicals which are being handled or stored in the

premises are given in Table 7.13:

Table 7.13: Hazards and its control measures for Chlorine Dioxide

Types of hazard

/ exposure

Acute hazards /

symptoms Prevention First aid / fire fighting

Fire Not combustible

but enhances

combustion of

other substances,

Oxidising agent

No open flames, No

sparks, and No smoking.

Self-contained breathing

apparatus with a full facepiece

operated in pressure demand or

other positive pressure mode.

Explosion Reacts violently

with organics,

phosphorus,

potassium

hydroxide and

sulphur, causing

fire and explosion

hazard

Provide exhaust ventilation

or other engineering

controls to keep the

airborne concentrations of

vapors below their

respective

threshold limits value.

Ensure that eyewash

stations and safety

Fight fire from maximum distance

or use unmanned hose holders

or monitor nozzles.

Cool containers with flooding

quantities of water until well after

fire is out



showers are proximal to

the work-station location.

Inhalation Slightly

hazardous in

case of inhalation

(lung sensitizer)

Ventilation, local exhaust,

or breathing protection.

Move to fresh air.

If breathing has stopped, give

artificial respiration.

If breathing is difficult, give

oxygen. Call a doctor.

Skin Irritation to skin Protective gloves and

boots.

In case of contact, immediately

flush skin with plenty of water for

at least 15 minutes while

removing contaminated clothing

and shoes. Cover the irritated

skin with an emollient. Cold

water may be used.Wash

clothing before reuse.

Thoroughly clean

shoes before reuse. Get medical

attention immediately.

Eyes Irritation Safety goggles,

face shield or eye

protection in combination

with breathing protection.

Check for and remove any

contact lenses. In case of

contact, immediately flush eyes

with plenty of water for at least

15

minutes. Cold water may be

used. Get medical attention

immediately.

Ingestion Nausea, vomiting,

or loss of

consciousness.

Do not eat, drink, or smoke

during work.

Do NOT induce vomiting unless

directed to do so by medical

personnel. Never give anything

by mouth to an unconscious

person. Loosen tight clothing

such as a collar, tie, belt or

waistband. Get medical attention

if symptoms appear.



Observation and Recommendation to prevent exposure to chemicals are as follows:

Safety guards (enclosures) is/will be provided on the moving parts of the machines.

Safety hand rails are also provided around the heavy machineries.

Standard operating procedures (SOP) also provided near the machines to read before

operation. It is available in Hindi and English Language which can be easily readable to the

workers.

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) like goggles, safety shoes, helmet, apron, earplugs,

facemask & clothing is/will be provided to employees as per the job requirements

First aid kit is/will be provided at every working location.

Hand trolley is also used occasionally for manual handling and movement of the raw material

and products.

Proper ventilation is/will be provided throughout the plant.

Eating in plant premises will be strictly prohibited except canteen.

Facilities that allow work clothes to be separated from personal clothes, and for washing /

showering after work are provided.

Policy for periodic health checks will be implemented.

Use of filter respirators when exposed to dust.

Following actions are being taken to ensure safety

1. Procedures of safe shut down and isolation.

2. Actions to be taken if emergency arise from any fire, explosion, collapsing of structures or

equipments etc.

3. Workers are fed with the knowledge of safety measures and controls.

4. The workers are/will be trained for the operation of artificial respiratory equipment such as self

contained breathing equipment.

5. Rehearsals are done so that on-site personnel can fully train themselves for the emergency.

6. Emergency boards are/will be provided at the various places in Punjabi, Hindi and English to

materialize the emergency.

7. Suggestions from the workers will always be welcomed to modify the system as well as to make

system more reliable and effective.

8. Material Safety data Sheet (MSDS) of the chemical used and products are made available at the

place of use also attached here as Annexure -XI.

9. Storage and process areas are posted with “No Smoking” signs. Smoking is prohibited throughout

the factory. All management staff, executives are responsible to ensure compliance.



10. Adequate ventilation is provided in process area so that airborne concentration does not exceed

threshold limit value.

11. On site and off site emergency plan has been prepared.

12. Annual mock drill is regularly carried out to train and aware the workers and other employees in

case of emergency situation as a part of on-site emergency. Record of the same are maintained

regularly.

13. Assembly Point has been decided where all the employees and worker should meet at the time of

emergency occurrence.Counting of workers and employees take place immediately at assembly

point and compared with those present.

14. To provide appropriate instruction, training, retraining and supervision to employees in health and

safety, first aid and to ensure that adequate publicity is given to ensure proper implementation of

fire prevention methods and an appropriate fire fighting service together with training facilities for

personnel involved in this service; To organize collection, analysis and presentation of data on

accident, sickness and incident involving people injury or injury to health with a view to taking

corrective, remedial and preventive action; To promote through the established machinery, joint

consultation in health and safety matters to ensure effective participation by all employees

15. To publish/notify regulations, instructions and notices in the common language of employees

16. To prepare separate safety rules for each type of occupation/processes involved in a plant

17. To ensure regular safety inspection by a competent person at suitable intervals of all buildings,

equipments, work places and operations.

7.6.7 Safety organization

A safety organization is formed in the mill comprising of Technical Director as the Incident

controller. A detailed organization chart of safety organization is given below prescribing the roles of

different personnel‟s roles and responsibilities.

Safety Committee

Safety committee in the mill is formed comprising of HODs and workers in 50:50 ratio. A total of

14 members are part of this committee. A quarterly meeting of the safety committee is started from

November – 2007. The committee shall discuss their plan of action for implementation of safe working

habits among the employees and labourers. They shall also discuss about the accidents happened

during the previous quarter and failure/ negligence to be identified to prevent the accidents in future. A

report of the same shall be sent to the Chief Inspector of factories & boiler for their reference & record.

Details of Inspection Procedures & Systems

The inspection of various equipments like pressure vessels, lifting tools and tackles, etc. are

being carried out on regular basis through an external agency of repute. The agency also issues



certificate for the proper maintained equipments. A copy of the same is available with maintenance

department in the mill.

Vital Records & methods to their safeguard

All the vital records of the industry are safeguarded in a room and all the necessary measures

like fire fighting arrangement etc. are taken to prevent any danger to the records.

Information to Workers & Public

Safety Awareness among workers

The mill has a full-fledged training room with state-of-the-art training facilities like multimedia

projector, a laptop (computer), trained professionals and subject matter experts to train the employees

& labourers about the hazards present in the mill. All the employees and labourers are given training

bout the mill operations and their work that they supposed to do with respect to safety aspects. The

safety department has films about safety to show to their workers. The training record of each of the

worker is maintained in the personnel department.

Public Awareness and Disclosure of information

The mill does not pose any disaster that may release to environment and affect the people living

in the surrounding. But, to avert any eventuality, the mill is planning to educate people living in the

vicinity about the hazards that are present in the premises.

7.6.8 Observations & Recommendations

From the Risk Analysis studies conducted, it would be observed that by and large, the risks will be

confined within the boundary walls in case of fire & explosion, it will create OFF-site emergency situations

and required more attention and emergency preparedness for combat such situations. To minimize the

consequential effects of the risk scenarios, following steps are being taken.

All the pipelines, equipment & machines are color coded as per the BIS standards mentioned to

protect from corrosion. Also, there is clear demarcation of safe passage routes, emergency exits &

fire exits, safe assembly points etc. in different sections of the plant.

The work permit system is started in the mill on experimental basis and with-in-a few weeks are

expected to be implemented fully in whole of the plant. For its full implementation, the various

training programs are being organized in the mill to train different users from different sections.

The maintenance departments have maintained the entire breakdown/ periodic maintenance

records and the routine maintenance are being carried out strictly as per the schedule. Daily log

books are maintained in the respective departments and all the precautions are taken before doing

any work to prevent the chances of accident, however minor it is.

Plant should meet provisions of the manufacture, storage & import of Hazardous

Chemicals Rules, 2000 & the Factories Act, 1948.

Emergency siren has been provided in the plant to declare emergency.



Emergency handling facilities to be maintained in tip top condition at all time.

Safe operating procedure has been prepared for hazardous process and material handling process.

Safety devices and control instruments to be calibrated once in a year.

Periodic on site emergency mock drills and occasional off site emergency mock drills are

conducted, so those staffs are trained and are in a state of preparedness to tackle any emergency.

Safety manual has been prepared and the same is distributed to all employees and nearby public.

Manual call points for fire location identification to be installed in plant premises.

Induction safety course to be prepared and trained all new employees before starting duties in

plant.

7.7 ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

As emergency is said to have risen when operators in the plant are not able to cope with a

potential hazardous situation i.e. loss of an incident causes the plant to go beyond its normal operating

conditions, thus creating danger. When such an emergency evolves, chain of events which affect the

normal working within the factory area and / or which may cause injuries, loss of life, substantial

damage to property and environment both inside and around the factory takes place and a DISASTER

is said to have occurred. It is necessary for all industries must prepare a Disaster Plan for their

respective operations. The various steps involved in the Disaster Management Plan can be

summarized as follows:

1. Minimize risk occurrence (Prevention)

2. Rapid Control (emergency response)

3. Effectively rehabitate damaged areas (Restoration)

Disaster Management Plan is evolved by careful scrutiny and interlinking of

a. Types and causes of disaster

b. Technical know-how

c. Resource availability

DMP is the term used to express, unpredicted accident /burst/failure of system, causing there by

injury to a large number of persons in and around the mill. For such eventualities, management plan is

prepared as how to tackle disaster and what steps to be taken in case of disaster. This is to ensure that

in case of disaster there may not be a chaos and all the steps are taken with cool and composed

mind. This will definitely reduce the casualties and ensure proper treatment to the victims. The

Disaster Management Plan enumerated in the following pages cover the steps required for

handling any type of emergency at Satia Industries Limited, Muktsar. The safety and health policy

(under Factories Act, 1948) of Satia Industries Ltd, Muktsar is attached as Annexure XII

Identification of hazard



At the Satia Industries Ltd. the following hazards are envisaged:-

(i) Bursting of digesters.

(ii) Fire in the raw material section where agriculture waste, rice husk stored

Siren Sounding System

S.No. Type of system Type of siren sounding

1 Fire 2 minutes continuous siren

2 Pressure vessel failure 1 minutes siren after every

10 seconds break silence

3 All other After every 5 seconds break silence

inhalations

First aid

Move the affected person immediately to an uncontaminated area, remove contaminated

clothing and wash contaminated parts of body with plenty of water, call a physician and obtain medical

assistance at the earliest.

Failures of pressure vessel

Following preventive measures have been taken to avoid the disaster:-

Each digester is/will be tested internally and externally after every six months and proper

record is maintained.

Hydraulic testing of each digester is performed annually and proper record is

maintained.

Safety valve is provided in each digester and these are tested periodically and proper

record is maintained.

Extra lid locking arrangement is/will be provided for each digester.

Each digester is provided with rigid forged lever and release bolt.

Each digester and its steam line is provided with pressure gauges.

Lock switch (electrical) is provided in each digester so that only the responsible person

can operate the digester.

A register is maintained to keep the record regarding the checking of lid, lid lock, release

bolt etc. before steaming the digester (after closing the lid, lid lock release valve etc. by

operator) these are checked by Shift Incharge/Supervisors on duty and essential entries

are made in the register specially kept for this purpose only then operator can run the

digester.

Safe operating procedure is displayed at various places on operating floor.

Corrosive chemical



Satia Industries Ltd. has caustic lye and hydrochloric acid storage tanks.

I. Cautionary notices are displayed on board.

II. Precautions to be taken are displayed on board.

III. Floor area is smooth and having adequate drainage system.

IV. Suitable protective wear for hands and feet, suitable apron, face shield, chemical safety goggles

etc. are provided.

V. Tanks and pipe lines are periodically checked and proper record is maintained.

VI. Adequate fresh water supply is there in the area.

VII. Each tank is equipped with level indicator system.

VIII. All flanges in pipe lines are wrapped with PVC sheet.

Fire

The hazardous in mill falls into three categories:-

(a) The storage of raw material.

(b) The paper manufacturing process.

(c) The finished stock storage.

In the paper manufacturing process moisture content, is retained sufficiently enough not to offer

any favourable climate for combustion. However, at the end, paper has 6-7% moisture content and if it

catches fire accidentally will burn instantly. The process includes dry or mechanical friction also.

Types of Disaster:

a. Due to Fire and Explosion

b. Due to Vapour Cloud

c. Due to Toxic Gas Release from:

i. Within the Unit

ii. External Sources

d. Hurricane, Flood, Cyclone and other Natural Calamities

This plan is developed to make best possible use of resources to:

Reduce possibilities of accident.

Contain the incident and control it with minimum damage.

Safeguard others

Rescue the victims and treat them suitable.

Identify the persons affected/ dead.

Inform relatives of the causalities.

Provide authorative information to the news media.

Preserve relevant records and equipment needed as evidence incase of any inquiry.

Rehabilitate the affected areas.



The primary purpose of the on-site emergency plan is to control and contain the incident and so

as to prevent from spreading to nearby plant. It is not possible to cover every eventuality in the

plan and the successful handling of the emergency will depend on appropriate action and decisions

being taken on the spot. Following three staged activities suggested as they are co-related and

provide better points for emergency preparedness, emergency action and subsequent follow up.

A) Pre-emergency activity

The following are the details of Pre-emergency plan:

Internal Safety Survey

It is to be conducted by Safety department.

• To identify various hazards in plant area.

• To check protective equipment of workability.

• To check various safety installations.

• To check fire system, fire water pumps, water shower etc.

• To suggest extra modification required.

Third Party Survey

Experts of consultants can conduct Third Party Survey.

• To identify various hazards inside the factory.

• To conduct survey on available safety equipments.

• To check built in safety system for its efficiency.

• To suggest modification/new additions in the system.

Non-Destructive Testing (NDT)

• To prepare a list of equipments/pipe lines for non-destructive testing.

• To prepare a plan for replacements/repairs as per testing reports.

• To maintain plant wise record to compare with the last period.

Safety valve Testing

• To prepare a lists in the plant.

• To prepare a periodic schedule for their testing & maintaining record.

• To prepare a plan for replacements/repairs.

Fire Fighting system Testing

• To prepare a list of fire hydrants, fire fighting appliances, fire water pumps and other available

appliances and maintain the record.

• To plan for testing schedule.

• To replace defective equipments/accessories.

• To check fire water pumps capacity.

• To check all the fire fighting equipments/appliances under fire services for operability.



Mock drills

• Internal mock drill to be conducted for training the workers.

• Periodic drills to be conducted to check the performance of workers and equipments.

• To know the draw backs/defects of the system and its corrective actions.

Training

• To operate regular training of the employees for handling various safety equipments.

• To train workers for fire emergency.

• To educate workers for different type of emergency.

Personal Protective Equipments (PPE)

• To arrange for sufficient quantity of personal protective equipments.

• To train workers to use each PPE.

• To maintain them in good condition.

Communication

• To maintain internal/external communication system in good working condition.

• To modify the siren sound for emergency.

• To install wind-sacks to indicate wind direction.

Emergency Lights

• To check and maintain the emergency lights in control room and selected areas.

• To keep sufficient number of torches in supervisor‟s cabin/plant and in each department.

Emergency Control Room

• To identify the place of emergency control room.

• To identify the alternative emergency control room.

• To keep sufficient quantity of PPE in control rooms.

• To provide proper telephone system in emergency control room.

• To provide plan of the factory showing hazardous points and emergency control point in

emergency control room.

Assembly Points

• To identify the location for assembling the plant emergency staff and co-ordinate in case of

emergency.

• To utilize the services of others to fix assembly points for non essential workers and to

assemble in case of emergency.

• Considering the kind of disaster & wind direction administrative block & canteen have been

marked as assembly points for the workers who are not working during the execution of

emergency plan.

Liaison with State Authorities



• To keep liaison with police, fire brigade, factory inspector, collector, local hospital and keep

them informed.

• To inform them about the requirement in advance.

• To keep them informed about mock drills.

Following preventive measures have been taken to avoid disaster

1. Storage area is enough and away from important buildings, especially vital production

and service buildings to ensure that fire is storage area can be prevented from

spreading to the building.

2. Raw material is properly stored in stacks and the sufficient space if provided between

two stacks.

3. Temperature of each stack of raw material is checked every week to avoid the

possibility of auto combustion and proper record is maintained.

4. Water filled chamber is provided on silencer pipe of each and every vehicle before

allowing it to enter in storage area.

5. Smoking is strictly prohibited in mills premises.

6. Hydrants are provided at various points in storage yard.

7. Storage yard is within boundary and at a safe distance from the boundary to avoid fire

from outside the wall.

8. Entire mill is divided in different zones to avoid spread of fire from one zone to other.

9. Fire fighting equipments (fire extinguishers, water-bucket, sand bucket, hydrant

points) are provided at various places in the plant area so that prompt action can be

taken at smouldering stage. Blue print showing location of hydrants is attached.

10. Process area is kept neat and clean.

B) Emergency Organisation

Under these activities, the staffs in the plant at various levels with pre-assigned duties is

expected to work in a coordinated manner to meet emergency situation, remove the emergency

conditions and bring the plant to normal with the help of resources available within and outside the

plant. Availability and correct use of different means of communication and control is an important time

activity.

In case of any accident failure of pressure vessel burst/major fire etc. which may turn into a

disaster, concerned operator or assistant operator/watchman on duty will inform to the On-duty shift In

charge/Supervisor/Security Officer and after that he shall turn back to control the emergency until and

unless Shift In charge comes at the spot. Shift In charge/ Security Officer will inform at one to the



Rescue Force Co-ordinator and Department Head and then he shall have full control until Rescue

Force Co-ordinator and his crew does not reach at the spot. Department Head shall inform firstly to the

Chief Emergency Co-ordinator and then Chief Plant Co-ordinator after that he shall reach at the spot of

mishap. He shall access the situation and initiate remedial measures.

Sequence of action in case of various types of emergencies (Fire and Leakage of chemicals):

• Any person noticing fire or explosion or leakage of chemicals from pipeline or other equipment,

should attract attention of nearby personnel by using siren available within premises.

• The area is checked clear of people and organize emergency shutdown of the plant/

equipment.

• The total quantity of chemical leaked is ascertained and discharge of Air pollutants through

stack is stopped.

• Other persons in the area should help the injured persons to go out of the place i.e. at

open area and immediately arrange for first aid.

• Simultaneously by telephone he should contact the emergency control centre.

• He should inform the Incident controllers and key personnel depending upon the nature of

emergency.

• He will also guide the outside agency emergency aid services till the incident controller/ site

main controller reaches to the site of Incident.

• As soon as Incident controller/site main controller reaches to the site of incident he will take

charge of the situation and guide/advice in tackling the emergency.

• It is necessary to know that everyone on the site should be accounted for and that the relatives

of causalities have been informed. As plant is small there is no problem of accounting the

personnel. It is necessary to have an up dated list of the names of people at site on holidays

and weekly off days.

• If the situation is not likely to be controlled by the available sources incident controller/site main

controller will assess the situation and declare the emergency as “OFF SITE EMERGENCY”.

• The incident controller/site main controller will continue to do the available resources to control

and contain the emergency till the outside authorities and aid services reaches to the incident

site.

• After District Authority reaches to the site, it will extend all the necessary help, assistance and

give required information/data as when required to control & contain the emergency.

CHIEF EMERGENCY CO-ORDINATORS:-

President (Work)

He shall be responsible for :- (a) Shifting of victims to the hospital if required. (b) Arranging

vehicles to bring the persons/experts required to take care of the incident like doctor etc. (c) Get in



touch with hospital/nursing homes to get him, prepared to take care of the victims. (d) Contacting other

factories. (e) To take help of the police & fire brigade. (f) Inform Govt. Authorities. (g) To inform new

Agencies. (h) Liaison with govt. bodies.

Following officers and their staff will assist the Chief Emergency Co- ordinator:-

V.P. (P&A): 1. contacting other factories 2. C.M.O./Nursing Homes 3. Police Station.

SR.G.M. Raw Material 1. Shifting of victims to the hospitals. 2. Arrangement of vehicles.

V.P. (Finance): 1. Factory gate

EMERGENCY RESCUE FORCE CO-ORDINATOR:-

Sr. security officer/security officer/Sr. security supervisor shall be responsible for controlling of

disaster shifting of victims from the spot and first aid of victims. Members of team and allocation of

duties are as follows:-

Controlling Crew: Operator on duty, shift In charge on duty, Electrician on duty, fitter on duty, trained

persons on duty, security guards on duty.

CHIEF PLANT CO-ORDINATOR PRESIDENT (WORKS): He shall be responsible for operation of

plant he will take steps to normalizing the mill working after disaster.

COMMUNICATION CO-ORDINATOR V.P. (P&A)

He shall be responsible for communication with the people inside & outside the plant. He shall

keep contact with district authorities, fire brigade, media agencies & workers of the plant. He will be

assisted with his office-staff, security supervisor & liaison officer. He shall also take roll call of the

people in the plant. He will further keep constant touch with Chief Emergency Co-coordinator & apprise

him of the situation.

C) Post – Emergency Activities

A post-emergency base activity of steps taken after the emergency is over so as to establish the

reasons of the emergency and preventive measures to be taken.

The main steps involve:

• Collection of records

• Conducting inquiries and preventive measures.

• Making Insurance claims

• Inquiry reports and suggestions Implementations

Emergency Preparedness Plan (EPP)

EPP involves the constitution of the emergency committee and its preparedness for any

eventuality occurred within and outside of the plant.

The Emergency Plan Organization plan is given in figure below.



(Gases Leakages if any )

Operator/Asstt. Operator

Shift Incharge/Supervisor

Emergency Rescue Force Co-ordinator Section Head

Rescue Force Co-ordinator Chief Emergency Emergency Plant

Victims shifting crew Co-ordinator Co-ordinator

(To dispensary) for Utility Crew

First Aid Mech. Maint. Crew

Elect. Maint. Crew

Factory Gate Civil Maint. Crew

Shifting of victims to the Hospitals Production Crew

Transport

Other Factories

Police

Government Agencies

Liaison News Agencies

7.8 OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLANS

Role of management

1. Immediately sound district administration giving details of accident and impending

risk involved.

2. Sound the fire fighting agencies to be ready for any emergency response.

3. Contact meteorological department to work out the probable course of vapour cloud.

4. Dispatch emergency response vehicle with public address system to warn the public



of concerned area advising best escape route.

5. Contact Government transport agencies in case of evacuation are required.

6. Contact public health department giving them details of Antidotes/medicines.

7. Contact local police department and inform them of the disaster and area where

effective policing may be required to maintain law and order.

8. Give true story in media so that rumour and confusion could be minimised.

Role of district administration

1. To keep watch on overall situation after the accident.

2. To give direction to nearby hospital of the area, giving them details of accident and

activating them to receive causalities. Designated members of the team should reach

hospital and organise relief operation.

3. To give direction to metrological department and get the data of wind direction from

them, based on this they have to arrive at vapour clouds path and the most likely

localities which shall get affected.

4. Direction to transport agencies and organise evacuation if required.

5. Direction to police department and organise proper security arrangements.

6. Direction to media people and give them the right picture so that rumour mongering

and confusion could be minimized.

7. Organise dry runs of its emergency response programme so that people are aware

of this programme and respond fast to the instructions of his team in an actual

disaster.

8. The proper communication systems should exist so that in an actual situation,

information flows fast.

Role of police

On receipt of information, Police will organise:

- Maintain law and order situation.

- Stoppage of traffic from both ends of the road (Malout –Muktsar Road) if required depending upon

the wind direction.

- Cordoning of the affected areas. Information may be collected from factory gate emergency centre.

- Warning to the people living in the adjacent area for evacuation and safe escape routes if necessary.

- Restricting the entry of unauthorised persons.

- Vigilance in liaison with factory employees against anti-social elements.

- Set up separate communication control point with police head-quarters for reinforcement of required

services giving situation report.



- Extending help in removing of injured persons to the nearest first aid Centre/Hospital, completing legal

formalities in case of any casualty.

- Rescue operation of people affected in nearby localities.

Role of medical service

- To depute doctors and nurses to the factory/affected area with ambulance and provide immediate

medical relief to casualties.

- Transport serious casualties to hospital as deemed necessary.

- Seek help from nearby Hospitals for the following antidotes, emergency occupational medicines etc.

along with the services of expert Doctors

a. Injection dexamethasone.

b. Injection methanlene.

c. Injection avil.

d. Benadril.

e. Philips milk of magnesia.

f. Lasagnas (Victims halls, streusels)

g. Eye Drops.

h. Nose Drops.

i. Glucose Ms.

j. Brancodylitors Injection

k. Transfusion Apparatus.

l. Medicated oxygen cylinder

Role of meteorological department

- Convey early notification of impending changes in weather condition to district authority and factory.

Role of Muktsar municipality

- Arranging temporary shelter for affected/evacuated people.

- Arranging drinking water at site.

- Arranging Snacks etc. for combating team/affected people.

Role of fire brigade

Chief fire officer along with other employees has to rush to the site and give assistance if required.

Role of transport officer District Transport Officer Muktsar

- Control the traffic movement/divert traffic through alternate route if required.

- Arranging vehicles

The list of important telephone no. is given in Table 7.14

List of vehicles is given as Table 7.15. Beside these vehicles, Vehicles from other sources may also be

arranged at the time of requirement.



Table 7.14: Important Telephone No.

Sr. No. Name of Officials Telephone No

1 Hon'ble Dy. Commissioner 01633-263643

2 Sr. Superintendent of Police 01633-263810

3 Dy. Superintendent of Police 01633-263643

4 S.D.M. 01633-262031

HOSPITALS

1 Civil Hospital 01633-262175

2 Mission Hospital 01633-262616

3 Adesh Hospital 01633-262184

4 Rural Hospital 01633-262064

5 Police Station City 80543-70100

6 Police Station Sadar 01633-262028

7 National Insurance Co.Ltd. 01633-262679

8 Fire Brigade Muktsar 01633-262101

9 S.D.O (Telephone) 01633-260742

Table 7.15: List of vehicles

Sr. No Vehicle Number Type of Vehicle

1 PB-30L-9007 Cruiser

2 PB-30T-6215 Bollero

3 PB-30H-9190 Bus

4 PB-30N-4426 Bus

5 PB-04AA-2626 Ambulance

6 PB-30B-9099 Fire Brigade

7 PB-30G-0291 Car

8 PB-30J-3396 Car

9 CH-01PU-2306 Car

10 CH-01AX-6786 Car

7.9 SUMMARY

As a part of the EIA study, an additional study including Risk Assessment (RA) has been carried out for

the proposed project. Public hearing is applicable to proposed project as per MoEFCC‟s OM dated

27/04/2018 as proposed project is fall under Pulp and Paper Industry Cat. 5 (i).The Risk Assessment

addresses major hazards and reviews the effectiveness of selected safety measures and to expand the



safety measures in order to achieve a safety culture at the industry. The Risk Assessment also

encompasses Disaster Management Study and Occupational Health & Safety.

---------------------------



CHAPTER – 8

PROJECT BENEFITS

8.0 GENERAL

The pulp and paper industry is one of oldest of the core industrial sectors. The socio-economic

importance of paper has its own value to the country's development as it is directly related to the

industrial and economic growth of the country. Although paper has many uses, its most important

contribution to modern civilization is its use as a medium to record information. The pulp and paper

industry offers an incredible opportunity to work with other science and engineering professionals in a

truly high-tech environment that produces environmentally responsible products. The proposed

expansion project at the existing site is well situated and connected by road. These form significant

assets to the proposed project at Village Rupana, Muktsar. Further the project would have lesser stress

on environmental due to manufacture of paper from agricultural residue which has dual benefit of

conservation of wood and other resource apart from solving the disposal problem of agro-residues

which indicates sustainable industrial development. Greenbelt development planned by the proponent

for the proposed project would also add in to the physical infrastructure by adding aesthetic value in the

existing scenario.

Satia Industries Limited (SIL) managed by a professional board of directors proposes the proposed

project. The project envisages expansion in manufacturing capacity of paper production and installation

of CPP at Muktsar – Malout Road, PO.: Village Rupana, Dist: Sri Muktsar Sahib, Punjab – 152032. The

proposed expansion project will transport raw materials, coal, construction materials, equipment and

machineries.

8.1 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

The direct & indirect employment potential of the project would be significantly beneficial for the area.

Skilled and Semi-skilled employment potential in terms of indirect employment of the area will be non-

marginal and will usually remain widespread across a long region. As the proposed modernization

project takes place indirect employment is likely to grow further. Overall assessment of the employment

and income effects indicates that the project has strong positive direct as well as indirect impact on

employment and income generation of the area. Modern paper manufacturing facilities use state-of-the-

art automation and intelligent systems that offer a safe and exciting environment for engineers and

skilled technicians to apply their expertise and education. The persons from different discipline

including Chemical, Mechanical, Electrical, Computer, Electronics and Environmental Engineering find

employment opportunities in pulp and paper industry. Satia Industries Limited has been recruiting

professional in all the specified fields from all over the country with competitive pay packages.

Unemployment for un-skilled workers is quite common in the study area. It is expected that substantial

portion of the investment in this project will trickle down to the local people in the form of employment

and income.



8.2EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

Owing to the Primary survey and secondary data, the socio –economic situation portal for 24 villages

located in the radial distance of 10 km suggest the following intervention programs are recommended

under the corporate social responsibility as under:

Since the total sanitation campaign is only 25% of the villages, it is recommended to take it as

priority intervention programs.

The average work participation rate is only 35.6% and that too largely based on cultivation

(70%); followed by labour work (20%) and only 10% for service sector, it is strongly

recommended to start National Skill Development program for the resident youth population to

provide employment.

Since the basic medical facilities is present in only 16.7% of villages, it is strongly

recommended to start mobile health van facilities to make avail health facilities to the resident

population of these villages.

Since only 41% of the villages have natural water facilities and 59% of the villages are having

dry status, it recommend to start lift irrigation program as well as recharge ground water to avail

the water for both drinking and domestic use for the resident population.

Since the Self-help groups are largely witnessed in all the 16.7% of villages, it is recommended

to start micro-credit scheme linked with income generation activities for the young population of

the villages.

The company since its inception is doing philanthropic work and during the last three financial years,

the amount spend in doing philanthropic activities in the nearby villages is around Rs.173 lakhs

approximately - largely expenditure made on developing school infrastructure, Panchayat

infrastructure, eradication of Poverty and hunger, empowerment of women, rural medical camps and

related preventive activities etc.

The project cost is 500.0 Crores; falling under II slab of OM22-65/2017-IA.III Dtd. 1stMay 2018; hence

0.75% of project cost has been allocated for the Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) i.e.3.75

Crores for doing philanthropic activities for the selective villages and the details is as follows:

Table 8.1 - CER Expenditure

# CER Activity Cost (Rs. in Lacs)

1. Drinking water facility in nearby village 45.0

2 Health and hygiene facilities in nearby village 75.0

3 Plantation in community areas 65.0

4 Skill Development & Training Program 80.0

5 Education related activities 110.0

Total Cost 375



The villages would be different for each year however the management reserves the decisions

for repeating the philanthropic services in the same villages owing to the need of the community.

The current expenses are tentative and largely will be replaned owing to the demand and

necessity of the community

The budget heads of each activities may vary owing to the demand and also some new activities

later would be added under these assigned budget

8.3DIRECT REVENUE EARNING TO THE NATIONAL & STATE EXCHEQUER

The Indian Paper Industry accounts for about 1.6% of the world production of paper and paperboard.

The estimated turnover of the industry is Rs 25,000 crore approximately and its contribution to the

exchequer is around Rs. 2918 crore. The industry provides employment to more than 0.12 million

people directly and 0.34 million people indirectly. The mills use a variety of raw material viz. wood,

bamboo, recycled fibre, bagasse, wheat straw, sarkanda, etc.; approximately 35% are based on

chemical pulp, 44% on recycled fibre and 21% on agro-residues. The geographical spread of the

industry as well as market is mainly responsible for regional balance of production and consumption.

Over all paper consumption (including newsprint) has now touched 8.86 million tons and per capita

consumption is pegged at 8.3 kg. So far, the growth in paper industry has yielded the growth in GDP on

an average 6-7 per cent over the last few years. Paper consumption is poised for a big leap forward in

synchrony with the economic growth and is estimated to touch 13.95 million tons by 2015-16. The

futuristic view is that growth in paper consumption would be in multiples of GDP and hence an increase

in consumption by one kg per capita would lead to an increase in demand of 1 million tons. With

different taxes including direct and indirect taxes, the pulp & paper industry provides a great return to

the national and state exchequer.

8.4INFRASTRUCTURAL BENEFITS

With the expansion of SIL, there is likelihood of renovation of the existing infrastructure in terms of

storage space for raw material, finished products and installation of new equipment‟s.

8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

SIL will be an agro-residue based pulp & paper mill so it will reduce the consumption of wood for the

manufacture of paper; moreover, it solves the problem of disposal of agro-residues like wheat straw

and bagasse which are the main raw materials in SIL. The boilers used for the generation of steam

uses rice husk as a fuel rather than using some conventional fuels. In addition, the biogas produced

during anaerobic decomposition of wet washing effluent reduced the organic load of effluents and the

biogas produced is also used as a fuel in boilers which further reduced the requirement of raw material

in boiler.

8.6 SUMMARY

The proponent is very enthusiastic in promoting various welfare activities as a part of moral & social

responsibility. The group has contributed a lot in the field of education, health & other social

responsibilities. Even after the proposed project, the proponent will give physical, social, economic and

ecological benefits to the local population such as development of infrastructure, green cover, social

aids, employment, etc. The proponent has allocated a budget of Rs. 375 lakhs for CER Plan. Through



local employment and various CER activities it will also give social benefit to the local people and due

to resource conservation it will also give environmental benefit.

--------------------------



CHAPTER – 9

COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.0 GENERAL

Project Cost Benefit Analysis (CBA) is an analytical way to make an educated decision. This involves a

comparison of the costs of an action with considerations of the benefits associated with that action. CBA

assists the regulators to evaluate the benefits and challenges imposed by the upcoming activity in

commercial terms with respective to the impact on the environmental scenario such as human

wellbeing, quality of life and environmental wellbeing.

An important component of a CBA is a base situation which is a situation when no changes take place.

All decisions are then compared to the base situation. Once the base and a relevant time period are

established, benefits and costs can be calculated in terms of human and environmental well-being. In

this case, a benefit is defined as anything that increases human well-being, and a cost is anything that

decreases it. CBA aims to maximize economic efficiency at a point where marginal benefits and

marginal costs are equal.

9.1 APPLICABILITY OF CBA AND SUMMARY

During the scoping/ToR stage, no recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis was

suggested by the appraisal committee.

Moreover, Proposed expansion of paper manufacturing project of capacity 600 TPD along with 14 MW

CPP will be developed atMuktsar – Malout Road, PO.: Village Rupana, Dist: Sri Muktsar Sahib, Punjab

– 152032. Hence, conducting a detailed CBA is deemed not necessary for this particular project.

-------------------------



CHAPTER – 10

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.0 GENERAL

The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) constitutes an important part of the EIA report. The main

purpose of EMP is to minimize the identified potential environmental impacts to be generated from the

proposed project and to mitigate the consequences. SATIA INDUSTRIES LIMITED, on basis of the

impacts identified, sets targets to reduce the negative impacts, plans and decides action plan to achieve

the target effectively and efficiently. EMP ensures an effective implementation methodology and

alternatives for mitigation measures planned/recommended to reduce or eliminate the adverse impacts

to maximum possible extent during the operation of the proposed project.

10.1 OBJECTIVES OF EMP

In order to develop an EMS, an organization has to identify the impacts, set targets to reduce the

negative impacts, plan and decide the targets as well as set proper and appropriate steps to achieve

the targets effectively and efficiently.

To comply with all the regulations stipulated by Central /State Pollution Control Boards related to

applicable laws.

To create good working conditions.

To encourage support and conduct developmental works for the purpose of achieving

environment standards and to improve methods of environment management.

Streamline environmental activities to add value to efficiency and effectiveness.

To encourage and achieve highest performance and response from individual employees and

contractors.

To plan out the complete strategy to take care of stakeholder engagement.

To contribute significantly for sustainable development.

10.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.2.1 Land Environment & Solid/Hazardous Waste Management

Construction Phase

Vegetation clearance will not be a major issue as the proposed project will be carried out in open

land with no vegetation, which is dedicated for industrial purpose only.

The major problem will be disposal of excess excavated earth generated during construction

phase which shall be well handled by landfills to level the low lying areas. Excavated earth will be

covered by plastic/tarpaulin sheets unless it is disposed off. Also a part of the earth material will

be used in the Green Belt Development.

Good waste handling practices will be implemented.

Separate earmarked storage area with pucca floor/lining will be provided for the storage of fuel.



Further, the proponent has planned to develop the Green Belt Area within the premises, which

shall prove to be beneficial from all aspects and shall effectively compensate the minor impacts.

Care shall be taken that domestic sewage of construction workers is not disposed off on land, it

will only be disposed off in septic tank/soak pit.

No wastewater from construction site will be allowed to dispose off on land.

Sanitation facilities will be provided to the workers for maintaining sanitation and clean

surroundings.

Regular monitoring/ checking/ inspection of the sewage network system will be done to avoid

clogging of sewers and thereby sewer overflow is avoided.

Operation Phase

For storage and handling of Non-hazardous Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste adequate storage area

with pacca flooring will be provided. All the waste shall be disposed as per Hazardous Waste disposal

Rules 2016.

A separate earmarked storage area shall be provided with sign boards/labels for storage of

hazardous waste.

The storage area will be properly lined to prevent mixing of waste spillages into the soil/land.

Proper Handling & transportation facility for Hazardous waste will be provided.

Storage silos will be provided for fly ash and dense pneumatic system will be provided for fly ash

collection.

Rice Husk will be stored in closed storage yard with pucca flooring, closed conveyor belt shall be

provided for transfer of rice Husk.

Treatment, Storage & Disposal mode for the same will be followed as per Hazardous Waste

(Storage, Handling & Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

100% utilization of ash by brick/cement manufacturing industry.

ETP Sludge will be disposed by selling to cardboard manufacturers.

Regular monitoring/ checking/ inspection of the sewage network system will be done to avoid

clogging of sewers and thereby sewer overflow will be avoided.

a. Details of Hazardous Waste Generation & Disposal:

Table 10.1 - Waste Disposal Details

S.

No. Type

Source Quantity, TPA Disposal


Hazardous Waste

1. ETP Sludge

(Category: 32.3) ETP 10.00 7.00 17.00

Dispose off to local

cardboard

manufacturers.

2. Lime Sludge Causticizing 173.75 76.05 227.30 Disposed to Cement

Plants (MoU attached)

Solid Waste

1. Fly Ash Boiler

House 63.75 51.25 115.00

Filling of the low lying

areas, forestry plantation,

for brick manufacturing



b. Storage of Solid/Hazardous Waste:

Solid and hazardous waste will be stored separately. Adequate storage area will be provided

of the storage of the same.

Hazardous waste will be stored in yard within the plant boundary with pacca flooring, prior to

final disposal as per MoEFCC Guidelines/Notification.

Separate Hazardous waste will be stored in designated storage area with concrete flooring

and covered shed will be provided for storage of solid/hazardous waste.

c. Transportation of Solid/Hazardous Waste:

Properly packed & labeled waste will be transported through dedicated vehicle to end user

facility.

Closed/covered trucks will be used for waste transportation.

d. Disposal of Solid/Hazardous Waste:

Provision of Solid/Hazardous waste collection system & storage area confirming the guidelines

provided by CPCB for Solid/hazardous waste generation.

Lime sludge will be disposed of by selling to Cement Industry.

ETP Sludge from waste water treatment will be collected and disposed of by selling to local

cardboard manufacturers.

Regular training will be carried out for employees engaged in Solid Waste Management Works.

10.2.2 Air Environment Management

Construction Phase

Potential sources of air pollution during project construction will be (i) dust emissions due to vehicle

movement and (ii) exhaust emissions from diesel generators and construction equipment. The impact on

air quality during construction phase will be minimized by adopting following mitigation measures:

Dust suppression by regularly spraying water on roads and work sites will be practiced.

Wetting or covering stockpiles, the proper location of material stockpiles and covering loaded

trucks during the transportation of material will be ensured.

Loading/Unloading of construction materials will be done in a proper way to avoid dust generation.

Use of low-emission vehicles and, wherever feasible, construction equipment powered by

electricity will be preferred.

Maintenance of engines and use of vehicles with valid PUC Certificates. Contractors will be

required to strictly implement these measures.

Engines of idle vehicle machineries/equipment shall be turned off.

Regular inspection for proper implementation of mitigation measures will be done.

Barricading will be done at the construction site.

Operation Phase

Company will adopt the following mitigation measures to reduce the impact on air environment:

Vehicles with valid PUC certified will be used for the transportation of materials and Machinery.



The trucks used for transporting the goods will be covered by the tarpaulin and overloading in

trucks shall not be allowed to prevent the dusting.

Strict adherence will be implemented for maintenance schedule including lubrication for various

machinery/ equipment.

Good material handling practices will be carried out.

Regular water sprinkling will be done on roads and stock yards (if any) to avoid dust generation

from handling.

Highly efficient ESP is being/will be provided to reduce the flue gas emissions from the CPP.

Online monitoring station for Regular ambient air quality monitoring will be provided within the

premises for PM, SOx and NOx.

Regular ambient air quality monitoring through third party will be carried out within premises and

in the nearby area for PM, SOx and NOx.

Greenbelt around the factory will be developed for reducing the air pollution and attenuation of

noise.

No odour will be generated as proposed project is waste paper based. However general

measures like good housekeeping, proper disposal of effluent and sewage, not allow water to be

stagnant, etc

Good house-keeping will be maintained in the premises.

Periodic monitoring of work area will be carried out to check the secondary emission.

Rice Husk and Fly Ash handling practices:

Following practice shall be followed for transportation; storage and handling of rice husk and fly ash to

reduce the fugitive emission.

The trucks used for transporting rice husk and fly ash will be closed truck or covered by the

tarpaulin.

Regular water sprinkling will be done on fly ash.

Rice Husk will be transferred to boiler through closed conveyor belt to reduce the chance of

fugitive emission.

High efficient Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) is being/will be provided as APC device with boiler.

Adequate stack height of i.e. 65 m each with Stack Monitoring Facilities (SMF) will be provided for

better dispersion of pollutants.

No ash pond will be constructed for storage of fly ash. Fly ash will be stored in closed silo.

Dense pneumatic system shall be provided for handling of fly ash.

Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP): Electrostatic dust precipitation is the most economical and widely

applied method for de dusting and demisting of gases. An Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) will remove

dust particles from a flowing gas using a force of an induced electrostatic attraction (i.e like charges

repel, unlike charges attract).

Construction and Working: The ESP will have two or more fields, which will operate independently

from each other. The specially contoured plate collecting electrodes arranged parallel to the gas stream

shall be suspended by top supports from the suspension beam.



The lower ends of the electrodes shall be held in rapping bars. Discharge electrodes held in

frames will be located between the rows of collecting electrodes. The discharge system of

each field shall be supported on solid HT porcelain insulators located at ESP top.

The flue gases after economizer will be channeled through ducts to the precipitator and evenly

distributed over the whole section by means of distribution baffles. The negative high tension

produced by the HT sets shall be applied to the discharge electrodes.

At the tips of these electrodes, a corona effect will be produced due to the high voltage. This

corona effect shall separate the gas molecules negative and positive ions. Now the negatively

charged particles will be attracted by positively charged collecting electrodes.

The discharge system and the collecting electrodes shall be periodically cleaned by means of

rapping devices. The dust falling down into the hoppers will be extracted by the dust

conveying system.

Components in ESP are Electrodes, high voltage transformer, rectifier, Insulators and Hopper.

Table 10.2 - Technical Specification of ESP

S. No. Particulars Unit Details

1 ESP Model 3423/4F

2 Design Volume Am3/h 187690

3 Design Temperature Deg. C 140-150

4 Maximum Inlet Dust Load g/Nm3 22

5 Outlet Emission Mg/Nm3 30

6 Moisture in Gas %V/V 14.87

7 Collection Area m2 9321

8 Specific Collection Area M2/m3/s 143.56

9 No. of Gas Passages No 1

10 Velocity through ESP m/s 0.63

11 No of Fields No 04

12 Migration Velocity Cm/s 4.6

13 Treatment Time Sec 28.7

14 Dust Collection Efficiency % 99.93



Figure 10.1– Schematic Flow Diagram of ESP


Construction Phase

Water requirement during the construction phase will be obtained from Arniwala Canal. No ground

water shall be used for construction activity.

Further the proponent will ensure to implement good operation practices to minimize the use of

water so as to reduce the consumption of water to maximum possible extent.

Proper drinking water facility will be made available to the construction workers.

Due care will be taken to avoid formation of stagnant pools, which may cause damage to the

aesthetic condition as well as other environmental & socioeconomic factors.

Proper sanitary facility will be provided for construction worker during the construction phase and

waste will be treated in soak pit system.

Operation Phase



During the operation phase of proposed project, total24,000 KLD water will be required which will

be sourced from Arniwala Canal.

Adequately designed sewerage treatment plant for domestic effluent.

Total industrial effluent will be treated in modified ETP.

Water consumed in CPP will be optimized to maximum possible COCs to reduce overall water

consumption.

Evaporation losses from the CPP will be minimized by energy efficient coolers/condensers and

evaporators.

Sewage will not be allowed to release in the river/canal water. Domestic sewage is/will be treated

in the septic tank/soak pit.

Good waste management and handling practices will be adopted for waste management to

prevent mixing of wastes into water/wastewater.

Properly lined/paved surfaces will be provided within the premises to prevent leakage/spillage of

untreated sewage into the land and groundwater sources.

All the wastes will be handled/ disposed according to the Waste Management Rules, 2016.

Online continuous pH meter, TOC analyzer and flow meter will be at provided at the final outlet of

the ETP.

Regular monitoring of water, wastewater and sewage shall be done as per the monitoring

schedule planned as a part of Environmental Monitoring Plan.

Rain water harvesting schemes will be included as part of water conservation measures.

Maintaining records of water consumption, water characteristics and sewage characteristics.

Maintenance of good housekeeping to avoid contamination of storm water.

Description of Effluent Treatment Plant

Bio Gas Plant:

The effluent from the wet washing is passed through four numbers of settling pits for removal of sand

and grit and then passed on to the DSM screens to remove light weight raw material particles through

it. These are collected and sent back to the process for cooking. The clear effluent is then fed to

equalization tank where the pH & alkalinity is maintained by adding lime to it. The effluent is then

passed to the primary clarifier where the settled sludge is scrapped and pumped into Mark saveall for

thickening. The clean effluent is collected in buffer tank meant to provide residence time prior to feeding

in the anaerobic reactor.

There are two UASB rectors in parallel with a capacity of 3500 m3 each to treat wet wash effluent. The

methane gas is collected on top of the reactors with the help of 3-fold hood, provided to catch even

minor gas generation. The gas is collected in a gas holder and sent to boilers to produce steam. The

effluent is separated from the gas and is taken into two nos. of tube settlers. This helps in removing the

excess anaerobic sludge from the effluent and the collected sludge is recycled back into the anaerobic

reactor. The overflow of the reactors is finally cleared in the secondary clarifier. Then the effluent mixed

with bleach effluent is fed in to primary clarifier. Nutrients in the form of Urea & DAP are fed in a certain

ratio of BOD: N: P (100: 2.5: 0.5).



The sludge generated from both the primary clarifiers is dewatered by sludge press and centrifuges.

The excess sludge from both secondary clarifiers is recalculated within the respective system. The

filtrate (having approximately 75% moisture) is sold to cardboard manufacturers.

Effluent Treatment Plant:

Effluent from Bio Gas Plant, Bleaching section of pulp mill and other minor streams are mixed in the

bleach pit prior to feeding in the primary clarifier. The solids are allowed to settle down in the primary

clarifier and the clear water is passed to Aeration Tank no. 1. The effluent is provided with urea & DAP

along with re-circulated MLSS from the intermediate clarifier to maintain the levels of MLSS in aeration

tank. The AT-1 is equipped with 1390 nos. of 300 mm dia. disc diffusers and one turbo blower of

capacity of 8400 Nm3/hr and 6 No. of jet aerators are provided for maintaining dissolved oxygen level in

the tank. Jet aerators are connected with pure oxygen injection system to increase the dissolved

oxygen level and increase the efficiency of the system. The effluent from AT-1 is then pumped into the

two nos. of intermediate clarifier for removing the MLSS from it which is pumped back into aeration tank

no.1. The semi clear effluent from intermediate clarifier is passed to AT-2 which is equipped with 1390

numbers of tubular diffusers and one blower of 4200 Nm3/hr. AT-2 is also equipped with 4 numbers of

surface jet aerators connected with pure oxygen injection system to increase the dissolved oxygen

level and increase the efficiency of the system. The overflow of AT-2 is sent to final clarifier for more

clarity. The final effluent is discharged into the plantation area where eucalyptus plantation is

developed to consume the total quantity of effluent into the plantation area. In order to replace fresh

water requirement part of quantity reused in ETP for cleaning of diffusers, and Sludge washing to

replace fresh water.

Table 10.3: Existing equipment’s with dimensions, volume and retention time

S. No.

Particulars Dimensions (m) Volume

(m3) Retention Time

(h)

1. (Biogas Plant) Primary Clarifier 20 (dia.), 3.5(SWD) 1099 4.5

2. Equalization Tank 8 m x 8 m x 3.5 m 224 0.45

3. Buffer Tank 28.0 (dia.), 3.0(SWD) 1846 7.0

4. UASB Reactor 1 & 2 23.6 (dia.), 7.8 (SWD) 3500 28.0

5. Secondary Clarifier 26 (dia.), 3.5 (SWD) 1857 6.0

6. (ETP ) Primary Clarifier 30 (dia.), 3.8 (SWD) 2685 4.00

7. Aeration Tank-1 67.4 m x 46.2 m x 5 m 15570 23.0

8. Intermediate Clarifier No.1 18 (dia.), 3.86 (SWD) 982 1.5

9. Intermediate Clarifier No.2 18 (dia.), 3.86 (SWD) 990 1.5

10. Aeration Tank-2 59.5 x 42.8 x 4.35 11078 16.0

11. Final Clarifier 28.7(dia.) , 4.6 (SWD) 2975 4.5



Table 10.4: Characteristics of Raw Effluent at the Inlet and Effluent after Treatment after

Expansion

Parameter Influent Effluent after Treatment

Flow (m3/day) 21,499 21,499

pH 7-7.6 6.5-8.5

Suspended solids (mg/l) 400-500 <50

BOD (mg/l) <250 <30

COD (mg/l) <800 <200

Modifications proposed in ETP plant include

Machinery up gradation like pumps, air blowers, pipelines, valves etc. to handle the increased hydraulic

load.

Introduction of Decanters in Bio Gas plant and ETP for excess MLSS removal from system and the same

sludge will be used in our own plantation as Manure

Increasing hydraulic load of COD/BOD in both streams to control outlet of Biogas Plant COD/BOD, the

industry will introduce one more High Rate Solid Contact Clarifier (HRSCC) after anaerobic treatment.

Addition of pure oxygen injection system through Jet aerators in aeration tank for better organic reduction

and it will increase SOT efficiencies.

The industry will introduce primary aeration after anaerobic followed by MBBR technology to reduce

COD/BOD load on secondary effluent treatment plant.

Up gradation of Final clarifier to HRSCC to reduce TSS carry over.

Figure 10.2–Existing ETP schematic Flow Diagram



Figure 10.3 –Proposed ETP schematic Flow Diagram

Chemical Recovery Plant:

SIL has state of the art Chemical Recovery Plant which was first commercially employed energy

efficient technology to treat Black Liquor.

CRP is one of the Best Available Technology (BAT) with high energy efficiency and reduced emissions.

The company has already two chemical recovery boilers of 50TPH and 25 TPH (stand by) capacities to

treat black liquor generated during wheat straw and wood chips pulping. In this expansion, Company

proposes to upgrade existing (RB1) 25 TPH stand by boiler to 75 TPH and (RB2) 50 TPH will remain

as stand by.

The brief description of existing CRP is given below. The plant is divided into three sections:

Multiple Effect Evaporator (To concentrate weak black liquor)

Chemical recovery boiler

Causticizing Plant



Figure 10.4 - Flow Diagram of Chemical Recovery Plant

10.2.4 Biological Environment

Construction Phase

Proposed project is located in Rupana Village located app. 5.50 km away from Sri Muktsar Sahibcity in

South direction.

The construction workers shall be instructed to clear the area at the earliest.

During the construction phase no impacts on flora and fauna are envisaged.

Further the management shall carry out Green Belt Development & Management Plan for the

proposed project.

The upbringing of Green Belt will prove to be an ideal dwelling place for diversified flora and

fauna and also adds to the aesthetic beauty of the area, hence regular care for maintenance &

protection shall be taken by the proponent.

Operation Phase

During the operation of the proposed project, no major harm will be caused to the ecology as there will

be no major source of pollution after implementation of mitigation measures for pollution control using

necessary technology/method/system. Further, the greenbelt development in the project area shall

improve the existing ecological condition of the area. Thus no special mitigation measures are required

for ecology conservation during the operation phase. As it is already discussed in previous chapters,

that no major harm will be caused to the ecology as the area is free from any form of human

settlement, forests, national parks, etc. However, as it is noticed that the greenbelt development will

improve the ecological condition of the area, following care shall be taken as mitigation measures:



Management shall ensure that all possible efforts are being made to maintain healthy greenbelt

developed in & around the plot area.

The management shall also provide all necessary materials/requisites for development,

maintenance & protection of the greenbelt.

Regular irrigation, fertilization & pest control program shall be a part of routine activity during the

operation phase.

The upbringing of Green Belt will prove to be an ideal dwelling place for many avifauna and

terrestrial fauna, hence care shall be taken to avoid any harm to the faunal community being

settled in the greenbelt.

Regular records of greenbelt development activities with necessary statistics will be maintained.

Greenbelt Development Plan:

The company shall developed extensive greenbelt within the premises as per guidelines given in

layout. A greenbelt will be developed around the periphery and within the plant premises. The

greenbelt landscape plan will provide benefits to improve beautification. It will also result in the

prevention of land degradation due to construction activities; enhancing the canopy cover as a wind

breaker wall and restrict the carry away of the Particulate Matter (PM) outside the premises as well as

for noise abatement. After the project implementation, regular assessment will be done to make sure

that greenbelt is growing adequately with all necessary works like thick plantation, rearing, irrigation,

fertilization, re-plantation (if required), pest control and other factors. Regular records of the greenbelt

development as suggested in environmental monitoring plan will be maintained.

Multi-layered plantation comprising of medium height trees (6-8m height) and shrubs (3-5m height) will

be proposed for the green belt. The plan comprises of a five year program from 1st year to 5th year for

greenbelt development.

(i) Plan for 1st year (Trees/Saplings Plantation)

The work plan for the first year, during the construction phase

- Digging of pits and soil conditioning

- Planting of saplings

- Surveillance maintenance and irrigation of the saplings to achieve maximum survival

(ii) Plan for 2nd year (Additional Trees/Saplings Plantation + Replacing Dead Trees)

The work plan for the second and third year

- Maintenance and irrigation of species planted earlier.

- Survey of the area to identify the locations for replantation and causality replacement

- Removal of dead trees and replantation based on specific location requirements

- Maintenance and irrigation of plants to achieve a targeted survival rate of 75%.

(iii) Plan for 3rd and 4th year (Replacing Dead Trees + Maintaining the Greenbelt)

The work plan for the fourth year

- Maintenance and irrigation of species planted earlier.



- Survey of the area to identify the locations for replantation and causality replacement

- Removal of dead trees and replantation based on specific location requirements

- Maintenance and irrigation of plants to achieve the targeted rate at 100%.

(iv) The work plan for subsequent years comprises (Maintenance)

- Maintenance of plantation.

- Clearing of afforested areas to remove undesirable species

- Replacement of dead and diseased/malformed species with new ones

Figure 10.5 - Greenbelt Development Layout

Selection of Species for Greenbelt

Selection of plants for green belt plantation will be made on following criteria:

• The plant should be a fast growing species.

• It should have deep root system.

• Should bear the leaves for a longer period.

• Should be a local species.

• Should have good survival rate.

Table 10.5 - Species Selection for Pollution Control

Plant Species Habit Tolerance Limit Stomatal Index Mode of

Regeneration

Acacia auriculiformis Tree T 10.9 Seeds



Azadirachtaindica Tree T 29.2 Seeds

Bougainvillea

spectabilis Shrub T 32.53 Cutting

Delonixregia Tree S 14.38 Seeds / stem

cutting

Ficusreligiosa Tree T 18.70 Stem cutting /

Seeds

Ficusbengalensis Tree T 21.72 Stem cutting /

Seeds

Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Shrub T 23.2 Stem cutting

Lantana camara Shrub T 12.13 Seeds / cutting

Neriumindicum Shrub T 15.7 Cutting

Polyathialongifolia Tree S 22.27 Seeds

Syzygiumcumini Tree T 20.60 Seed, cutting,

grafting, budding

Terminaliacatapppa Tree T 20.9 Seeds

Thespesiapopulneoides Tree T 29.81 Seeds/ cutting

Source: Guidelines for Greenbelt Development, CPCB, March, 2000.

All the above mentioned species are ideally suited for the ecological habitat of Sri Muktsar Sahib

Region, Punjab. Their planting should be interspersed with each other to create mixed canopy of the

plants and the ideal distance for planting all trees is 3 m X 3 m. SIL has already developed Greenbelt

and it shall be further enhanced as per norms after grant of EC for proposed expansion.

Preservation and Maintenance of the Green Cover

The success of a designed greenbelt/landscape depends upon the growth of vegetation over an

extended period of time; therefore maintenance of greenbelt/landscape is also a design component.

The following steps will be followed for maintaining a healthy green belt and landscape:

Regularly watering the plant depending on the rainfall, wind conditions, moisture and drainage

pattern. Too much or too little water can also damage a plant.

Watering shall be done such that there is time to allow the water to percolate deeply and

uniformly.

Grasses and landscapes will be watered with the help of sprinklers, so as to avoid wastage of

water.

Adequate mulching must be maintained near the roots of the plants or even on the soil to retain

moisture, suppress weeds, increase water percolation and reduce soil erosion.

Plants must be regularly fed with organic manure to fulfill their nutrient requirement.

Regular hoeing, cutting, trimming, mowing and removing weeds should be carried out for

maintaining the greenbelt.

For the Calculation of Cost for Green belt Development, following parameters have been considered.

For Capital Cost

a) Cost of Sapling (Trees)

b) Shrub/Herbs



c) Transportation Charges

d) Planting cost (Including soil workings, pits etc.)

e) Fencing Cost

For Recurring Cost:

a) Cost of drip irrigation

b) Annual weeding and soil working

c) Req. of water for irrigation

d) Fertilization Cost

e) Security and Vigilance

A budget of Rs.20 Lakhs as a capital cost and Rs. 5 Lakhs per Annum as a recurring cost has been

allocated for green belt development.



Figure 10.6 Photographs of Existing Green Belt


Construction Phase

Following measures will be taken for abatement of noise during construction phase:

The proponent will ensure that no noise hazard is caused due to noise generation during the

course of construction works. For this purpose, the proponent will ensure that the workers are

provided with individual personal protective equipment‟s like ear muffs or ear plugs in areas with

high exposure to noise.

Further, it will also be ensured that periodic and regular maintenance of the equipment, machines

and spare parts is carried out which shall include lubrication, replacement of defective parts etc.

in order to bring down the decibel of noise to maximum possible extent. Idle vehicles/machines

and equipment will be switched off.

Noise generation due to movement/operation of vehicles & equipment/ machineries shall be well

managed by restricting the movement/operation during night hours.

Regular lubrication & preventive maintenance shall be done to reduce noise generation.

Further, the vehicles will strictly adhere to the Traffic Management Plan, which will specifically

aim at reducing the nuisance due to noise generation.

Operation Phase

The fact that the proposed project is situated at a distance of human settlement, significant impact on

human settlement is not envisaged. The company shall develop a green belt around the periphery of

the premises, which will act as a barrier to the propagation of noise from the factory premises. This will

further reduce the noise levels appreciably. It is recommended to measure and maintain records of

noise level at various places within and outside the factory premises. Following measures will be

adopted for abatement of noise during the operation phase:

The major noise producing equipment such as turbine, Pumps, fans, compressor, etc. will be

statically and dynamically balanced and rubber padding will be provided, wherever possible.

A well formulated and strictly implemented Traffic Management Plan will be in place to mitigate

noise impacts due to transportation vehicles.



All vehicles shall maintain speed limit inside the premises and unusual acceleration of engine &

loud horns shall be prohibited.

Adequate greenbelt shall be developed and maintained around the plant premises to help in

attenuation of noise.

Regular lubrication & preventive maintenance shall be done

totools/equipment‟s/machinery/vehicles reduce noise generation.

Due to power plant operations, noise pollution arises from Turbine, Compressor, Generator

Room, etc. higher noise level will be felt only near the active working areas

Owing to the above fact, use of PPE like ear plugs and ear muffs is made compulsory near the

high noise generating machines.

The personnel shall be provided breaks in their working hours, with the continuous exposure not

increasing three hours.

Periodic monitoring of noise levels as per post-project monitoring plan shall be done on regular

basis.

10.2.6 Occupational Health & Safety

Construction Phase

SIL has planned to appoint/hire construction firms and the construction work will be carried out by well-

known contractors. However, occupational health & safety will be the prime focus during the

construction stage. Occupational health & safety of the construction workers will be ensured with the

following measures:

The management shall ensure that all workers/employees shall be provided with basic Personnel

Protective Equipment‟s (PPEs) like ear plug/muff, safety helmet, safety gloves, safety goggles,

safety shoes etc.

The management shall also ensure that the quality of these PPEs will properly checked before

providing to the workers. It shall also be ensured that all the safety equipment are placed

properly and are available instantaneously when required.

Management will also ensure to have safety and first aid facility for the workers/employees

engaged in the working of the plant in order to provide them with necessary treatments in case of

accidental mishaps or their health breakdown.

Necessary training will be imparted to the required workers/ employees in various aspects, viz.

handling of the materials, precautionary measures to be taken while working, how to use the

safety equipment, etc. so as to make all workers literate, thus minimizing the chances of any

accidental mishaps.

Proper care will be taken to provide the migrant laborers with clean hygienic residence

accompanied by basic amenities like drinking water, sanitation, etc.

Arrangements for medical facilities will also be made in case of any disturbance in health during

the course of work.

The following measures shall be taken to provide basic facilities to the workers:

All the basic facilities like tap water, sanitation, drinking water, lunch space will be provided.

First aid box, free medicines, etc. will be available within the project site.

Adequate PPEs will be provided to all workmen during construction phase.



Operation Phase

The proponent is very much concerned in terms of health, safety and environment protection. The

proponent is committed towards safety and proponent has prepared „Health, Safety & Environment

Policy‟.

The company has already engaged a qualified Safety Manager and a Doctor for regularly checking

health of the employees. Additionally, medical aid will also be arranged with the help of local hospital.

Annual health check of the employees will also be carried out and records will be maintained. Regular

training to the employed personnel in safety, firefighting and first aid will be provided. A budget of

approx. 50 Lakhs has been allotted for Occupational Health & Safety.

Safety Measures:

The following key safety measures will be implemented in the proposed project:

1. Safety Training is being/will be provided to the employees.

2. Safety Sirens with Alarm System in case of emergency is being/will be provided.

3. Emergency Control Room is being/will be established.

4. Assembly points is being/will be defined for safe gathering of the employees during the times of

emergency.

5. Fire Hydrant System will be installed.

6. Fire Extinguishers are being/will be provided.

7. Mock drills are being/will be periodically conducted and factors like response time will be evaluated.

8. Fire squad team is being/will be formed for handling any emergency situation & regular training of

squad team will be conducted.

9. First Aid Facility and training is being/will be provided.

10. Personal protective gears and equipment‟sis being/will be provided to employees.

11. Health check-ups are being/will be organized at regular intervals.

12. Safety / Health records are being/will be maintained.

Housekeeping

Proper housekeeping is an essential part of sound environmental management. Good housekeeping

practices will be carried out during the operational activities of the proposed project. It will be rigorously

seen that there is no accumulation of wastes, especially combustible wastes inside the plant area.

In summer dry grasses & vegetation growing inside the plant area will be cut and removed. All

firefighting equipment and warning devices will be kept in perfect working conditions at all the times. It

will be seen that all personnel are aware of the implications of environmental pollution and simple

practices to avoid pollution and untidy workplaces.

General DOs and DON’Ts for preventive maintenance:

- DOs

o Store fuel and hazardous waste in isolated space

o Covered confine area by personnel enclosure,

o Immediately report leaks, spills or failures of the engineering controls.

o Post "NO SMOKING" signs in area.



- DON’Ts

o Don‟t enter hazard prone area without PPE.

o Do not use with incompatible materials.

o Do not take any flammable material inside the fuel storage area.

10.3 TRANSPORATION/TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR VEHICLES

According to the proposed requirement of the project, the material handled at the project site is large.

The proponent has developed a good network of internal peripheral roads with separate entry and exit

for the safety and access requirements to various buildings and yards and same is beingmaintained

throughout the year.

As a part of EIA study the EMP for traffic management is presented in the following table:

Table 10.6 - Traffic Management Plan

Objective To ensure that there is smooth traffic within and outside the facility for the duration

of the construction phase and operation phase

Concern Trucks, lorries, tankers/dumpers and other vehicles may cause traffic jam outside

and within the premises.

Impacting Activity Mitigation Measures

Measures for management

Location &

Timing Responsibility Monitoring

Vehicular

movement

Controlled vehicular

movement

(preferably with

clearly demarcated

entry/exit) with

adequate supervision

Within and

immediately outside

the site -

Construction &

Operation Phase

Contractor/

Project

Manager during

construction

phase.

Security and

concerned

departments

during

operation

phase.

Security-in

charge and

Security

Team

Demarcation of

separate vehicular

lanes and pedestrian

routes/footpaths

Within the site -

Construction &

operation phase

Contractor/

Project

Manager during

construction

phase.

Security and

concerned

departments

during

operation

phase.

Security

Team

Vehicle entry and exit Within and Contractor/ Security-in



scheduling so that

traffic congestion is

not created on the

external road leading

to the site

immediately outside

the side -

Construction &

operation phase

Project

Manager during

construction

phase.

Security and

concerned

head of

department

during

operation

phase.

charge and

Security

Team

10.4 CLEANER PRODUCTION PRACTICES

Cleaner Production (CP) is defined as the continuous application of an integrated preventive

environmental strategy applied to processes, products and services to increase overall efficiency and

reduce risks to the environment including human beings. Unlike the pollution control which is an after

event „react and treat‟, CP is a forward looking approach, „anticipate and prevent‟.

The following CP actions have been defined for the proposed project as a part of their integrated

preventive environmental strategy:

10.4.1 Conservation of Water

The conservation program for the proposed project activity shall aim at reducing wastage of water, raw

materials, power and fuel.

Water Conservation and Rainwater Harvesting:

Water free turbo blower for machine vacuum requirement against traditional water ring

vacuum pump.

Multi-circulation of process water to bring down overall water consumption.

Mechanical seal instead of conventional gland packing. It allows us to recirculate the fresh

water and reuse same water after cooling.

Flow meters will be installed at the inlet, ETP and the outlet of both.

For conservation of water maximum water will be reused in process.

Treated sewage will be used for gardening purpose.

Low volume water sprinklers will be installed for gardening and water sprinkling purposes.

Use of more native plants for greenbelt development that require little water to thrive in the

locality.

Watering the landscapes in the morning to prevent water loss due to evaporation.

Adding mulch surrounding the trees to prevent water loss through evaporation.

Conduct regular surveys and awareness programs for water conservation at an employee

level.

Regular inspection, checking and maintenance of valves, taps, flow meters and other

equipment.

Provision of low flush toilets in the administrative building.

Rain water harvesting (RWH) shall be implemented for water conservation.



10.4.2 Conservation of Raw Materials& Fuel

A designated earmarked material storage area will be provided for better handling of raw

material, products and wastes.

Proper handling, loading and unloading practices will be followed for reducing material

wastage.

Rice Husk and Black Liquor will be used as fuel.

Use of closed trucks for transportation of material to avoid material loss.

Material recovery during the paper production, excess water from the disc filter shall be

removed and fibers retaining on the filter will be used back on the paper machine.

10.4.3 Conservation of Energy

The proponent proposes a new Captive Power Plant (CPP) along with existing CPP which will

meet the steam as well as power requirement of the plant.

The manufacturing process will be fully automated to reduce energy losses.

Solar lighting shall be installed at ETP and storage area.

Energy efficient machineries, fixtures and equipment will be used.

The company will train and educate employees in areas of energy conservation.

The company will carry regular internal and external audits to identify areas for improvement.

Energy audit will be used as a tool for monitoring purpose.

Periodic monitoring of unit/plant/department wise for energy consumption.

Preparing annual energy activity plan.

Company shall explore possibility of harnessing solar energy for various infrastructure operations. Unit

will also assess the use of Energy Efficient Lighting, Transformers, Use of Energy Efficient Motors,

electrical appliances to minimize the energy consumption.

10.5 DRAINAGE & RAINWATER HARVESTING PLAN

The effectiveness of the drainage system depends on proper cleaning of drainage pipes/channels etc.

Regular checking before & during the monsoon will be done to see that none of the drains/drainage

facilities are clogged and are efficient to collect the rainwater under rain water harvesting program. The

clogged drains will be cleaned up immediately on report of any clogging or blockage. This checking and

cleaning will be meticulous during the monsoon season, especially if heavy rains are forecasted.

10.5.1 Rainwater Harvesting (Recharging) System

As a part of the proposed expansion project, the proponent has proposed a rainwater harvesting

system along with existing rain water harvesting for collection of rainwater for utilization in the project

activities. Rain water that runs off streets, terraces, parking area and internal road of the industrial

premises will be collected. The effectiveness of the system depends on proper cleaning of drainage

pipes/channels etc. Regular checking before & during the monsoon shall be done to see that none of

the rainwater drains/facilities are clogged and are efficient to collect the rainwater under rain water

harvesting program. The clogged drains shall be cleaned up immediately on report of any clogging or

blockage. This checking and cleaning shall be meticulous during the monsoon season, especially if

heavy rains are forecasted.



The first rainwater is being/will not be collected and it will be allowed to be discharged as storm water.

The subsequent rainwater is being/will be conveyed to the rainwater collection system. Rainwater

falling on the entire main shop roof will be transferred to storage tank through closed pipes/separate

drain channels. This water is being/will be utilized for ancillary purposes (such as ash quenching, fire-

fighting and gardening) thereby reducing the water consumption.

Table 10.7: Rainwater Harvesting Calculation

S. No.

Area Particulars

1. Total Area available for Water Harvesting

: Roof Top Area: 11128 m2 Paved Area: 5900 m2

2. Average annual Rainfall : 380 mm

3. Total Rain Water that can be harvested per year

: (5900) * (380) * (0.5) =1121 m3 (11,128) * (380) * (0.8)=3383 m3

Total : 4504 m3

The normal annual rainfall of the Muktsar district is 380 mm in 22 days. Considering the area available,

4500 m3

of rainwater can be conserved annually. The groundwater level in this area is 5-6 m below

ground level. During the rainy season water logging takes place in this area. So it is not advisable to

allow the harvested water to recharge the ground water through dug well. Instead of recharging, the

rainwater is being/will be stored in underground storage tanks and ruse for ancillary purposes. A budget

of Rs. 20 Lakhs is allotted for Rain Water Harvesting.

Rain water harvesting pit is being/will be made to collect the rain water fromroof top, open area and

paved area based on the above data consideration.

Figure 10.7 – Existing Rainwater Harvesting System



10.6 BUDGETARY PROVISIONS FOR EMS

The total cost for the project will be Rs. 500.0 Crores. The capital cost of environmental control

measures, Solid/Hazardous Waste Management Facility, Greenbelt Development, Safety, and

Monitoring etc. would be Rs. 15Crores. The greenbelt, safety measures and other components of the

EMP shall be implemented along with the commissioning of the proposed project. The annual recurring

cost of environmental control for the proposed project has been estimated to be Rs. 1.0 Crore/annum

of the total EMS cost. The Budgetary Provision made for environmental management is briefly

illustrated below:

Table 10.8 - Cost Break-Up for Environment Management System (EMS)

S.

No. Particulars

Total Cost

(Rs. Crores)

1. Air Pollution Management

15.00

2. Water Pollution Management

3. Occupational Health And Safety

4. Solid Waste Disposal and Management

5. Green Belt Development and Rain Water Harvesting

10.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL (EMC)

Satia Industries Limited has formulated an Environmental Management Cell for its industry, which

involves personnel of plant level as well as corporate level for interaction with technical & statutory

bodies to deal with environmental requirements/issues at all level. Sr. Vice President heads the

Environmental Management Cell with personnel involving Environmental Manager and Subordinates.

The EMC carries out the monitoring of the noise level, analysis of water etc. and keeps the regional /

local statutory body informed about the status of pollution control. The periodicity of monitoring will be

governed by the directives from statutory authorities and prevailing regulations. The action plan of EMP

will be updated every year with respect to the results achieved and to plan activities for the next year.

Implementation of EMP and responsibility

Various measures have been suggested in the EMP for mitigation of impacts. These have to be

implemented according to the suggestions and monitored regularly to prevent any lapse. It is the prime

responsibility of Head of EMC to ensure that any non-conformity are addressed, the EMP is

implemented & operated efficiently to prevent/control pollution during operational phase of proposed

project as well as to improve the environmental health of the area. The head of EMC shall be

responsible for reporting any non-compliance to higher authority and stakeholders. It is the

responsibility to each personnel of EMC & to ensure that the subordinates function efficiently as per

their responsibility to proper implementation of EMP to practice ideal methodology/procedures for

prevention /control of pollution as well as improvement of environmental health.



ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

Figure 10.8 -Organogram of Environmental Management Cell

10.8 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY

The company also proposes to carry out social welfare activities for the welfare of local community. The

company has proposed a detailed CER Plan. Under this plan, the proponent has allocated a budget of

Rs. 3.75 Crores i.e. 0.75 % of the total cost of Rs. 500.0 Crores to be spent within a period of 5 years.

Activities under the following areas have been identified and shall be carried out:

Free Health Services

Education and Youth Development

Infrastructure Development

Miscellaneous activities

Table 10.9 -CER Plan with 5 Years Break-UP

S.

No. Description

Year

Total 1st

Year

2nd

Year

3rd

Year

4th

Year

5th

Year

1. Drinking Water Facility in

nearby Village 15.00 15.00 15.00 - - 45.00

2. Health and Hygiene facilities

in nearby Village 10.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 20.00 75.00

3. Plantation in Community

Areas 5.00 10.00 15.00 15.00 20.00 65.00

4. Skill Development & Training Program

10.00 10.00 20.00 20.00 20.00 80.00

5. Education related Activities 20.00 20.00 20.00 25.00 25.00 110.00

Total (Rs. in Lakhs) 60.00 70.00 85.00 75.00 85.00 375.00



10.9 SUMMARY

Thus, the proponent will carry out above mentioned activities under the Environmental Management

Plan for various Environmental attributes like Air Environment, Water Environment, Biological

Environment, Noise Environment and Occupational Health & Safety. Apart from this, measures like

Traffic Management Plan, Cleaner Production Practices, Greenbelt Development Plan, Rainwater

Harvesting Plan and Drainage/Sewage Network have been proposed. An Environment Management

Cell (EMC) will be formulated for addressing the different environmental aspects of the proposed

project. A budget of Rs. 15.00crores has been allocated for the Environment Management System

(EMS). Also, the proponent will carry out social welfare &upliftment activities in the nearby villages for

the local population and their economic as well as social upliftment. The budget allocated for the

same is Rs. 375.00 lakhs which will be spent within a time frame of 5 years. Thus, the project will also

entail positive benefits to the society in terms of economic and social upliftment of the same.

-------------------------



CHAPTER-11

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1 INTRODUCTION

Satia Industries Limited is a pioneer in development, manufacturer of quality paper products and

marketing in domestic and international markets. Now Satia Industries Limited proposes to enhance

the capacity of existing products from 300 TPD to 600 TPD and proposes CPP of 14 MW along with

existing 30 MWat Muktsar – Malout Road, PO : Village Rupana, Dist: Sri Muktsar Sahib, Punjab –

152032.

The project falls under 5(i) of Schedule of list of industries of EIA Notification 2006.The Draft EIA

report has been prepared for submission to Punjab SPB. The Draft EIA report has been prepared for

Conducting the Public Hearing. A final EIA thereafter will be prepared incorporating the details of PH &

finally submitted to MoEF&CC for Appraisal & Obtaining EC.

11.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The proposed project envisages enhancement of existing paper manufacturing by Satia Industries

Ltd. (SIL) located at Muktsar –Malout Road, PO: Village Rupana, Dist: Sri Muktsar Sahib, Punjab –

152032. Production capacity will be increased from 300TPD to 600TPD. The expansion of falls

under Category 5 (i) - “A” i.e. Paper Manufacturing from Wastepaper and the proposed project will

also install an additional 14.00MW CPP. The project site has an area of 45.55 Acres.Expansion will

be done in existing premises. Total cost for the proposed project will be Rs.500.0 crores.There will

be additional 500 numbers of employees, thus total 1600 numbers of employees after proposed

expansion. After proposed expansion, total water requirement for domestic and industrial purposes

with cited requirement of 87 KLD and 23,811KLD respectively.And PM, SOx and NOx will be

generated from existing and proposed Boiler. Hazardous Wastes like ETP Sludge, Lime Sludge and

Solid waste like Fly Ash generated from the project will be handled and managed as per Hazardous

Wastes Rules, 2016.

11.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT


Sr. No.

Criteria Pollutants

Unit Maximum Value

Minimum Value

98th Percentile

Value

Prescribed Standard

1. PM10 µg/m3 88.6 62.5 88.4 100

2. PM2.5 µg/m3 48.3 32.8 48.0 60

3. SO2 µg/m3 16.7 9.6 16.6 80

4. NOX µg/m3 21.5 14.2 21.5 80




Noise Monitoring

Sr. No.


1. Leq (Day) dB(A) 77.4 49.8 -

2. Leq(Night) dB(A) 72.1 42.8 -

Based on noise level data obtained during the survey for residential area and industrial area, it is interpreted that noise levels are within the standard norms prescribed by MoEF & CC. Looking towards the increase in noise generating sources it is suggested that there is need to apply noise

reducing devices at noise generating sources and generate public awareness. Soil Qualityand Characteristics

Sr. No.


1. pH - 7.44 7.12







Ground Water

Sr. No.


Minimum Value

Desirable Limit

Permissible Limit

1. pH - 7.94 7.04 6.5-8.5 No

Relaxation

2. TDS mg/L 2254 218 500 2000

3. TSS mg/L < 2 < 2 - -


5. Chloride mg/L 875 40 250 1000


7. Fluoride mg/L 0.7 0.11 1.0 1.5

8. Iron mg/L 0.42 < 0.10 0.3 No

Relaxation




Surface Water

Sr. No.


Minimum Value

Desirable Limit

Permissible Limit

1. pH - 7.75 7.23 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation

2. TDS mg/L 214 168 500 2000

3. DO mg/L 5.1 4.9 - -

4. COD mg/L 16 10 - -

5. BOD mg/L 6 < 4.0 - -


Ecologyand Biodiversity


Socio Economic

During the primary survey it was observed that almost pakka road facility is available in all villages within 10 km radius. Literacy rate of the study region is from 48.44 to 67.33%. When compared to other places, these villages exhibit lower rate of literacy thus there is need to promote education among more and more people. Almost all the villages have more than 50% people as non-workers. It indicates that the problem of unemployment can be solved by providing proper training and education. There is also need to establish more industries so that maximum number of employment can be generated.Basic amenities like Education facilities Health care facilities, water supply, electric power supply, mode of transportation etc. are available in all villages.

11.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES

The proposed project has no major adverse impact on surrounding environment. The CPP will be

equipped with 99.9% efficient four field ESP for mitigation of air pollutant sources. Hazardous waste will

be sent to TSDF facility, authorized recyclers and refiners. Appropriate construction & operation

techniques will be implemented to minimize the impacts on the environment. Proper upkeep and

maintenance of vehicles and APCM will reduce the impact on air environment. Adequate arrangements

for waste disposal from ETP will be undertaken. Greenbelt will be developed in surrounding of plant and



common land. Budget of Rs. 20-30 Lakhs is allotted for green belt development. A budget of Rs.

15crores capital and Rs. 1 crores recurring cost for EMP. Positive impact is envisaged on Socio

economic environment. The allocated budget for CER has been prepared of Rs. 375 Lakhs for

development of local populace. Proper PPEs will be provided to all the workers& budget of approx. Rs.

50 lakhsis allotted for OH&S.

11.5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

No alternative site has been proposed for the proposed expansion project because expansion will be

done at existing premises only and all the infrastructure are readily available for industrial

development. However, some alternatives were considered for planning and designing of the various

facilities proposed at the proposed expansion.

11.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

Project proponent will develop an environmental and safety department, which will undertake

measures for environmental protection and mitigation of environmental impacts. Sample for

environment monitoring will be collected as per the guidelines provided by MoEFCC/CPCB /PPCB.

Monitoring of environmental parameters within the plant premises will be carried at selected location

as per guideline. Hazardous waste will be disposed/off as per Hazardous Waste Management Rules

2016. Pre-medical check-up will also be carried out at the time of employment.

11.7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

As a part of the EIA study, an additional study including Risk Assessment (RA) has been carried out

for the proposed project. Public hearing is applicable to proposed project as per MoEFCC‟s OM dated

27/04/2018 as proposed project is fall under Pulp and Paper Industry Cat. 5 (i).The Risk Assessment

addresses major hazards and reviews the effectiveness of selected safety measures and to expand

the safety measures in order to achieve a safety culture at the industry. The Risk Assessment also

encompasses Disaster Management Study and Occupational Health & Safety.

11.8 PROJECT BENEFIT

The proponent is very enthusiastic in promoting various welfare activities as a part of moral & social

responsibility. The group has contributed a lot in the field of education, health & other social

responsibilities. Even after the proposed project, the proponent will give physical, social, economic

and ecological benefits to the local population such as development of infrastructure, green cover,

social aids, employment, etc. The proponent has allocated a budget of Rs. 375 lakhs for CER Plan.

Through local employment and various CER activities it will also give social benefit to the local people

and due to resource conservation it will also give environmental benefit.

11.9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

During the scoping/ToR stage, no recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis was

suggested by the appraisal committee.



Moreover, Proposed expansion of paper manufacturing project of capacity 600 TPD along with 14 MW

CPP will be developed atMuktsar – Malout Road, PO.: Village Rupana, Dist: Sri Muktsar Sahib,

Punjab – 152032. Hence, conducting a detailed CBA is deemed not necessary for this particular

project.

11.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Thus, the proponent will carry out above mentioned activities under the Environmental Management

Plan for various Environmental attributes like Air Environment, Water Environment, Biological

Environment, Noise Environment and Occupational Health & Safety. Apart from this, measures like

Traffic Management Plan, Cleaner Production Practices, Greenbelt Development Plan, Rainwater

Harvesting Plan and Drainage/Sewage Network have been proposed. An Environment Management

Cell (EMC) will be formulated for addressing the different environmental aspects of the proposed

project. A budget of Rs. 15.00crores has been allocated for the Environment Management System

(EMS). Also, the proponent will carry out social welfare &upliftment activities in the nearby villages for

the local population and their economic as well as social upliftment. The budget allocated for the

same is Rs. 375.00 lakhs which will be spent within a time frame of 5 years. Thus, the project will

also entail positive benefits to the society in terms of economic and social upliftment of the same.

11.11 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION

The proposed project of Satia Industries Limited proposes to enhance the capacity of existing products

from 300 TPD to 600 TPDand proposes CPP of 14 MW along with existing 30 MW at Muktsar –

Malout Road, PO : Village Rupana, Dist: Sri Muktsar Sahib, Punjab – 152032. The proposed

expansion will be beneficial to the already running business of the company.

The EIA study has been carried out with respect to the TORs awarded by MoEF. All the impacts likely

to have an effect on the environment have been identified and efficient/adequate mitigation measures

have been proposed for the same.

Considering the probability of likely impacts, the proponent has planned adequate mitigation measures

and EMP. Further, the proponent also undertakes CER activities which shall have beneficial impacts on

the socio-economic environment. Measures like rainwater harvesting, energy conservation and

greenbelt development are also noteworthy. Looking to the overall project scenario, employment

potential and allied development plans; it has been noticed that the proposed project would significantly

help in the improvement of the society and nation at large. The proponent has/will provide ETP for

adequate treatment. Utmost care has been taken while planning the drainage network to ensure that

there is no possibility of runoff, spillage or disposal of water on land/water body. Adequate methodology

for collection, handling and transportation of solid waste will be in place to ensure that there is no

adverse impact of solid waste on the environment. Adequate Air Pollution Control Device such as ESP

is attached to the boiler for controlling air pollution. The CPP stack of adequate height is also provided

for pollutant dispersion. All the relevant safety norms with latest technology have been incorporated in

the proposed project. Hazards and associated risks, safety and security provision associated with the

project activities appear to be acceptable. Hence the project in totality may be considered

environmentally safe.

-------------------------



CHAPTER – 12

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

12.0 GENERAL

Satia Industries Limited has appointed Eco Chem Sales and Services (ECSS) for carrying out this

Environmental Impact Assessment Study as per the EIA notification, 2006 as amended till date. ECSS

has approved EIA coordinators and Field Area Experts for undertaking Environmental and related

studies in twenty two (22) approved sectors by NABET, Quality Council of India, New Delhi.

12.1 BRIEF RESUME AND NATURE OF CONSULTANCY

ECO CHEM SALES and SERVICES (ECSS) is one of the leading companies in the field of

Environmental Consultancy Service providers in India. We are NABET Accredited consultant for

conducting Environmental Impact Assessment Studies (EIA) and obtaining Environmental Clearances.

We also take up services which include and are not limited to Environment Monitoring and Testing,

Environment Audit, Risk Assessment Studies, Turnkey solutions, Operation and Maintenance contracts

and obtaining various statutory clearances from Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change

(MoEFCC) and State Pollution Control Boards. ECSS also has branch offices in Vapi, Dahej and

Vadodara, Gujarat.

The accreditation certificate number NABET/EIA/1720/SA 085 is valid up to 20th Feb. 2020.

12.2 NAME OF EIA TEAM MEMBERS/ FUNCTIONAL AREA ASSOCIATES

Following experts are involved in EIA report preparation as team member other than NABET approved

experts mentioned in declaration.

Table12.1 -EIA Team Member

Name of Internal

Team Member/ FAA

Activity / Area Involvement – Actual Work Performed

Dr. Amit Dhir

Project

Consultant and

Coordinator

Verification of Technical data, Compiling Various Technical

details from Different Departments and Assisting as EIA

Consultants in Preparation of EIA/EMP reports.

Mrs.Rekha shah Quality Check

Project planning; Understanding of project; Discussion with

client; Guidance in writing & modification in Contents; Impact

Assessment; Review of EIA/EMP report.

Mr.Meet Shah

Assisting in

EIA Report

Writing and

WP

Assisting in EIA Report Preparation, Water sampling,

analysis and report making. Assisted to FAE for identification

of impacts and mitigation measures, and contribution to EIA

documentation

Ms. Pruthvi Patoliya AQ Assisted FAE for Air Quality modeling, identification of

impacts and mitigation measures, and contribution to EIA



Name of Internal

Team Member/ FAA

Activity / Area Involvement – Actual Work Performed

documentation

Ms.Unnati Desai AP Assisted to FAE for identification of impacts and mitigation

measures, and contribution to EIA documentation

Mr. Rajat Gondaliya LU Assisted FAE for preparation of landuse maps of study area

& report writing

Mrs. Nazneen Mansuri

Solid and

Hazardous

Waste

Management

(SHW)

Assisted FAE for identification of impacts and mitigation

measures

Mr. Parth Malavia RH Assisted to FAE for identification of impacts and mitigation

measures, and contribution to EIA documentation

12.3 LABORATORY INVOLVED FOR BASELINE MONITORING AND

OTHER ANALYSIS

Baseline Monitoring and Analysis has been done by ECSS in-house NABL Approved Laboratory

Ecosystem Resource Management Pvt. Ltd. (ERM). ERM having valid NABL Certificate number TC-

6603 is valid up to 25th October 2019.

------------------



Annexure-I: ToR Letter



Annexure-II: Existing EC & its Compliance



Annexure-III: Existing Consents & its compliance



Annexure-IV: Land Details



Annexure-V: Water Permission in English & Punjabi language



Annexure-VI: MoU of Fly Ash



Annexure-VII: Undertaking for Fly Ash



Annexure-VIII: Agreement of Lime Sludge



Annexure-IX: Health Records



Annexure-X: Details of Fire Equipments & Hydrants



Annexure-XI: MSDS



Annexure-XII: EHS Policy



Annexure-XIII: CREP Compliance Report



Annexure-XIV: NABET Certificate



Annexure-XV: Hydro Geological Study



Annexure-XVI: MoU With FMO/Hospitals



Annexure-XVII: Public hearing Proceedings

FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT &...

Documents

Transcript of FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT &...